sv1
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
April 18, 2005
Registration
No. 333-
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
CAPELLA EDUCATION COMPANY
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
|
|
|
|
|
Minnesota |
|
8221 |
|
41-1717955 |
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization) |
|
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number) |
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.) |
|
|
225 South 6th Street, 9th Floor
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402
(888) 227-3552
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of Registrants principal executive
offices)
Stephen G. Shank
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Capella Education Company
225 South 6th Street, 9th Floor
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402
(888) 227-3552
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone
number,
including area code, of agent for service) |
Copies to:
|
|
|
David B. Miller, Esq.
Michael K. Coddington, Esq.
Faegre & Benson LLP
2200 Wells Fargo Center
90 South Seventh Street
Minneapolis, MN 55402
Telephone: (612) 766-7000
Facsimile: (612) 766-1600 |
|
George A. Stephanakis, Esq.
Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP
Worldwide Plaza
825 Eighth Avenue
New York, NY 10019
Telephone: (212) 474-1000
Facsimile: (212) 474-3700 |
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to public: As
soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes
effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be
offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to
Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the
following
box: o
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an
offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act,
check the following box and list the Securities Act registration
statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same
offering: o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering: o
If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to
Rule 434, please check the following
box: o
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proposed Maximum |
|
|
|
Title of Each Class of |
|
|
Aggregate Offering |
|
|
Amount of |
Securities to be Registered |
|
|
Price(1) |
|
|
Registration Fee |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock, $0.10 par value per Share
|
|
|
$86,250,000 |
|
|
$10,152 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration
fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) of the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended. |
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on
such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective
date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which
specifically states that this Registration Statement shall
thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a)
of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration
Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission,
acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
The information in this prospectus is not
complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities
until the registration statement filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an
offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer
to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is
not permitted.
|
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED
APRIL 18, 2005
Shares
Capella Education Company
Common Stock
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our
common stock. The initial public offering price of our common
stock is expected to be between
$ per
share and
$ per
share. We intend to apply to list our common stock on The Nasdaq
National Market under the symbol CAPU.
We are
selling shares
of common stock and the selling shareholders are
selling shares
of common stock. We will not receive any of the proceeds from
the shares of common stock sold by the selling shareholders.
The underwriters have an option to purchase a maximum
of additional
shares from us to cover over-allotments of shares.
Investing in our common stock involves risks. See Risk
Factors beginning on page 7.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underwriting | |
|
|
|
Proceeds to | |
|
|
Price to | |
|
Discounts and | |
|
Proceeds to | |
|
Selling | |
|
|
Public | |
|
Commissions | |
|
Capella | |
|
Shareholders | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Per Share
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
Total
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
Delivery of the shares of common stock will be made on or
about ,
2005.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state
securities commission has approved or disapproved of these
securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or
complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal
offense.
Credit Suisse First Boston
|
|
|
Banc of America Securities LLC |
The date of this prospectus
is ,
2005.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
You should rely only on the information contained in this
document or to which we have referred you. We have not
authorized anyone to provide you with information that is
different. This document may only be used where it is legal to
sell these securities. The information in this document may only
be accurate on the date of this document.
Dealer Prospectus Delivery Obligation
Until ,
2005, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities,
whether or not participating in this offering, may be required
to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the
dealers obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as
an underwriter and with respect to unsold allotments or
subscriptions.
i
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in
this prospectus. This summary sets forth the material terms of
the offering, but does not contain all of the information that
you should consider before investing in our common stock. You
should read the entire prospectus carefully before making an
investment decision, especially the risks of investing in our
common stock discussed under Risk Factors. Unless
the context otherwise requires, the terms we,
us, our and Capella refer to
Capella Education Company and its wholly owned subsidiary,
Capella University. Unless otherwise indicated, industry data is
derived from publicly available sources, which we have not
independently verified. Certain figures in this prospectus may
not total due to rounding adjustments.
Overview
We are an exclusively online post-secondary education services
company. Through our wholly owned subsidiary, Capella
University, we offer a variety of doctoral, masters and
bachelors programs in the following
disciplines: business, organization
and management; education; psychology; human services; and
information technology. Our academic offerings combine rigorous
curricula with the convenience and flexibility of an online
learning format. As of December 31, 2004, we offered more
than 675 online courses and 13 academic programs with 68
specializations to more than 12,000 learners. Measured by
enrollment, we are one of the largest exclusively online
universities in the United States.
The majority of our learners are working adults seeking a degree
to advance their careers, often with their current employer. The
convenience and flexibility of our online learning environment
allow learners to combine academic studies with their personal
and professional responsibilities. Our courses are focused on
helping working adult learners develop specific competencies
that they can employ in their workplace. Our research shows that
the quality of our academic offerings appeals to adults who
value life-long learning. For this reason, we refer to our
customers as learners, rather than students.
We are committed to providing our learners with a high quality
educational experience. We offer a broad array of rigorous
curricula that incorporates the application of theory into a
format specifically designed for online learning. Our faculty
members bring significant academic credentials as well as
teaching or practitioner experience in their particular
disciplines. We offer our learners extensive support services
such as academic advising and career counseling that are
tailored to meet their specific needs in a flexible manner.
Additionally, we employ a structured approach to academic
oversight that provides leadership and continuity across our
educational offerings and includes internal and external program
reviews.
Our end-of-period enrollments and our revenues have grown at
compound annual growth rates of approximately 54% and 65%,
respectively, from 2000 through 2004. In 2004, our end-of-period
enrollment and revenues grew by approximately 32% and 44%,
respectively, as compared to 2003. To date, our growth has
resulted from a combination of: increased demand for our
programs; expansion of our program and degree offerings;
establishment of relationships with large corporate employers,
the U.S. Armed Forces and other colleges and universities;
and a growing acceptance of online education. We seek to achieve
growth in a manner that assures continued improvement in
educational quality and learner success while maintaining
compliance with regulatory standards.
Industry
The U.S. market for post-secondary education is a large,
growing market. Based on estimates by the U.S. Department
of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, or NCES,
revenue for post-secondary degree-granting educational
institutions exceeded $260 billion in the 2000
2001 academic year. According to the NCES, post-secondary
students enrolled as of the Fall of 2001 were 15.9 million
and are expected to grow to 17.4 million by 2009. We
believe the forecasted growth in post-secondary enrollment is a
result of a number of factors, including the expected increase
in annual high school graduates from 2.9 million in 2001 to
3.3 million by 2009 (based on estimates by the NCES), the
significant and measurable personal income premium that is
attributable to post-secondary education and an increase in
demand by employers for professional and skilled workers.
According to the U.S. Department of
1
Commerce, Bureau of the Census, as of March 2002, over 65% of
adults (persons 25 years of age or older) did not possess a
post-secondary degree. Of the 15.9 million post-secondary
students enrolled as of the Fall of 2001, the NCES estimated
that 6.0 million were adults, representing 38% of total
enrollment. We expect that adults will continue to represent a
large, growing segment of the post-secondary education market as
they seek additional education to secure better jobs, or to
remain competitive or advance in their current careers.
According to Eduventures, an education consulting and research
firm, the revenue growth rate in fully-online education exceeded
the revenue growth rate in the for-profit segment of the
post-secondary market from 2001 to 2003. We believe that higher
growth in demand for fully-online education is largely
attributable to the flexibility and convenience that it offers
to both working adults and traditional students. Additionally,
in March 2004, Eduventures projected that the number of students
enrolled in fully-online programs at Title IV eligible,
degree-granting institutions would be approximately 915,000 as
of December 31, 2004, and would grow to approximately
1,600,000 by December 31, 2007. Eduventures also projected
that annual revenues generated from students enrolled in
fully-online programs at Title IV eligible, degree-granting
institutions would be $5.1 billion in 2004 and would
increase to $10.4 billion in 2007.
Our Competitive Strengths
We believe we have the following competitive strengths:
Commitment to Academic Quality. We are committed
to providing each of our learners with a high quality academic
experience. Our commitment to academic quality is a tenet of our
culture and is reflected in our curricula, faculty, learner
support services and academic oversight process.
Exclusive Focus on Online Education. As opposed to
converting a traditional, classroom-based educational offering
to an online format, our academic programs have been designed
solely for online delivery. Our curriculum design offers
flexibility and promotes a high level of interaction, our
faculty are specifically trained to deliver online education,
and our learner support infrastructure was developed to meet the
needs of online learners.
Academic Programs and Specializations Designed for Working
Adults. We currently offer 13 academic programs
with 68 specializations specifically designed to appeal to
and meet the educational objectives of working adults. Our
curricula and pedagogy are designed to enable learners to apply
relevant theories in their workplace.
Extensive Learner Support Services. We provide
extensive learner support services via teams assigned to serve
as each learners primary point of contact. Our support
services include: academic services, such as advising, writing
and research services; administrative services, such as online
class registration and transcript requests; library services,
which are provided through an agreement with the Sheridan
Libraries at Johns Hopkins University; and career counseling
services.
Experienced Management Team with Significant Business and
Academic Expertise. Our management team possesses
extensive experience in both business and academic management.
We utilize cross-functional teams to ensure that our business
objectives are met without sacrificing academic quality.
Our Operating Strategy
We intend to pursue the following operating strategies:
Invest in Strengthening the Capella Brand. We will
continue to enhance our brand recognition as a quality,
exclusively online university for working adults. Using
sophisticated marketing strategies, we will continue to invest
through a variety of advertising media to strengthen our brand
recognition among working adults.
2
Continue to Focus on Learner Success. Our
commitment to helping our learners reach their educational and
professional goals guides the development of our curricula, the
recruitment and training of our faculty and staff, and the
design of our support services. We believe our focus on learner
success will continue to enhance learner satisfaction, leading
to higher levels of learner engagement, retention and referrals.
Increase Marketing Investment and Enhance Recruiting
Effectiveness. We have invested substantial resources in
performing detailed market research that enables us to identify
potential learners best suited for our educational experience.
Using this research, we will target our marketing and recruiting
expenditures toward segments of the market that are more likely
to result in enrolling learners that are likely to complete
their programs. We intend to increase our marketing expenditures
and to continue to enhance the training we provide to our
recruitment personnel.
Further Develop and Expand Our Program and Degree
Offerings. We will continue to develop our existing
program offerings while selectively adding new programs and
specializations in disciplines that we believe offer significant
market potential and in which we believe we can deliver a high
quality learning experience. In particular, we intend to
emphasize growth in our masters and bachelors degree
offerings, and to focus on targeted specializations for which we
believe there is significant demand. Examples include, our
recently launched masters specializations in education
targeted at K-12 teachers, bachelors degree in business
and bachelors degree in information technology.
Establish Additional Strategic Relationships. We
currently have strategic relationships with approximately 80
corporations, the U.S. Armed Forces and over 230 community
colleges and other universities, through which we recruit
learners. We intend to increase enrollment from our existing
relationships and to increase the number of these relationships.
Our Executive Offices
Our principal executive offices are located at 225 South
6th Street, 9th Floor, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402,
and our telephone number is (888) 227-3552. Our website is
located at www.capellaeducationcompany.com. The information on
our website does not constitute part of, and is not incorporated
into, this prospectus.
3
The Offering
|
|
|
Common stock offered by us |
|
shares
(or shares,
if the underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full) |
|
Common stock offered by the selling shareholders |
|
shares |
|
Total offering |
|
shares |
|
Common stock to be outstanding after the offering |
|
shares |
|
Proposed Nasdaq National Market symbol |
|
CAPU |
|
Use of proceeds |
|
We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will
be approximately
$ million,
or approximately
$ million
if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in
full. We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering for
working capital and general corporate purposes, which may
include expanding our marketing and recruiting efforts, capital
expenditures, developing new courses and programs and potential
acquisitions. |
|
|
|
We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares
of our common stock by the selling shareholders. |
|
Dividend Policy |
|
Following the consummation of the offering, we do not expect to
pay any dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. |
|
Risk Factors |
|
You should carefully read and consider the information set forth
under the heading titled Risk Factors and all other
information set forth in this prospectus before deciding to
invest in shares of our common stock. |
The number of shares of common stock shown to be outstanding
after the offering is based on the number of shares of common
stock outstanding as
of ,
2005. This number does not include:
|
|
|
|
|
shares
of common stock reserved for future issuance upon the exercise
of stock options outstanding as
of ,
2005 under our stock option plans, at a weighted average
exercise price of
$ per
share; and |
|
|
|
shares
of common stock reserved for future issuance under our stock
option plans, of which options to
purchase shares
of common stock are proposed to be issued in connection with
this offering at an exercise price equal to the price of shares
sold in this offering. |
Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this
prospectus:
|
|
|
|
|
gives effect to
a -for-one
stock split of our common stock, which will occur prior to the
closing of the offering; |
|
|
|
assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their option to
purchase up
to additional
shares from us to cover over-allotments of shares; |
|
|
|
assumes all outstanding shares of our preferred stock have been
converted into shares of common stock in connection with this
offering; and |
|
|
|
assumes no outstanding options have been exercised
since ,
2005. |
4
Summary Financial and Other Data
The following table sets forth our summary consolidated
financial and operating data as of the dates and for the periods
indicated. The summary consolidated statement of operations data
for each of the years in the three-year period ended
December 31, 2004, and the summary consolidated balance
sheet data as of December 31, 2003 and 2004, have been
derived from our audited consolidated financial statements,
which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary
consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2002,
have been derived from our audited consolidated balance sheet as
of December 31, 2002, which is not included in this
prospectus.
The following table also sets forth summary unaudited
consolidated pro forma balance sheet data, which give effect to
the transactions described in footnote (d) of the following
table. The unaudited consolidated pro forma balance sheet data
are presented for informational purposes only and do not purport
to represent what our financial position actually would have
been had the transactions so described occurred on the dates
indicated or to project our financial position as of any future
date.
You should read the following summary financial and other data
in conjunction with Selected Consolidated Financial
Data, Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations and our
consolidated financial statements and notes included elsewhere
in this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands, except per share and | |
|
|
enrollment data) | |
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$ |
49,556 |
|
|
$ |
81,785 |
|
|
$ |
117,689 |
|
Costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Instructional costs and services
|
|
|
27,247 |
|
|
|
42,402 |
|
|
|
57,512 |
|
|
Selling and promotional
|
|
|
15,559 |
|
|
|
21,161 |
|
|
|
33,989 |
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
12,744 |
|
|
|
14,152 |
|
|
|
16,323 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total costs and expenses
|
|
|
55,550 |
|
|
|
77,715 |
|
|
|
107,824 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
(5,994 |
) |
|
|
4,070 |
|
|
|
9,865 |
|
Other income, net
|
|
|
327 |
|
|
|
427 |
|
|
|
724 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
(5,667 |
) |
|
|
4,497 |
|
|
|
10,589 |
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
104 |
|
|
|
(8,196 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$ |
(5,667 |
) |
|
$ |
4,393 |
|
|
$ |
18,785 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$ |
(3.70 |
) |
|
$ |
2.63 |
|
|
$ |
9.34 |
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$ |
(3.70 |
) |
|
$ |
0.39 |
|
|
$ |
1.62 |
|
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
1,532 |
|
|
|
1,669 |
|
|
|
2,011 |
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
1,532 |
|
|
|
11,154 |
|
|
|
11,595 |
|
Other Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and
amortization(a)
|
|
$ |
3,108 |
|
|
$ |
4,177 |
|
|
$ |
5,454 |
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
$ |
177 |
|
|
$ |
16,028 |
|
|
$ |
17,494 |
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
$ |
3,859 |
|
|
$ |
4,348 |
|
|
$ |
8,986 |
|
EBITDA(b)
|
|
$ |
(2,886 |
) |
|
$ |
8,247 |
|
|
$ |
15,319 |
|
Enrollment(c)
|
|
|
6,380 |
|
|
|
9,115 |
|
|
|
12,013 |
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma | |
|
|
As of December 31, | |
|
As of | |
|
|
| |
|
December 31, | |
|
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2004(d) | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands) | |
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments
|
|
$ |
22,060 |
|
|
$ |
41,190 |
|
|
$ |
49,980 |
|
|
|
|
|
Working
capital(e)
|
|
|
15,340 |
|
|
|
27,516 |
|
|
|
37,935 |
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
35,380 |
|
|
|
55,402 |
|
|
|
80,026 |
|
|
|
|
|
Total redeemable preferred stock
|
|
|
50,401 |
|
|
|
57,646 |
|
|
|
57,646 |
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders equity (deficit)
|
|
|
(26,250 |
) |
|
|
(20,416 |
) |
|
|
(5 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
Depreciation and amortization is calculated using the
straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the
assets. Amortization includes amounts related to purchased
software, capitalized website development costs and internally
developed software. |
|
(b) |
EBITDA consists of net income (loss) minus other income, net,
plus income tax expense (benefit) and plus depreciation and
amortization. Other income, net consists primarily of interest
income earned on short-term investments, net of any interest
expense for capital leases. We believe that the presentation of
EBITDA will enhance investors, securities analysts
and other interested parties understanding of our
operating performance. EBITDA is also a measure used by our
senior management to evaluate the performance of our business.
However, EBITDA is not a recognized measurement under
U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, and
when analyzing our operating performance, investors should use
EBITDA in addition to, and not as an alternative for, net income
(loss) as determined in accordance with GAAP. Because not all
companies use identical calculations, our presentation of EBITDA
may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other
companies. Furthermore, EBITDA is not intended to be a measure
of free cash flow for our managements discretionary use,
as it does not consider certain cash requirements such as tax
payments. |
|
|
|
The following table provides a reconciliation of net income
(loss) to EBITDA: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands) | |
Net income (loss)
|
|
$ |
(5,667 |
) |
|
$ |
4,393 |
|
|
$ |
18,785 |
|
Other income, net
|
|
|
(327 |
) |
|
|
(427 |
) |
|
|
(724 |
) |
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
104 |
|
|
|
(8,196 |
) |
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
3,108 |
|
|
|
4,177 |
|
|
|
5,454 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA
|
|
$ |
(2,886 |
) |
|
$ |
8,247 |
|
|
$ |
15,319 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(c) |
Enrollment reflects the total number of learners registered in a
course as of the last day of classes for such periods. |
|
(d) |
The consolidated pro forma balance sheet data for the year ended
December 31, 2004, give effect to the conversion of all
outstanding preferred stock into shares of common stock in
connection with this offering, the sale
of shares
of common stock by us in this offering and our receipt of the
estimated net proceeds of that sale, after deducting
underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses. |
|
(e) |
Working capital is calculated by subtracting total current
liabilities from total current assets. |
6
RISK FACTORS
Investing in our common stock involves risks. Before making
an investment in our common stock, you should carefully consider
the following risks, as well as the other information contained
in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial
statements and the related notes and Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations. The risks described below are those which we
believe are the material risks we face. Any of the risk factors
described below could significantly and adversely affect our
business, prospects, financial condition and results of
operations. As a result, the trading price of our common stock
could decline and you may lose all or part of your
investment.
Risks Related to The Extensive Regulation of Our Business
|
|
|
If we fail to comply with the extensive regulatory
requirements for our business, we could face significant
restrictions on our operations and monetary penalties, including
loss of access to federal loans and grants for our learners on
which we are substantially dependent. |
In 2004, we derived approximately 69% of our revenues
(calculated on a cash basis) from federal student financial aid
programs, referred to in this prospectus as Title IV
programs, administered by the Department of Education. To
participate in Title IV programs, a school must receive and
maintain authorization by the appropriate state education
agencies, be accredited by an accrediting agency recognized by
the Secretary of the U.S. Department of Education and be
certified as an eligible institution by the Department of
Education. As a result, we are subject to extensive regulation
by the state education agencies, our accrediting agency and the
Department of Education. These regulatory requirements cover the
vast majority of our operations, including our educational
programs, facilities, instructional and administrative staff,
administrative procedures, marketing, recruiting, financial
operations and financial condition. These regulatory
requirements can also affect our ability to acquire or open
additional schools, to add new or expand existing educational
programs and to change our corporate structure and ownership.
The state education agencies, our accrediting agency and the
Department of Education periodically revise their requirements
and modify their interpretations of existing requirements.
If we fail to comply with any of these regulatory requirements,
our regulatory agencies could impose monetary penalties, place
limitations on our operations, terminate our ability to grant
degrees and certificates, revoke our accreditation and/or
terminate our eligibility to receive Title IV program
funds, each of which could adversely affect our financial
condition and results of operations. In addition, should we fail
to properly comply with the regulatory requirements set forth in
the following risk factors, and as a result be charged,
sanctioned, subjected to loss of a federal, state or agency
approval or authorization, or otherwise be penalized in some
way, our reputation could be damaged and such damage could have
a negative impact on our stock price. We cannot predict with
certainty how all of these regulatory requirements will be
applied or whether we will be able to comply with all of the
requirements in the future. We have described some of the most
significant regulatory risks that apply to us in the following
paragraphs.
|
|
|
If we cease to participate in the Department of
Educations Distance Education Demonstration
Program without Congress first amending or repealing the
50% Rules, our learners could lose the ability to
participate in Title IV programs. |
The Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended (the Higher
Education Act) generally excludes from Title IV program
participation institutions at which (1) more than 50% of
the institutions courses are offered via correspondence,
which includes online courses, or (2) 50% or more of the
institutions students are enrolled in correspondence
courses, including online courses. Under a less restrictive
limitation applied to predominantly degree-granting institutions
(like Capella University), an institution at which 50% or more
of the institutions students are enrolled in courses
delivered via telecommunications (including online courses) can
nonetheless be eligible for Title IV program participation
provided that no more than 49% of its courses are offered online
or through distance delivery methods. As an exclusively online
university, the so called 50% Rules, enacted in
1992, would otherwise preclude us from participating in
7
Title IV programs. However, in 1998, Congress authorized
the Department of Education to establish and administer the
Distance Education Demonstration Program, or the
Demonstration Program, to assess the viability of
providing Title IV program funds to institutions that
offered online educational programs. We were accepted as one of
the first participants in the program, and we remain a
participant today. As part of our participation in the
Demonstration Program, the Department of Education has waived
the application of the 50% Rules to Capella University. Our
participation in the Demonstration Program, and the
participation of all other institutions currently admitted to
the Demonstration Program, will expire on June 30, 2006.
The Department of Education may terminate our participation in
the Demonstration Program at any time, for cause, including for
failure to submit required reports in a timely manner.
Reauthorization legislation pending before Congress would repeal
the 50% Rules as applied to online institutions and extend the
Demonstration Program, but there is no assurance that Congress
will enact such legislation or that our participation in the
Demonstration Program will extend beyond June 30, 2006. So
long as the 50% Rules remain in effect, if for any reason we
cease to participate in the Demonstration Program, our learners
would no longer be able to participate in Title IV programs
and receive Title IV program funds, and this would have a
material adverse effect on our enrollments, revenues and results
of operations.
|
|
|
Congress may change the law or reduce funding for
Title IV programs, which could reduce our learner
population, revenues or profit margin. |
Congress reauthorizes the Higher Education Act and other laws
governing Title IV programs approximately every five to
eight years. The last reauthorization of the Higher Education
Act was completed in 1998, which extended authorization through
September 30, 2004. Because reauthorization had not yet
been completed in a timely manner, in 2004 Congress extended the
current provisions of the Higher Education Act through
September 30, 2005. Additionally, Congress determines the
funding level for each Title IV program on an annual basis
through the budget and appropriations process. Congress is
currently considering taking measures to reduce the federal
budget deficit and, as a result, may reduce funding for
Title IV programs. Congress is currently just beginning the
reauthorization process for the Higher Education Act, and there
is no assurance that such reauthorization will happen in a
timely manner, or that Congress will not enact changes that
decrease Title IV program funds available to students,
including students who attend our institution. A failure by
Congress to reauthorize or otherwise extend the provisions of
the Higher Education Act, or any action by Congress that
significantly reduces funding for Title IV programs or the
ability of our school or learners to participate in these
programs, would require us to arrange for non-federal sources of
financial aid and would materially decrease our enrollment. Such
a decrease in enrollment would have a material adverse effect on
our revenues and results of operations. Congressional action may
also require us to modify our practices in ways that could
result in increased administrative costs and decreased profit
margin.
|
|
|
If we fail to maintain our institutional accreditation, we
would lose our ability to participate in Title IV
programs. |
Capella University is institutionally accredited by The Higher
Learning Commission, which is part of the North Central
Association of Colleges and Schools (The Higher Learning
Commission), one of six regional accrediting agencies
recognized by the Secretary of the Department of Education as a
reliable indicator of educational quality. Accreditation by a
recognized accrediting agency is required for an institution to
become and remain eligible to participate in Title IV
programs. In 2007, we will have to seek to have our
accreditation reaffirmed with The Higher Learning Commission and
The Higher Learning Commission may impose restrictions on our
accreditation or may not renew our accreditation. In order to
remain accredited we must continuously meet certain criteria and
standards relating to, among other things, performance,
governance, institutional integrity, educational quality,
faculty, administrative capability, resources and financial
stability. Failure to meet any of these criteria or standards
could result in the loss of accreditation at the discretion of
The Higher Learning Commission. The loss of accreditation would,
among other things, render our learners and us ineligible to
participate in Title IV programs and would have a material
adverse effect on our enrollments, revenues and results of
operations.
8
|
|
|
If Capella University does not maintain its authorization
in Minnesota, it may not operate or participate in Title IV
programs. |
A school that grants degrees, diplomas or certificates must be
authorized by the relevant education agency of the state in
which it is located. Capella University is deemed to be located
in the State of Minnesota and is authorized by the Minnesota
Higher Education Services Office. State authorization is also
required for our learners to be eligible to receive funding
under Title IV programs. Loss of state authorization by
Capella University from the Minnesota Higher Education Services
Office would terminate our ability to legally provide
educational services as well as our eligibility to participate
in Title IV programs.
|
|
|
Our regulatory environment and our reputation may be
negatively influenced by the actions of other for-profit
institutions. |
We are one of a number of for-profit institutions serving the
post-secondary education market. In recent years, regulatory
investigations and civil litigation have been commenced against
several companies that own large numbers of for-profit
educational institutions. These investigations and lawsuits have
attracted media coverage and have been the subject of a
Congressional hearing. Although the media, regulatory and
Congressional focus has been primarily upon the allegations made
against these specific companies, broader allegations against
the overall for-profit school sector may negatively impact
public perceptions of other for-profit educational institutions,
including Capella University. Adverse media coverage regarding
other companies in the for-profit school sector or regarding us
directly could damage our reputation, could result in lower
enrollments, revenues and operating profit, and could have a
negative impact on our stock price. Such allegations could also
result in increased scrutiny and regulation by the Department of
Education or Congress on all for-profit institutions, including
us.
|
|
|
We are subject to sanctions if we fail to correctly
calculate and timely return Title IV program funds for
learners who withdraw before completing their educational
program. |
A school participating in Title IV programs must correctly
calculate the amount of unearned Title IV program funds
that has been disbursed to learners who withdraw from their
educational programs before completion and must return those
unearned funds in a timely manner, generally within 30 days
of the date the school determines that the learner has
withdrawn. Under Department of Education regulations, late
returns of Title IV program funds for 5% or more of
students sampled on the institutions annual compliance
audit constitutes material non-compliance. If unearned funds are
not properly calculated and timely returned, we may have to post
a letter of credit in favor of the Department of Education or
otherwise be sanctioned by the Department of Education, which
could increase our cost of regulatory compliance and adversely
affect our results of operations.
|
|
|
A failure to demonstrate financial
responsibility may result in the loss of eligibility by
Capella University to participate in Title IV programs or
require the posting of a letter of credit in order to maintain
eligibility to participate in Title IV programs. |
To participate in Title IV programs, an eligible
institution must satisfy specific measures of financial
responsibility prescribed by the Department of Education, or
post a letter of credit in favor of the Department of Education
and possibly accept other conditions on its participation in
Title IV programs. The Department of Education may also
apply such measures of financial responsibility to the operating
company and ownership entities of an eligible institution and,
if such measures are not satisfied by the operating company or
ownership entities, require the institution to post a letter of
credit in favor of the Department of Education and possibly
accept other conditions on its participation in Title IV
programs. Any obligation to post a letter of credit could
increase our costs of regulatory compliance. If Capella
University is unable to secure a letter of credit, it would lose
its eligibility to participate in Title IV programs. In
addition to the obligation to post a letter of credit, an
institution that is determined by the Department of Education
not to be financially responsible can be transferred from the
advance system of payment of Title IV funds to
cash monitoring status or to the reimbursement
system of payment.
9
Limitations on, or termination of, Capella Universitys
participation in Title IV programs as a result of its
failure to demonstrate financial responsibility would limit
Capella Universitys learners access to Title IV
program funds, which could significantly reduce our enrollments
and revenues and materially and adversely affect our results of
operations.
|
|
|
A failure to demonstrate administrative
capability may result in the loss of Capella
Universitys eligibility to participate in Title IV
programs. |
Department of Education regulations specify extensive criteria
an institution must satisfy to establish that it has the
requisite administrative capability to participate
in Title IV programs. These criteria require, among other
things, that the institution:
|
|
|
|
|
comply with all applicable Title IV program regulations; |
|
|
|
have capable and sufficient personnel to administer the federal
student financial aid programs; |
|
|
|
have acceptable methods of defining and measuring the
satisfactory academic progress of its student; |
|
|
|
not have cohort default debt rates above specified levels; |
|
|
|
have various procedures in place for safeguarding federal funds; |
|
|
|
not be, and not have any principal or affiliate who is, debarred
or suspended from federal contracting or engaging in activity
that is cause for debarment or suspension; |
|
|
|
provide financial aid counseling to its students; |
|
|
|
refer to the Office of Inspector General any credible
information indicating that any applicant, student, employee or
agent of the institution, has been engaged in any fraud or other
illegal conduct involving Title IV programs; |
|
|
|
submit in a timely manner all reports and financial statements
required by the regulations; and |
|
|
|
not otherwise appear to lack administrative capability. |
If an institution fails to satisfy any of these criteria or
comply with any other Department of Education regulations, the
Department of Education may:
|
|
|
|
|
require the repayment of Title IV funds; |
|
|
|
transfer the institution from the advance system of
payment of Title IV funds to cash monitoring status or to
the reimbursement system of payment; |
|
|
|
place the institution on provisional certification
status; or |
|
|
|
commence a proceeding to impose a fine or to limit, suspend or
terminate the participation of the institution in Title IV
programs. |
If we are found not to have satisfied the Department of
Educations administrative capability
requirements we could be limited in our access to, or lose,
Title IV program funding, which would significantly reduce
our enrollment and revenues and materially and adversely affect
our results of operations.
|
|
|
We are subject to sanctions if we pay impermissible
commissions, bonuses or other incentive payments to individuals
involved in certain recruiting, admissions or financial aid
activities. |
A school participating in Title IV programs may not provide
any commission, bonus or other incentive payment to any person
involved in student recruiting or admission activities or in
making decisions regarding the awarding of Title IV program
funds based on success in enrolling students or securing
financial aid. If we violate this law, we could be fined or
otherwise sanctioned by the Department of
10
Education. Any such fines or sanctions could harm our
reputation, impose significant costs on us, and have a material
adverse effect on our results of operations.
|
|
|
Our failure to comply with regulations of various states
could result in actions taken by those states that would have a
material adverse effect on our enrollments, revenues and results
of operations. |
Various states impose regulatory requirements on educational
institutions operating within their boundaries. Several states
have sought to assert jurisdiction over online educational
institutions that have no physical location or other presence in
the state but offer educational services to students who reside
in the state, or that advertise to or recruit prospective
students in the state. State regulatory requirements for online
education are inconsistent between states and not well developed
in many jurisdictions. As such, these requirements change
frequently and, in some instances, are not clear or are left to
the discretion of state employees or agents. Our changing
business and the constantly changing regulatory environment
require us to continually evaluate our state regulatory
compliance activities. In the event we are found not to be in
compliance, and a state seeks to restrict one or more of our
business activities within its boundaries, we may not be able to
recruit learners from that state and may have to cease providing
service to learners in that state.
Capella University is subject to extensive regulations by the
states in which it is authorized or licensed. In addition to
Minnesota, Capella University is authorized or licensed in
13 states because we have determined that our activities in
these states constitute a presence requiring licensure by the
respective state educational agencies. State laws typically
establish standards for instruction, qualifications of faculty,
administrative procedures, marketing, recruiting, financial
operations, and other operational matters. State laws and
regulations may limit our ability to offer educational programs
and award degrees. Some states may also prescribe financial
regulations that are different from those of the Department of
Education. Capella University is required to post surety bonds
in several states. If we fail to comply with state licensing
requirements, we may be subject to the loss of state licensure.
Although we believe that the only state authorization or
licensure that is necessary for Capella University to
participate in Title IV programs is our authorization from
the Minnesota Higher Education Services Office, loss of
authorization or licensure in other states could prohibit us
from recruiting or enrolling students in those states, reduce
significantly our enrollments and revenues and have a material
adverse effect on our results of operations.
|
|
|
The inability of our graduates to obtain licensure in
their chosen professional fields of study could reduce our
enrollments and revenues, and potentially lead to litigation
that could be costly to us. |
Certain of our graduates seek professional licensure in their
chosen fields following graduation. Their success in obtaining
licensure depends on several factors, including the individual
merits of the learner, but also may depend on whether the
institution and the program were approved by the state or by a
professional association, whether the program from which the
learner graduated meets all state requirements and whether the
institution is accredited. Certain states have refused to
license students who fail to meet specific types of
accreditation, residency or other state requirements. In the
past, certain states have refused to license learners from
particular Capella University programs due to the fact that the
program did not meet one or more of the states specific
licensure requirements, and we have had to respond to claims
brought against us as a result of such refusal. In the event
that one or more states refuse to recognize our learners for
professional licensure in the future based on factors relating
to our institution or programs, the potential growth of our
programs would be negatively impacted and we could be exposed to
litigation. Each of these outcomes could increase our costs in
order to defend against or settle any litigation brought against
us and could have a material adverse effect on our results of
operations.
|
|
|
If regulators do not approve or delay their approval of
transactions involving a change of control of our company, our
ability to participate in Title IV programs may be
impaired. |
If we or Capella University experience a change of control under
the standards of applicable state education agencies, The Higher
Learning Commission or the Department of Education, we must seek
the approval of each relevant regulatory agency. Transactions or
events that constitute a change of control
11
include significant acquisitions or dispositions of an
institutions common stock and significant changes in the
composition of an institutions board of directors. Some of
these transactions or events may be beyond our control. We are
seeking, but have not yet received, confirmation from the
Department of Education, the applicable state educational
agencies that authorize or license Capella University, and The
Higher Learning Commission, that this offering will not
constitute a change of control under their respective standards.
Our failure to obtain, or a delay in receiving, approval of any
change of control from the Department of Education, The Higher
Learning Commission or the Minnesota Higher Education Services
Office could impair our ability to participate in Title IV
programs. Our failure to obtain, or a delay in receiving,
approval of any change of control from any other state in which
we are currently licensed could require us to suspend our
activities in that state. The potential adverse effects of a
change of control with respect to participation in Title IV
programs could influence future decisions by us and our
stockholders regarding the sale, purchase, transfer, issuance or
redemption of our stock. In addition, the adverse regulatory
effect of a change of control also could discourage bids for
your shares of our common stock and could have an adverse effect
on the market price of your shares.
|
|
|
Government and regulatory agencies and third parties may
conduct compliance reviews, bring claims or initiate litigation
against us. |
Because we operate in a highly regulated industry, we are
subject to compliance reviews and claims of non-compliance and
lawsuits by government agencies, regulatory agencies and third
parties. If the results of these reviews or proceedings are
unfavorable to us, or if we are unable to defend successfully
against lawsuits or claims, we may be required to pay money
damages or be subject to fines, limitations, loss of
Title IV funding, injunctions or other penalties. Even if
we adequately address issues raised by an agency review or
successfully defend a lawsuit or claim, we may have to divert
significant financial and management resources from our ongoing
business operations to address issues raised by those reviews or
defend against those lawsuits or claims. Moreover, in the future
we may be subject to lawsuits filed by private individuals on
behalf of the federal government under the False Claims Act.
Claims and lawsuits brought against us may damage our
reputation, even if such claims and lawsuits are without merit.
|
|
|
We may lose eligibility to participate in Title IV
programs if the percentage of our revenue derived from those
programs is too high, which would significantly reduce our
learner population. |
A for-profit institution loses its eligibility to participate in
Title IV programs if, on a cash accounting basis, it
derives more than 90% of its revenue from those programs in any
fiscal year. In 2004, under the regulatory formula prescribed by
the Department of Education, we derived approximately 69% of our
revenues (calculated on a cash basis) from Title IV
programs. If we lose our eligibility to participate in
Title IV programs because more than 90% of our revenues are
derived from Title IV program funds in any year, our
learners would no longer be eligible to receive Title IV
program funds under various government-sponsored financial aid
programs, which would significantly reduce our enrollments and
revenues and have a material adverse effect on our results of
operations.
|
|
|
We may lose eligibility to participate in Title IV
programs if our student loan default rates are too high, which
would significantly reduce our learner population. |
An educational institution may lose its eligibility to
participate in some or all Title IV programs if, for three
consecutive federal fiscal years, 25% or more of its students
who were required to begin repaying their student loans in the
relevant fiscal year default on their payment by the end of the
next federal fiscal year. In addition, an institution may lose
its eligibility to participate in some or all Title IV
programs if its default rate exceeds 40% in the most recent
federal fiscal year for which default rates have been calculated
by the Department of Education. Capella Universitys
default rates on FFEL program loans for the 2000, 2001 and 2002
federal fiscal years, the three most recent years for which
final information is available, were 0%, 0.5% and 2.8%,
respectively. If Capella University loses eligibility to
participate in Title IV programs because of high student
loan default rates, our learners would no longer be eligible to
receive Title IV program funds under various
government-sponsored financial aid programs, which would
12
significantly reduce our enrollments and revenues and have a
material adverse effect on our results of operations.
Risks Related to Our Business
|
|
|
At present we derive a significant portion of our revenues
and all our operating profit from our doctoral programs. |
Our origins are as an online university primarily for doctoral
learners. Despite the expansion of our program offerings to
include both masters and bachelors degrees, our
doctoral learner community remains an important part of the
success of our business model. At December 31, 2004,
learners seeking doctoral, masters and bachelors
degrees represented 47%, 38% and 15%, respectively, of our
enrollment. Due to the relative size, maturity and economics of
our doctoral programs, for the year ended December 31,
2004, doctoral learners accounted for the majority of our
revenues and all of our operating profit. In contrast, our
bachelors and masters programs were not profitable
in 2004. If we were to experience any learner, regulatory,
reputational, instructional or other event that adversely
affected our doctoral offerings, our results of operations could
be significantly and adversely affected.
|
|
|
We may not be able to manage future growth effectively,
and we expect our growth rates to decline over time. |
We have experienced a period of significant growth since our
inception. The growth and expansion of our operations may place
a significant strain on our resources, increase demands on our
management information and reporting systems and financial
management controls, and limit our ability to attract and retain
qualified faculty, enrollment and other personnel. If we are
unable to manage our growth effectively while maintaining
appropriate internal controls, we may experience operating
inefficiencies that would likely increase our costs more than we
had planned and could adversely affect our profitability and
results of operations. We expect that the growth rate we have
experienced in enrollment will decrease and our future growth
will occur at slower rates.
|
|
|
Our success depends in part on our ability to update and
expand the content of existing programs and develop new programs
on a timely basis and in a cost-effective manner. |
The updates and expansions of our existing programs and the
development of new programs may not be accepted by existing or
prospective learners or employers. If we cannot respond to
changes in market requirements, our business may be adversely
affected. Even if we are able to develop acceptable new
programs, we may not be able to introduce these new programs as
quickly as learners require or as quickly as our competitors
introduce competing programs. To offer a new academic program,
we may be required to obtain appropriate federal, state and
accrediting agency approvals, which may be conditioned or
delayed in a manner that could significantly affect our growth
plans. In addition, to be eligible for federal student financial
aid programs, the new academic program may need to be certified
by the Department of Education. If we are unable to respond
adequately to changes in market requirements due to financial
constraints or other factors, our ability to attract and retain
learners could be impaired and our financial results could
suffer.
In addition to the bachelors degree completion,
masters and doctoral degree programs that we offered
previously, in 2004, we introduced our first four-year
bachelors degree programs in business administration and
information technology and our first masters in education
specializations in K-12 teaching. Establishing new academic
programs or modifying existing programs requires us to make
investments in management and capital expenditures, incur
marketing expenses and reallocate other resources. We have
limited experience with the courses in these areas and may need
to modify our systems and strategy or enter into arrangements
with other educational institutions to provide these programs
effectively and profitably. If we are unable to increase the
number of learners in our bachelors and certain of our
masters programs or offer these programs in a
cost-effective manner, or are otherwise
13
unable to manage effectively the operations of newly established
academic programs, our results of operations and financial
condition could be adversely affected.
|
|
|
Our financial performance depends on our ability to
continue to develop awareness among, and attract and retain,
working adult learners. |
Building awareness of the programs we offer among working adult
learners is critical to our ability to attract prospective
learners. It is also critical to our success that we convert
these prospective learners to enrolled learners at rates that
compare favorably to those of our competitors and that these
enrolled learners remain active in our programs. Some of the
factors that could prevent us from successfully enrolling and
retaining learners in our programs include:
|
|
|
|
|
the emergence of more successful competitors; |
|
|
|
factors related to our marketing, including the costs of
Internet advertising and broad-based branding campaigns; |
|
|
|
performance problems with our online systems; |
|
|
|
learner dissatisfaction with our services and programs; |
|
|
|
adverse publicity regarding us, our competitors or online or
for-profit education generally; |
|
|
|
a decline in the acceptance of online education; and |
|
|
|
a decrease in the perceived or actual economic benefits that
learners derive from our programs. |
If we are unable to continue to develop awareness of the
programs we offer, and to enroll and retain learners, our
enrollments would suffer and our ability to increase revenues or
maintain profitability would be significantly impaired.
|
|
|
Strong competition in the post-secondary education market,
especially in the online education market, could decrease our
market share and put downward pressure on our tuition
rates. |
Post-secondary education is highly competitive. We compete with
traditional public and private two-year and four-year colleges
as well as other for-profit schools. Traditional colleges and
universities may offer programs similar to ours at lower tuition
levels as a result of government subsidies, government and
foundation grants, tax-deductible contributions and other
financial sources not available to for-profit institutions. In
addition, some of our competitors in both the public and private
sectors, such as the University of Phoenix, have substantially
greater name recognition and financial and other resources than
we have, which may enable them to compete more effectively for
potential learners and decrease our market share. Some of our
competitors also have more favorable cost structures. We further
expect new competitors to enter the online education market.
We may not be able to compete successfully against current or
future competitors and may face competitive pressures that could
adversely affect our business or results of operations. For
example, we may be required to reduce our tuition or increase
spending in response to competition in order to retain or
attract learners or pursue new market opportunities. As a
result, our profitability may significantly decrease.
|
|
|
We rely on exclusive proprietary rights and intellectual
property that may not be adequately protected under current laws
and we encounter disputes from time to time relating to our use
of intellectual property of third parties. |
Our success depends in part on our ability to protect our
proprietary rights. We rely on a combination of copyrights,
trademarks, service marks, trade secrets, domain names and
agreements to protect our proprietary rights. We rely on service
mark and trademark protection in the United States and select
foreign jurisdictions to protect our rights to the marks
CAPELLA, CAPELLA EDUCATION COMPANY, and
CAPELLA UNIVERSITY, as well as distinctive logos and
other marks associated
14
with our services. We rely on agreements under which we obtain
rights to use course content developed by faculty members and
other third party content experts. We cannot assure you that
these measures will be adequate, that we have secured, or will
be able to secure, appropriate protections for all of our
proprietary rights in the United States or select jurisdictions,
or that third parties will not infringe upon or violate our
proprietary rights. Despite our efforts to protect these rights,
unauthorized third parties may attempt to duplicate or copy the
proprietary aspects of our curricula, online resource material
and other content. Our managements attention may be
diverted and we may need to use funds in litigation to protect
our proprietary rights against any infringement or violation.
We may encounter disputes from time to time over rights and
obligations concerning intellectual property, and we may not
prevail in these disputes. In certain instances, we may not have
obtained sufficient rights in the content of a course. Third
parties may raise a claim against us alleging an infringement or
violation of the intellectual property of that third party. Any
such intellectual property claim could subject us to costly
litigation and impose a significant strain on our financial
resources and management personnel regardless of whether the
claims have merit. Our general liability and cyber liability
insurance may not cover potential claims of this type adequately
or at all, and we may be required to alter the content of our
classes or pay monetary damages, which may be significant.
|
|
|
We may incur liability for the unauthorized duplication or
distribution of class materials posted online for class
discussions. |
In some instances, our faculty members or our learners may post
various articles or other third-party content on class
discussion boards. We may incur liability for the unauthorized
duplication or distribution of this material posted online for
class discussions. Third parties may raise claims against us for
the unauthorized duplication of this material. Any such claims
could subject us to costly litigation and impose a significant
strain on our financial resources and management personnel
regardless of whether the claims have merit. Our general
liability insurance may not cover potential claims of this type
adequately or at all, and we may be required to alter the
content of our courses or pay monetary damages.
|
|
|
A reclassification of our adjunct faculty by authorities
may have a material adverse effect on our results of
operations. |
Adjunct faculty comprised approximately 85% of our faculty
population as of December 31, 2004. We classify our adjunct
faculty as independent contractors, as opposed to employees.
Because we classify our adjunct faculty as independent
contractors, we do not withhold federal or state income or other
employment related taxes, make federal or state unemployment tax
or Federal Insurance Contributions Act, or FICA, payments or
provide workers compensation insurance with respect to our
adjunct faculty. The determination of whether adjunct faculty
members are properly classified as independent contractors or as
employees is based upon the facts and circumstances of our
relationship with our adjunct faculty members. Federal or state
authorities may challenge our classification as incorrect and
assert that our adjunct faculty members must be classified as
employees. In the event that we were to reclassify our adjunct
faculty as employees, we would be required to withhold the
appropriate taxes, pay unemployment tax and FICA and pay for
workers compensation insurance and additional payroll
processing costs. If we had reclassified our adjunct faculty
members as employees for 2004, we estimate our additional tax,
workers compensation insurance and payroll processing
payments would have been approximately $1.1 million for
2004. The amount of additional tax and insurance payments would
increase in the future as the total amount we pay to adjunct
faculty increases. In addition to these known costs, we could be
subject to retroactive taxes and penalties, which may be
significant, by federal and state authorities which could
adversely affect our financial condition and results of
operations.
|
|
|
We may not be able to retain our key personnel or hire and
retain the personnel we need to sustain and grow our
business. |
Our success to date has depended, and will continue to depend,
largely on the skills, efforts and motivation of our executive
officers, who generally have significant experience with our
company and
15
within the education industry. Our chairman and chief executive
officer, Stephen Shank, is 61 years old and has been our
chief executive officer since he founded Capella in 1991. Our
success also depends in large part upon our ability to attract
and retain highly qualified faculty, school directors,
administrators and corporate management. Due to the nature of
our business, we face significant competition in attracting and
retaining personnel who possess the skill sets we seek. In
addition, key personnel may leave us and subsequently compete
against us. We do not carry any life insurance on our key
personnel for our benefit. The loss of the services of any of
our key personnel, or our failure to attract and retain other
qualified and experienced personnel on acceptable terms, could
impair our ability to successfully manage our business, which
could in turn materially and adversely affect our results of
operations.
|
|
|
Failure on our part to maintain and expand our existing
relationships with the U.S. Armed Forces could adversely
affect our learner population and revenues. |
We have relationships with several branches of the
U.S. Armed Forces that we believe assist us in recruiting
and retaining learners. In order to be eligible to recruit
potential learners from these branches pursuant to these
relationships, we must comply with the applicable requirements
of, and maintain good relations with, each branch. We also offer
tuition discounts to all members of the U.S. Armed Forces
and their immediate family members. For the quarter ended
March 31, 2005, approximately 19% of our learners received
a U.S. Armed Forces discount. If our relationship with any
branch of the U.S. Armed Forces from which we recruit
learners terminates or deteriorates significantly, our efforts
to recruit learners from that branch will be impaired. This
impairment could reduce the number of learners from the
U.S. Armed Forces that enroll at Capella University, which
could have a material adverse effect on our enrollments,
revenues and results of operations.
|
|
|
Our expenses may cause us to incur operating losses if we
are unsuccessful in achieving growth. |
Our expenses are based, in significant part, on our estimates of
future revenues and are largely fixed in the short term. As a
result, we may be unable to adjust our spending in a timely
manner if our revenues fall short of our expectations.
Accordingly, any significant shortfall in revenues in relation
to our expectations would have an immediate and material adverse
effect on our profitability. In addition, as our business grows,
we anticipate increasing our operating expenses to expand our
program offerings, marketing and administrative organizations.
Any such expansion could cause material losses to the extent we
do not generate additional revenues sufficient to cover those
expenses.
|
|
|
We receive library services through an agreement with
Johns Hopkins University and cannot guarantee the continued
availability of those services. |
Our library services and resources are provided by the Sheridan
Libraries at Johns Hopkins University under an agreement between
Johns Hopkins University and us. Our current agreement with
Johns Hopkins University expires on December 31, 2006. In
the event that our agreement with Johns Hopkins University is
not renewed or terminates for any reason, we will be required to
seek a relationship with another library services provider to
provide the resources and services of the Capella University
Library. Such a relationship may not be available to us. In the
event we are unable to enter into an agreement with another
library services provider, we could lose our accreditation, and
in turn, our ability to participate in Title IV programs.
Loss of accreditation or inability to participate in
Title IV programs would have a material adverse effect on
our enrollments, revenues and results of operations.
|
|
|
A change in U.S. GAAP accounting standards for
employee stock options is expected to have a significant adverse
effect on the reporting of our results of operations. |
In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
(FASB) issued revised Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards (SFAS) No. 123 (revised), Share-Based Payment
(SFAS 123R). SFAS 123R establishes standards for
the accounting for transactions in which an entity exchanges its
equity instruments for goods or services or incurs liabilities
in exchange for goods or services that are based on the fair
value of the entitys equity instruments, focusing
primarily on accounting for transactions in
16
which an entity obtains employee services in share-based payment
transactions. SFAS 123R requires public companies to
measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for
an award of equity instruments based on the grant date fair
value of the award (with limited exceptions) and to recognize
the cost over the period during which an employee is required to
provide service in exchange for the award. The Securities and
Exchange Commission amended the compliance date on
April 14, 2005 to require public companies to adopt this
standard as of the beginning of the first annual period that
begins after June 15, 2005. We are therefore required to
implement this standard on January 1, 2006. We currently
account for share-based payments to our employees using APB
Opinion No. 25s intrinsic value method and, as such,
generally recognize no compensation cost for employee stock
options. Accordingly, we expect that we will record substantial
non-cash compensation expenses as a result of the application of
SFAS 123R, which is expected to have a significant adverse
effect on our results of operations.
|
|
|
Seasonal and other fluctuations in our results of
operations could adversely affect the trading price of our
common stock. |
In reviewing our results of operations, you should not focus on
quarter-to-quarter comparisons. Our results in any quarter may
not indicate the results we may achieve in any subsequent
quarter or for the full year. Our revenues and operating results
normally fluctuate as a result of seasonal variations in our
business, principally due to changes in enrollment. Learner
population varies as a result of new enrollments, graduations
and learner attrition. While our revenues and number of enrolled
learners have grown in each sequential quarter over the past
three years, the number of enrolled learners has been
proportionally greatest in the fourth quarter of each respective
year. A significant portion of our general and administrative
expenses do not vary proportionately with fluctuations in
revenues. We expect quarterly fluctuations in operating results
to continue as a result of seasonal enrollment patterns. Such
patterns may change, however, as a result of new program
introductions, the timing of seminars and events and increased
enrollments of learners. These fluctuations may result in
volatility or have an adverse effect on the market price of our
common stock.
|
|
|
Capacity constraints, system disruptions and vulnerability
from security risks to our online computer networks could impact
our ability to generate revenue and damage the reputation of
Capella University, limiting our ability to attract and retain
learners. |
The performance and reliability of our technology infrastructure
is critical to our reputation and ability to attract and retain
learners. Any system error or failure, or a sudden and
significant increase in bandwidth usage, could result in the
unavailability of our courseroom platform, damaging our ability
to generate revenue. Our technology infrastructure could be
vulnerable to interruption or malfunction due to events beyond
our control, including natural disasters, terrorist activities
and telecommunications failures. We rely on third parties to
provide software for our courseroom platform, accounting,
administrative and other functions. We have transferred a
majority of our learners to a new courseroom platform. We plan
to migrate this new courseroom platform to a new server system.
In addition, we plan to replace our individual administrative
software applications with a comprehensive enterprise resource
planning system. Over the past two years, we experienced
intermittent failures of our courseroom platform that prevented
learners from accessing their courses. We may experience
additional interruptions or failures in our computer systems as
a result of these migrations and replacements. Any interruption
to our technology infrastructure could have a material adverse
effect on our ability to attract and retain learners and could
require us to incur additional expenses to correct or mitigate
the interruption.
Our computer networks may also be vulnerable to unauthorized
access, computer hackers, computer viruses and other security
problems. A user who circumvents security measures could
misappropriate proprietary information or cause interruptions or
malfunctions in operations. As a result, we may be required to
expend significant resources to protect against the threat of
these security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by these
breaches. We engage with multiple security assessment providers
on a periodic basis to review and assess our security. We
utilize this information to audit ourselves ensure that we are
continually monitoring the security of our technology
infrastructure.
17
|
|
|
Our current success and future growth depend on the
continued increased acceptance of the Internet and the
corresponding growth in users seeking educational services on
the Internet. |
Our business relies on the Internet for its success. A number of
factors could inhibit the growth and acceptance of the Internet
and adversely affect our profitability, including:
|
|
|
|
|
inadequate Internet infrastructure; |
|
|
|
security and privacy concerns; and |
|
|
|
the unavailability of cost-effective Internet service and other
technological factors. |
If Internet use decreases, or if the number of Internet users
seeking educational services on the Internet does not increase,
our business may not grow as planned.
|
|
|
We operate in a highly competitive market with rapid
technological change, and we may not have the resources needed
to compete successfully. |
Online education is a highly competitive market that is
characterized by rapid changes in our learners
technological requirements and expectations and evolving market
standards. Competitors vary in size and organization from
traditional colleges and universities to for-profit schools,
corporate universities and software companies providing online
education and training software. Each of these competitors may
develop programs or other technology that is superior to the
programs and technology we use. We may not have the resources
necessary to acquire or compete with technologies being
developed by our competitors, which may render our online
delivery format less competitive or obsolete.
|
|
|
Government regulations relating to the Internet could
increase our cost of doing business, affect our ability to grow
or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our
business. |
The increasing popularity and use of the Internet and other
online services has led and may lead to the adoption of new laws
and regulatory practices in the United States or foreign
countries and to new interpretations of existing laws and
regulations. These new laws and interpretations may relate to
issues such as online privacy, copyrights, trademarks and
service marks, sales taxes, fair business practices and the
requirement that online education institutions qualify to do
business as foreign corporations or be licensed in one or more
jurisdictions where they have no physical location or other
presence. New laws, regulations or interpretations related to
doing business over the Internet could increase our costs and
materially and adversely affect our enrollments, revenues and
results of operations.
|
|
|
An increase in interest rates could adversely affect our
ability to attract and retain learners. |
Approximately 69% of our revenues (calculated on a cash basis)
for the year ended December 31, 2004, were derived from
Title IV programs, which involve subsidized student
borrowing. Additionally, many of our learners finance their
education through private, unsubsidized borrowing. Interest
rates have reached relatively low levels in recent years,
creating a favorable borrowing environment for learners.
However, interest rates are currently increasing. Much of the
financing our learners receive is tied to floating interest
rates. In addition, in the event Congress decreases the amount
available for federal student aid, our learners may have to pay
higher, unsubsidized interest rates. Therefore, any future
increase in interest rates will result in a corresponding
increase in educational costs to our existing and prospective
learners, which could result in a significant reduction in our
learner population and revenues. Higher interest rates could
also contribute to higher default rates with respect to our
learners repayment of their education loans. Higher
default rates may in turn adversely impact our eligibility to
participate in some or all Title IV programs, which could
result in a significant reduction in our learner population and
our profitability.
18
Risks Related to the Offering
|
|
|
The price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly,
and you could lose all or part of your investment. |
Volatility in the market price of our common stock may prevent
you from being able to sell your shares at or above the price
you paid for your shares. The market price of our common stock
could fluctuate significantly for various reasons, which include:
|
|
|
|
|
our quarterly or annual earnings or those of other companies in
our industry; |
|
|
|
the publics reaction to our press releases, our other
public announcements and our filings with the Securities and
Exchange Commission, or SEC; |
|
|
|
changes in earnings estimates or recommendations by research
analysts who track our common stock or the stocks of other
companies in our industry; |
|
|
|
changes in our number of enrolled learners; |
|
|
|
new laws or regulations or new interpretations of laws or
regulations applicable to our business; |
|
|
|
seasonal variations in our learner population; |
|
|
|
changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance,
interpretations or principles; |
|
|
|
changes in general conditions in the U.S. and global economies
or financial markets, including those resulting from war,
incidents of terrorism or responses to such events; |
|
|
|
litigation involving our company or investigations by regulators
into the operations of our company or our competitors; and |
|
|
|
sales of common stock by our directors, executive officers and
significant shareholders. |
In addition, in recent years, the stock market has experienced
extreme price and volume fluctuations. This volatility has had a
significant impact on the market price of securities issued by
many companies, including companies in our industry. The changes
frequently appear to occur without regard to the operating
performance of these companies. The price of our common stock
could fluctuate based upon factors that have little or nothing
to do with our company, and these fluctuations could materially
reduce our stock price.
|
|
|
If our share price is volatile, we may be the target of
securities litigation, which is costly and time-consuming to
defend. |
In the past, following periods of market volatility in the price
of a companys securities, security holders have often
instituted class action litigation. If the market value of our
common stock experiences adverse fluctuations and we become
involved in this type of litigation, regardless of the outcome,
we could incur substantial legal costs and our managements
and boards attention could be diverted from the operation
of our business, causing our business to suffer.
|
|
|
There is no existing market for our common stock, and we
do not know if one will develop to provide you with adequate
liquidity. |
There has not been a public market for our common stock. We
cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in our
company will lead to the development of an active trading market
on The Nasdaq National Market or otherwise, or how liquid that
market might become. If an active trading market does not
develop, you may have difficulty selling any of our common stock
that you buy. The initial public offering price for the shares
will be determined by negotiations between us and the
representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of
prices that will prevail in the open market following this
offering. Consequently, you may not be able to sell shares of
our common stock at prices equal to or greater than the price
paid by you in this offering.
19
|
|
|
Future sales of our common stock in the public market
could lower our stock price. |
We may sell additional shares of common stock in subsequent
public offerings. We may also issue additional shares of common
stock to finance future acquisitions. After the completion of
this offering, we will
have outstanding
shares of common stock. This number
includes shares
that we are selling in this offering, which may be resold
immediately in the public
market. shares
of our common stock,
or %
of our total outstanding shares, are restricted from immediate
resale under the federal securities laws and the lock-up
agreements between certain of our current shareholders and the
underwriters described in the section entitled
Underwriting, but may be sold into the market in the
near future. These shares will become available for sale at
various times following the expiration of the lock-up agreements
which, without the prior consent of Credit Suisse First Boston
LLC, is 180 days (subject to an extension of no more than
34 days as a result of an earnings release by us) after the
date of this prospectus, subject to volume limitations and
manner-of-sale requirements under Rule 144 of the
Securities Act of 1933. However, CSFB may release all or a
portion of these shares subject to lock-up agreements at any
time without notice. The period immediately following expiration
of the lock-up agreements may experience relatively higher
levels of selling activity.
After this offering, several of our existing shareholders
owning shares
of our common stock, are expected to be parties to a
registration rights agreement with us. Under that agreement,
these shareholders will have the right, after the expiration of
the lock-up period, to require us to effect the registration of
their shares. In addition, if we propose to register, or are
required to register following the exercise of a
demand registration right as described in the
previous sentence, any of our shares of common stock under the
Securities Act, all the shareholders who are parties to the
registration rights agreement will be entitled to include their
shares of common stock in that registration. We cannot predict
the size of future issuances of our common stock or the effect,
if any, that future issuances and sales of shares of our common
stock will have on the market price of our common stock. Sales
of substantial amounts of our common stock (including shares
issued in connection with an acquisition), or the perception
that such sales could occur, may adversely affect prevailing
market prices for our common stock.
|
|
|
Our executive officers, directors and principal existing
shareholders will continue to own a large percentage of our
voting stock after this offering, which may allow them to
control substantially all matters requiring shareholder
approval. |
Stephen G. Shank, our chief executive officer and chairman of
our board of directors, will hold
approximately of
the outstanding common stock after the offering. Additionally,
our other directors, executive officers and principal existing
shareholders will beneficially own
approximately % of our common
stock upon the completion of this offering. Accordingly, if some
or all of these shareholders decided to act in concert, they
could control us through their ability to determine the outcome
of the election of our directors, to amend our articles of
incorporation and bylaws and to take other actions requiring the
vote or consent of shareholders, including mergers, going
private transactions and other extraordinary transactions, and
the terms of any of these transactions. The ownership positions
of these shareholders may have the effect of delaying, deterring
or preventing a change in control or a change in the composition
of our board of directors.
|
|
|
Our articles of incorporation, bylaws, Minnesota law and
regulations of state and federal education agencies may
discourage takeovers and business combinations that our
shareholders might consider in their best interests. |
Anti-takeover provisions of our articles of incorporation,
bylaws and Minnesota law and regulations of state and federal
education agencies could diminish the opportunity for
shareholders to participate in acquisition proposals at a price
above the then-current market price of our common stock. For
example, while we have no present plans to issue any preferred
stock, our board of directors, without further shareholder
approval, may issue shares of undesignated preferred stock and
fix the powers, preferences, rights and limitations of such
class or series, which could adversely affect the voting power
of your shares. In addition, our bylaws provide for an advance
notice procedure for nomination of candidates to our board
20
of directors that could have the effect of delaying, deterring
or preventing a change in control. Further, as a Minnesota
corporation, we are subject to provisions of the Minnesota
Business Corporation Act, or MBCA, regarding business
combinations, which can deter attempted takeovers in
certain situations. The approval requirements of the Department
of Education, our regional accrediting agency and state
education agencies for a change in control transaction could
also delay, deter or prevent a transaction that would result in
a change in control. We may, in the future, consider adopting
additional anti-takeover measures. The authority of our board to
issue undesignated preferred or other capital stock and the
anti-takeover provisions of the MBCA, as well as other current
and any future anti-takeover measures adopted by us, may, in
certain circumstances, delay, deter or prevent takeover attempts
and other changes in control of the company not approved by our
board of directors.
|
|
|
Being a public company will increase our expenses and
administrative workload. |
As a public company with listed equity securities, we will need
to comply with new laws, regulations and requirements, certain
provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, related SEC
regulations and requirements of The Nasdaq National Market with
which we are not required to comply as a private company.
Complying with these statutes, regulations and requirements will
occupy a significant amount of the time of our board of
directors and management and will increase our costs and
expenses. We will need to:
|
|
|
|
|
create or expand the roles and duties of our board of directors,
our board committees and management; |
|
|
|
establish an internal audit function; |
|
|
|
institute a more comprehensive compliance function; |
|
|
|
design, establish, evaluate and maintain a system of internal
control over financial reporting in compliance with the
requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002 and the related rules and regulations of the SEC and the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board; |
|
|
|
prepare and distribute periodic public reports in compliance
with our obligations under the federal securities laws; |
|
|
|
establish new internal policies, such as those relating to
disclosure controls and procedures and insider trading; |
|
|
|
involve and retain to a greater degree outside counsel and
accountants in the above activities; and |
|
|
|
enhance our investor relations function. |
In addition, we also expect that being a public company subject
to these rules and regulations will make it more expensive for
us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we
may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur
substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors
could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain
qualified members of our board of directors, particularly to
serve on our audit and compensation committees, and qualified
executive officers.
|
|
|
We will be exposed to risks relating to evaluations of
controls required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
of 2002. |
We are in the process of evaluating our internal controls
systems to allow management to report on, and our independent
auditors to attest to, our internal control over financial
reporting. We will be performing the system and process
evaluation and testing (and any necessary remediation) required
to comply with the management certification and auditor
attestation requirements of Section 404 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. We are required to comply with
Section 404 by no later than December 31, 2006.
However, we cannot be certain as to the timing of completion of
our evaluation, testing and remediation actions or the impact of
the same on our operations. Furthermore, upon completion of this
process, we may identify control deficiencies of varying degrees
of severity under applicable SEC and
21
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board rules and regulations
that remain unremediated. As a public company, we will be
required to report, among other things, control deficiencies
that constitute a material weakness or changes in
internal controls that, or are reasonably likely to, materially
affect internal controls over financial reporting. A
material weakness is a significant deficiency, or
combination of significant deficiencies that results in more
than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the
annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or
detected. If we fail to implement the requirements of
Section 404 in a timely manner, we might be subject to
sanctions or investigation by regulatory authorities such as the
SEC or The Nasdaq National Market, and if we fail to remedy any
material weakness, our financial statements may be inaccurate,
we may face restricted access to the capital markets, and our
stock price may be adversely affected.
|
|
|
We will have broad discretion in applying the net proceeds
of the offering and may not use those proceeds in ways that will
enhance the market value of our common stock. |
We have significant flexibility in applying the net proceeds we
will receive in this offering. As part of your investment
decision, you will not be able to assess or direct how we apply
these net proceeds. If we do not apply these funds effectively,
we may lose significant business opportunities. Furthermore, our
stock price could decline if the market does not view our use of
the net proceeds from this offering favorably.
|
|
|
You will suffer immediate and substantial dilution. |
The initial public offering price per share is substantially
higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share
immediately after the offering. As a result, you will pay a
price per share that substantially exceeds the tangible book
value of our assets after subtracting our liabilities. At an
assumed initial public offering price of
$ ,
you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the amount
of
$ per
share. We also have outstanding stock options to purchase shares
of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of
$ per
share. To the extent these options are exercised, there will be
further dilution.
22
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements,
which include information relating to future events, future
financial performance, strategies, expectations, competitive
environment, regulation and availability of resources. These
forward-looking statements include, without limitation,
statements regarding: proposed new programs; expectations that
regulatory developments or other matters will not have a
material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position,
results of operations or liquidity; statements concerning
projections, predictions, expectations, estimates or forecasts
as to our business, financial and operational results and future
economic performance; and statements of managements goals
and objectives and other similar expressions concerning matters
that are not historical facts. Words such as may,
should, could, would,
predicts, potential,
continue, expects,
anticipates, future,
intends, plans, believes,
estimates, and similar expressions, as well as
statements in future tense, identify forward-looking statements.
Forward-looking statements should not be read as a guarantee of
future performance or results, and will not necessarily be
accurate indications of the times at, or by, which such
performance or results will be achieved. Forward-looking
statements are based on information available at the time those
statements are made or managements good faith belief as of
that time with respect to future events, and are subject to
risks and uncertainties that could cause actual performance or
results to differ materially from those expressed in or
suggested by the forward-looking statements. Important factors
that could cause such differences include, but are not limited
to:
|
|
|
|
|
our failure to comply with the extensive regulatory framework
applicable to our industry, including Title IV of the
Higher Education Act and the regulations thereunder, state laws
and regulatory requirements, and accrediting agency requirements; |
|
|
|
risks associated with changes in applicable federal and state
laws and regulations and accrediting agency policies; |
|
|
|
our ability to manage future growth effectively; |
|
|
|
the pace of growth of our enrollment; |
|
|
|
our ability to convert prospective learners to enrolled learners
and to retain active learners; |
|
|
|
our success in updating and expanding the content of existing
programs and developing new programs in a cost-effective manner
or on a timely basis; |
|
|
|
industry competition; |
|
|
|
failure on our part to maintain and expand existing commercial
relationships with the U.S. Armed Forces and various
corporations and develop new commercial relationships; |
|
|
|
general and economic conditions; and |
|
|
|
other factors discussed under the headings Risk
Factors, Managements Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,
Business, and Regulatory Environment. |
Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date the
statements are made. You should not put undue reliance on any
forward-looking statements. We assume no obligation to update
forward-looking statements to reflect actual results, changes in
assumptions or changes in other factors affecting
forward-looking information, except to the extent required by
applicable securities laws. If we do update one or more
forward-looking statements, no inference should be drawn that we
will make additional updates with respect to those or other
forward-looking statements.
23
USE OF PROCEEDS
The net proceeds from the sale
of shares
of our common stock offered by us in this offering will be
approximately
$ million,
based on an estimated initial public offering price of
$ per
share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the
cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the
underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering
expenses payable by us. We will not receive any proceeds from
the sale of the shares to be sold by the selling shareholders.
The primary purposes of the offering are to create a public
market for our common stock, obtain additional equity capital
and facilitate future access to public markets. We have not made
any specific plans with respect to the use of the net proceeds
of this offering. We expect to use the net proceeds of this
offering for working capital and general corporate purposes,
which may include expanding our marketing and recruiting
efforts, capital expenditures, developing new courses and
programs and acquisitions complementary to our business. We have
no current plans, arrangements or commitments for, and are not
currently engaged in any negotiations with respect to, any such
acquisition. Management will have broad discretion in the
allocation of the net proceeds of this offering. Depending upon
future events, we may determine at a later time to use the net
proceeds for different purposes. Pending their use, we intend to
invest the net proceeds in investment-grade, interest-bearing
securities.
DIVIDEND POLICY
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common
stock. We currently intend to retain all future earnings, if
any, to fund the operation and expansion of our business and do
not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends on our
common stock in the foreseeable future. The payment of any
dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board
of directors and will depend upon our financial condition,
results of operations, earnings, capital requirements,
contractual restrictions, outstanding indebtedness and other
factors deemed relevant by our board. As a result, you will need
to sell your shares of common stock to realize a return on your
investment, and you may not be able to sell your shares at or
above the price you paid for them.
24
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our cash, cash equivalents and
short-term investments and our capitalization as of
December 31, 2004:
|
|
|
|
|
on an actual basis; |
|
|
|
on a pro forma basis, giving effect to (i) our sale
of shares
of our common stock in this offering (at an assumed initial
public offering price of
$ per
share); and (ii) the conversion of all outstanding shares
of our Class A, Class B and Class D convertible
preferred stock and our Class E and Class G redeemable
convertible preferred stock
into shares
of our common stock, which is expected to occur concurrently
with the consummation of the offering in accordance with the
provisions of each class of preferred stocks respective
certificate of designation. |
You should read this table together with the Use of
Proceeds, Managements Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,
Description of Capital Stock and our consolidated
financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of | |
|
|
December 31, 2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
|
Actual | |
|
Pro Forma | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands, | |
|
|
except share and | |
|
|
per share amounts) | |
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments
|
|
$ |
49,980 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debt:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Line of
credit(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital lease obligations, including current portion of $314
|
|
|
322 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt
|
|
|
322 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Redeemable preferred stock:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class E Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock:
$0.01 par value; 2,596,491 shares authorized, issued
and outstanding, actual; none authorized, issued and
outstanding, pro forma
|
|
|
34,985 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class G Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock:
$0.01 par value; 2,184,540 shares authorized, issued
and outstanding, actual; none authorized, issued and
outstanding, pro forma
|
|
|
22,661 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total redeemable preferred stock
|
|
|
57,646 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders equity (deficit):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A Convertible Preferred Stock: $1.00 par value;
3,000,000 shares authorized, 2,810,000 shares issued
and outstanding, actual; none authorized, issued and
outstanding, pro forma
|
|
|
2,810 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class B Convertible Preferred Stock: $2.50 par value;
1,180,000 shares authorized, 460,000 shares issued and
outstanding, actual; none authorized, issued and outstanding,
pro forma
|
|
|
1,150 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class D Convertible Preferred Stock: $4.50 par value;
1,022,222 shares authorized, issued and outstanding,
actual; none authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma
|
|
|
4,600 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Undesignated preferred stock: none authorized, issued and
outstanding,
actual; shares
authorized, none issued and outstanding, pro forma
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock: $0.10 par value; 10,000,000 shares
authorized, 2,074,427 shares issued and outstanding,
actual; shares
authorized, shares
issued and outstanding, pro
forma(b)
|
|
|
208 |
|
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of | |
|
|
December 31, 2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
|
Actual | |
|
Pro Forma | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands, | |
|
|
except share and | |
|
|
per share amounts) | |
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
5,166 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(13,939 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders equity (deficit)
|
|
|
(5 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capitalization
|
|
$ |
57,963 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
At December 31, 2004, we had available funds under our
revolving line of credit in the amount of $10.0 million.
There have been no borrowings to date under our revolving line
of credit. |
|
(b) |
Excludes: |
|
|
|
|
|
shares
of common stock reserved for future issuance upon the exercise
of stock options outstanding as
of ,
2005 under our stock option plans, at a weighted average
exercise price of
$ per
share; |
|
|
|
shares
of common stock reserved for future issuance upon the vesting of
common stock outstanding under our stock purchase plan; and |
|
|
|
shares
of common stock reserved for future issuance under our stock
option plans, of which options to
purchase shares
of common stock are proposed to be issued in connection with
this offering at an exercise price equal to the price of shares
sold in this offering. |
For further information regarding our stock and stock option
plans, see Description of Capital Stock and
Management Existing Stock and Stock Option
Plans.
26
DILUTION
If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted
to the extent of the difference between the initial public
offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma
net tangible book value per share of our common stock after the
offering. Dilution results from the fact that the per share
offering price of the common stock is substantially in excess of
the book value per share attributable to the existing
shareholders for the presently outstanding stock.
Our net tangible book value (deficit) as of December 31,
2004, was $(5,000). Net tangible book value (deficit) per share
of common stock is equal to the total book value of the tangible
assets less total liabilities and total redeemable preferred
stock, divided by the number of shares of common stock
outstanding as of December 31, 2004. Pro forma net tangible
book value per share of common stock represents the amount of
total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the
number of shares of common stock outstanding after giving effect
to the conversion of all outstanding classes of preferred stock
into common stock upon the completion of this offering. As of
December 31, 2004, our pro forma net tangible book value
would have been approximately
$ million,
or
$ per
share of common stock.
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share
represents the amount of total tangible assets less total
liabilities, divided by the number of shares of common stock
outstanding after giving effect to the conversion of all
preferred stock into common stock upon the completion of this
offering, our sale
of shares
of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public
offering price of
$ per
share of common stock (the mid-point of the range set forth on
the cover of this prospectus) and after deducting the
underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering
expenses payable by us. As of December 31, 2004, our pro
forma as adjusted net tangible book value would have been
approximately
$ million,
or
$ per
share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in
pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of
$ per
share of common stock to our existing shareholders and an
immediate dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book
value of
$ per
share of common stock to investors purchasing common stock in
this offering. The following table illustrates this per share
dilution:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assumed initial public offering price per share of common stock
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
Pro forma net tangible book value per share of common stock as
of December 31, 2004
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
Increase per share of common stock attributable to new investors
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of
common stock after this offering
|
|
|
|
|
Dilution per share of common stock to new investors
|
|
$ |
|
|
The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 2004, on
the pro forma as adjusted basis described above, the differences
between existing stockholders and the new investors with respect
to the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us,
the total consideration paid and the average price per share
paid before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and
estimated offering expenses payable by us, at an assumed initial
public offering price of
$ per
share of common stock.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares Purchased | |
|
Total Consideration | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
Average Price | |
|
|
Number | |
|
Percent | |
|
Amount | |
|
Percent | |
|
Per Share | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands) | |
|
(In thousands) | |
|
|
Existing shareholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
New investors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales by the selling shareholders in this offering will cause
the number of shares held by existing shareholders to be reduced
to ,
or %
of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding
after this offering, and will increase the total number of
shares held by new investors
to ,
or %
of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding
after this offering. If the underwriters over-allotment
option is exercised in full, the number of shares held by
existing
27
shareholders after this offering would
be ,
or %,
and the number of shares held by new investors would increase
to ,
or %,
of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding
after this offering.
The discussion and table assume that no stock options were
exercised after December 31, 2004. As of the consummation
of this offering, we expect to have options outstanding to
purchase a total
of shares
of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of
approximately
$ per
share of common stock. To the extent that these options are
exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors. See
Description of Capital Stock.
28
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The following table sets forth our selected consolidated
financial and operating data as of the dates and for the periods
indicated. You should read this data together with
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and our consolidated
financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The
selected consolidated statement of operations data for each of
the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2004,
and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31,
2003 and 2004, have been derived from our audited consolidated
financial statements which are included elsewhere in this
prospectus. The selected consolidated statements of operations
data for the years ended December 31, 2000 and 2001, and
consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2000,
2001 and 2002, have been derived from our audited consolidated
financial statements not included in this prospectus. Historical
results are not necessarily indicative of the results of
operations to be expected for future periods.
The following table also sets forth summary unaudited
consolidated pro forma balance sheet data as of
December 31, 2004, which give effect to the transactions
described in footnote (d) of the following table. The
unaudited consolidated pro forma balance sheet data are
presented for informational purposes only and do not purport to
represent what our financial position actually would have been
had the transactions so described occurred on the dates
indicated or to project our financial position as of any future
date.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2000 | |
|
2001 | |
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands, except per share and enrollment data) | |
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$ |
15,896 |
|
|
$ |
29,806 |
|
|
$ |
49,556 |
|
|
$ |
81,785 |
|
|
$ |
117,689 |
|
Costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Instructional costs and services
|
|
|
12,394 |
|
|
|
20,486 |
|
|
|
27,247 |
|
|
|
42,402 |
|
|
|
57,512 |
|
|
Selling and promotional
|
|
|
8,190 |
|
|
|
13,627 |
|
|
|
15,559 |
|
|
|
21,161 |
|
|
|
33,989 |
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
7,345 |
|
|
|
9,387 |
|
|
|
12,744 |
|
|
|
14,152 |
|
|
|
16,323 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total costs and expenses
|
|
|
27,929 |
|
|
|
43,500 |
|
|
|
55,550 |
|
|
|
77,715 |
|
|
|
107,824 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
(12,033 |
) |
|
|
(13,694 |
) |
|
|
(5,994 |
) |
|
|
4,070 |
|
|
|
9,865 |
|
Other income, net
|
|
|
1,332 |
|
|
|
731 |
|
|
|
327 |
|
|
|
427 |
|
|
|
724 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
(10,701 |
) |
|
|
(12,963 |
) |
|
|
(5,667 |
) |
|
|
4,497 |
|
|
|
10,589 |
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
104 |
|
|
|
(8,196 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$ |
(10,701 |
) |
|
$ |
(12,963 |
) |
|
$ |
(5,667 |
) |
|
$ |
4,393 |
|
|
$ |
18,785 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$ |
(7.61 |
) |
|
$ |
(8.71 |
) |
|
$ |
(3.70 |
) |
|
$ |
2.63 |
|
|
$ |
9.34 |
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$ |
(7.61 |
) |
|
$ |
(8.71 |
) |
|
$ |
(3.70 |
) |
|
$ |
0.39 |
|
|
$ |
1.62 |
|
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
1,406 |
|
|
|
1,489 |
|
|
|
1,532 |
|
|
|
1,669 |
|
|
|
2,011 |
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
1,406 |
|
|
|
1,489 |
|
|
|
1,532 |
|
|
|
11,154 |
|
|
|
11,595 |
|
29
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2000 | |
|
2001 | |
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands, except per share and enrollment data) | |
Other Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and
amortization(a)
|
|
$ |
985 |
|
|
$ |
2,044 |
|
|
$ |
3,108 |
|
|
$ |
4,177 |
|
|
$ |
5,454 |
|
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
|
|
$ |
(7,895 |
) |
|
$ |
(9,249 |
) |
|
$ |
177 |
|
|
$ |
16,028 |
|
|
$ |
17,494 |
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
$ |
4,477 |
|
|
$ |
5,283 |
|
|
$ |
3,859 |
|
|
$ |
4,348 |
|
|
$ |
8,986 |
|
EBITDA(b)
|
|
$ |
(11,048 |
) |
|
$ |
(11,650 |
) |
|
$ |
(2,886 |
) |
|
$ |
8,247 |
|
|
$ |
15,319 |
|
Enrollment(c)
|
|
|
2,111 |
|
|
|
3,757 |
|
|
|
6,380 |
|
|
|
9,115 |
|
|
|
12,013 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma | |
|
|
As of December 31, | |
|
As of | |
|
|
| |
|
December 31, | |
|
|
2000 | |
|
2001 | |
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2004(d) | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands) | |
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments
|
|
$ |
25,368 |
|
|
$ |
10,655 |
|
|
$ |
22,060 |
|
|
$ |
41,190 |
|
|
$ |
49,980 |
|
|
|
|
|
Working
capital(e)
|
|
|
22,268 |
|
|
|
6,203 |
|
|
|
15,340 |
|
|
|
27,516 |
|
|
|
37,935 |
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
32,763 |
|
|
|
23,882 |
|
|
|
35,380 |
|
|
|
55,402 |
|
|
|
80,026 |
|
|
|
|
|
Total redeemable preferred stock
|
|
|
35,150 |
|
|
|
34,985 |
|
|
|
50,401 |
|
|
|
57,646 |
|
|
|
57,646 |
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders equity (deficit)
|
|
|
(8,318 |
) |
|
|
(20,999 |
) |
|
|
(26,250 |
) |
|
|
(20,416 |
) |
|
|
(5 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
Depreciation and amortization is calculated using the
straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the
assets. Amortization includes amounts related to purchased
software, capitalized website development costs and internally
developed software. |
|
(b) |
EBITDA consists of net income (loss) minus other income, net,
plus income tax expense (benefit) and plus depreciation and
amortization. Other income, net consists primarily of interest
income earned on short-term investments, net of any interest
expense for capital leases. We believe that the presentation of
EBITDA will enhance investors, securities analysts
and other interested parties understanding of our
operating performance. EBITDA is also a measure used by our
senior management to evaluate the performance of our business.
However, EBITDA is not a recognized measurement under
U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, and
when analyzing our operating performance, investors should use
EBITDA in addition to, and not as an alternative for, net income
(loss) as determined in accordance with GAAP. Because not all
companies use identical calculations, our presentation of EBITDA
may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other
companies. Furthermore, EBITDA is not intended to be a measure
of free cash flow for our managements discretionary use,
as it does not consider certain cash requirements such as tax
payments. |
|
|
|
The following table provides a reconciliation of net income
(loss) to EBITDA: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2000 | |
|
2001 | |
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands) | |
Net income (loss)
|
|
$ |
(10,701 |
) |
|
$ |
(12,963 |
) |
|
$ |
(5,667 |
) |
|
$ |
4,393 |
|
|
$ |
18,785 |
|
Other income, net
|
|
|
(1,332 |
) |
|
|
(731 |
) |
|
|
(327 |
) |
|
|
(427 |
) |
|
|
(724 |
) |
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
104 |
|
|
|
(8,196 |
) |
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
985 |
|
|
|
2,044 |
|
|
|
3,108 |
|
|
|
4,177 |
|
|
|
5,454 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA
|
|
$ |
(11,048 |
) |
|
$ |
(11,650 |
) |
|
$ |
(2,886 |
) |
|
$ |
8,247 |
|
|
$ |
15,319 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
(c) |
Enrollment reflects the total number of learners registered in a
course as of the last day of classes for such periods. |
|
(d) |
The consolidated pro forma balance sheet data for the year ended
December 31, 2004, give effect to the conversion of all
outstanding preferred stock into shares of common stock in
connection with this offering, the sale
of shares
of common stock by us in this offering and our receipt of the
estimated net proceeds of that sale, after deducting
underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses. |
|
(e) |
Working capital is calculated by subtracting total current
liabilities from total current assets. |
31
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
You should read the following discussion together with the
financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in
the prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking
statements that are based on managements current
expectations, estimates and projections about our business and
operations. The cautionary statements made in this prospectus
should be read as applying to all related forward-looking
statements wherever they appear in this prospectus. Our actual
results may differ materially from those currently anticipated
and expressed in such forward-looking statements as a result of
a number of factors, including those we discuss under Risk
Factors and elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read
Risk Factors and Forward-Looking
Statements.
Overview
We are an exclusively online post-secondary education services
company. Our wholly owned subsidiary, Capella University, is a
regionally accredited university that offers a variety of
undergraduate and graduate degree programs primarily targeted to
working adults. As of December 31, 2004, we offered more
than 675 courses and 13 degree programs with 68 specializations
at the graduate and undergraduate levels to more than 12,000
learners.
We were founded in 1991, and in 1993, we established our wholly
owned university subsidiary, The Graduate School of America, to
offer doctoral and masters degrees through distance
learning programs in management, education, human services and
interdisciplinary studies. In 1995, we launched our online
format for delivery of our doctoral and masters degree
programs. In 1997, our university subsidiary received
accreditation from the North Central Association of Colleges and
Schools (later renamed The Higher Learning Commission of the
North Central Association). In 1998, we began the expansion of
our original portfolio of academic programs by introducing
doctoral and masters degrees in psychology and a master of
business administration degree. In 1999, to expand the reach of
our brand in anticipation of moving into the bachelors
degree market, we changed our name to Capella Education Company
and the name of our university to Capella University. In 2000,
we introduced our bachelors degree completion program in
information technology, which provided instruction for the last
two years of a four-year bachelors degree. In 2004, we
believe we expanded our addressable market through the
introduction of our four-year bachelors degree programs in
business administration and information technology as well as
the introduction of three masters level
specializations in education targeted at K-12 teachers.
|
|
|
Our key financial results metrics |
Revenues. Revenues consist principally of tuition,
application and graduation fees, and commissions we earn from
bookstore and publication sales. During each of 2002, 2003 and
2004, tuition represented approximately 99% of our revenues.
Factors affecting our revenues include: (i) the number of
enrollments; (ii) the number of courses per learner;
(iii) our degree and program mix; (iv) the number of
programs and specializations we offer; and (v) annual
tuition adjustments.
Enrollments for a particular time period are defined as the
number of learners registered in a course on the last day of
classes within that period. We offer monthly start options for
newly enrolled learners. Learners who start their program in the
second or third month of a quarter transition to a quarterly
schedule beginning in their second quarter. Enrollments are a
function of the number of continuing learners at the beginning
of each period and new enrollments during the period, which are
offset by graduations, withdrawals and inactive learners during
the period. Inactive learners for a particular period include
learners who are not registered in a class, and, therefore, are
not generating revenues for that period, but who have not
withdrawn from Capella University. We believe that our
enrollments are influenced by the attractiveness of our program
offerings, the effectiveness of our marketing and recruiting
efforts, the quality of our instructors, the number of programs
and specializations we offer, the availability
32
of federal and other funding, the length of our educational
programs, the seasonality of our enrollments and general
economic conditions.
Our enrollments by degree level for the periods ended
December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the periods ended | |
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Doctoral
|
|
|
3,187 |
|
|
|
4,251 |
|
|
|
5,611 |
|
Masters
|
|
|
2,603 |
|
|
|
3,695 |
|
|
|
4,543 |
|
Bachelors
|
|
|
590 |
|
|
|
1,169 |
|
|
|
1,859 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
6,380 |
|
|
|
9,115 |
|
|
|
12,013 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our tuition rates vary by type and length of the programs and
the degree level, such as doctoral, masters or
bachelors. For all masters and bachelors
programs and for selected doctoral programs, tuition is
determined by the number of courses taken by each learner. For
the 2004 2005 academic year (the academic year that
began in July 2004), prices per course generally range from
$1,350 to $1,825. The price of the course depends on the number
of credit hours, the degree level of the program and the
discipline. For the 2004 2005 academic year, the
majority of doctoral programs are priced at a fixed quarterly
amount of $3,750 per learner, regardless of the number of
courses in which the learner is registered. Based on these
prices, we estimate that full tuition is approximately $49,000
for a four-year bachelors program, ranges from
approximately $16,000 to $26,000 for a masters program,
and ranges from approximately $48,000 to $67,000 for a doctoral
program. These amounts and ranges assume no reductions for
transfer credits. Many of our learners reduce their total
program costs at Capella University by transferring credits
earned at other institutions.
Tuition increases ranged from 3% to 7% in the 2004
2005 academic year as compared to the prior academic year.
Tuition increases have not historically been, and may not in the
future be, consistent across our programs and specializations
due to market conditions or changes in operating costs that have
an impact on price adjustments of individual programs or
specializations.
A large portion of our learners rely on funds received under
various government-sponsored student financial aid programs,
predominantly Title IV programs, to pay a substantial
portion of their tuition and other education-related expenses.
In the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004,
approximately 51%, 61% and 69%, respectively, of our revenues
were attributable to funds derived from Title IV programs.
In addition to Title IV funding, our learners receive
financial aid from other governmental sources or finance their
education through private financing institutions or with their
own funds.
Other income, net. Other income, net consists
primarily of interest income earned on short-term investments
net of any interest expense for capital leases.
Costs and expenses. We categorize our costs and
expenses as (i) instructional costs and services expenses,
(ii) selling and promotional expenses, and
(iii) general and administrative expenses.
Instructional costs and services expenses are items of expense
directly attributable to the educational services we provide our
learners. This expense category includes salaries and benefits
of full-time faculty, administrators and academic advisors and
costs associated with adjunct faculty. Instructional pay for
adjunct faculty varies across programs and is primarily
dependent on the number of learners taught. Instructional costs
and services expenses also include costs of educational
supplies, costs associated with admissions and other university
services, and an allocation of facility costs, depreciation and
amortization and information technology costs that are
attributable to providing educational services to our learners.
Selling and promotional expenses include salaries and benefits
of personnel engaged in recruitment and promotion, as well as
costs associated with advertising and the production of
marketing materials. Selling and promotional expenses also
include an allocation of facility costs, depreciation and
amortization,
33
and information technology costs that are attributable to the
marketing of Capella University and recruitment of new learners.
Our selling and promotional expenses are generally affected by
the cost of advertising media, the efficiency of our selling
efforts, salaries and benefits for our sales personnel and the
number of advertising initiatives for new and existing academic
programs.
General and administrative expenses include salaries and
benefits of employees engaged in management, finance, human
resources, compliance and other corporate functions, together
with an allocation of facility costs, depreciation and
amortization and information technology costs attributable to
such functions. General and administrative expenses also include
bad debt expense and any charges associated with asset
impairments.
|
|
|
Factors affecting comparability |
We set forth below selected factors that we believe have had, or
are expected to have, a significant effect on the comparability
of recent or future results of operations:
Introduction of new programs and specializations.
At December 31, 2002, learners seeking doctoral degrees
represented approximately 50% of our enrollment, while learners
seeking masters and bachelors degrees represented
approximately 41% and 9%, respectively. The higher concentration
of learners in doctoral programs reflects our early emphasis on
these programs. In 2004, we believe we expanded our addressable
market through the introduction of our four-year bachelors
degree programs in business administration and information
technology as well as the introduction of three masters
level specializations in education targeted at K-12 teachers.
These additions are consistent with our continuing migration
from a concentration of doctoral enrollment to an enrollment
that includes more masters and bachelors learners.
At December 31, 2004, learners seeking doctoral,
masters and bachelors degrees represented 47%, 38%
and 15%, respectively, of our enrollment. We expect to introduce
additional masters and bachelors programs and
specializations in the future.
We make significant investments in program and specialization
development, support infrastructure and marketing and selling
when introducing new programs and specializations. Relative to
our doctoral programs, our masters and bachelors
programs have tended to have lower revenue per learner and
higher selling and promotional, learner recruitment and support
costs. In the year ended December 31, 2004, doctoral
programs accounted for a majority of our revenues and all of our
operating profit. In contrast, our bachelors and
masters programs were not profitable in 2004. During the
period of new program introduction and development, the rate of
growth of revenues and income from operations has been, and may
be, adversely affected in part due to these factors. Our
strategy is to operate these newer programs at profit levels
approaching those of our doctoral program. As our newer programs
develop, we anticipate increases in enrollment, higher revenue
per learner, more cost-effective delivery of instructional and
support services and more efficient selling and promotional
processes.
Income tax benefits resulting from reversal of valuation
allowance. In the period from our inception through
2002, we incurred significant operating losses that resulted in
a net operating loss carryforward for tax purposes and net
deferred tax assets. Until 2004, we provided a 100% valuation
allowance for all net deferred tax assets. Because we achieved
three years of cumulative taxable income in 2004 and we expect
to be profitable in future years, we have concluded that it is
more likely than not that substantially all of our net deferred
tax assets will be realized. As a result, in accordance with
SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, all
of the valuation allowance applied to net deferred tax assets
was reversed during the year ended December 31, 2004.
Reversal of the valuation allowance resulted in a non-cash
income tax benefit totaling $12.9 million, which accounted
for 68% of our net income of $18.8 million in the year
ended December 31, 2004. We expect that our effective tax
rate for 2005 will be in the range of 39% to 41%.
Stock option expense. In December 2004, the
FASB issued to SFAS No. 123 (revised), Share-Based
Payment (SFAS No. 123R). The Securities and
Exchange Commission amended the compliance date on
April 14, 2005, to require public companies to adopt the
standard as of the beginning of the first annual period that
begins after June 15, 2005. We are therefore required to
implement this standard on
34
January 1, 2006. SFAS 123R eliminates the ability to
account for share-based compensation transactions using the
footnote disclosure-only provisions of Accounting Principles
Board (APB) Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued
to Employees, and instead requires that such transactions be
recognized and reflected in our financial statements using a
fair-value-based method. Companies are required to recognize an
expense for compensation costs related to share-based payment
arrangements including stock options and employee stock purchase
plans. Under SFAS 123R, the amount of compensation expense
recognized will vary depending on numerous factors, including
the option valuation methodology adopted, the number and vesting
period of option grants, the publicly traded stock price of the
underlying option security and the volatility of that stock
price. The cumulative effect of adoption, if any, would be
measured and recognized in the period of adoption. We are
evaluating SFAS 123R, the factors referred to above and the
resulting impact of adoption of SFAS 123R. We expect that
we will record in our statement of operations substantial
noncash compensation expense in 2006 and thereafter. In
accordance with SFAS No. 123, we provide in
Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements, included
elsewhere in this prospectus, an estimate of the effect, on a
pro forma basis, of recognizing as compensation expense option
grants on a fair value basis using the Black-Scholes option
valuation model and other assumptions. However, had we adopted
SFAS 123R using the Black-Scholes option valuation model in
prior periods, the impact of that standard would have
approximated the impact of SFAS No. 123 as described
in the disclosure of pro forma net income (loss) and pro forma
net income (loss) per common share in Note 2 to our
consolidated financial statements. Estimates of option values
using the Black-Scholes method and these other assumptions may
not be indicative of results from valuation methodologies and
assumptions ultimately adopted by us for purposes of
SFAS 123R. The adoption of SFAS 123R is not expected
to have a significant adverse effect on our cash flows, but is
expected to have a significant adverse effect on our results of
operations.
Public company expense. Upon consummation of our
initial public offering, we will become a public company, and
our shares of common stock will be publicly traded on The Nasdaq
National Market. As a result, we will need to comply with new
laws, regulations and requirements that we did not need to
comply with as a private company, including certain provisions
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, related SEC regulations and
the requirements of The Nasdaq National Market. Compliance with
the requirements of being a public company will require us to
increase our general and administrative expenses in order to pay
our employees, legal counsel and accountants to assist us in,
among other things, instituting and monitoring a more
comprehensive compliance and board governance function,
establishing and maintaining internal control over financial
reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and preparing and distributing
periodic public reports in compliance with our obligations under
the federal securities laws. In addition, being a public company
will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and
officer liability insurance. We estimate that incremental annual
public company costs will be between $1.5 million and
$2.5 million. During 2004, we incurred approximately
$0.5 million of such general and administrative expenses in
anticipation of our becoming a public company in 2005.
401(k) company contributions. In April 2005, we
instituted, for the first time, a program under which we match
employee contributions to our 401(k) program up to a specified
level. We estimate that this program will result in additional
expenses in 2005 of between $0.5 million and
$1.0 million.
Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates
The discussion of our financial condition and results of
operations is based upon our financial statements, which have
been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted
accounting principles, or GAAP. During the preparation of these
financial statements, we are required to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets,
liabilities, revenues, costs and expenses and related
disclosures. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and
assumptions, including those related to revenue recognition,
allowance for doubtful accounts, impairment of long-lived
assets, stock-based compensation expense and income taxes. We
base our estimates on historical experience and on various other
assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the
circumstances. The results of our analysis form
35
the basis for making assumptions about the carrying values of
assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other
sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under
different assumptions or conditions, and the impact of such
differences may be material to our consolidated financial
statements.
We believe that the following critical accounting policies
involve our more significant judgments and estimates used in the
preparation of our consolidated financial statements:
Revenue recognition. Tuition revenue represented
approximately 99% of our revenues recognized for each of the
years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004. Course
tuition revenue is deferred and recognized as revenue ratably
over the period of instruction, which is generally from one and
a half to three months. Seminar tuition revenue is recognized
over the length of the seminar, which ranges from two days to
two weeks. Deferred revenue in any period represents the excess
of tuition and fees received as compared to tuition and fees
recognized in revenue on the consolidated statement of
operations and is reflected as a current liability on our
consolidated balance sheet.
Allowance for doubtful accounts. We maintain an
allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting
from the inability, failure or refusal of our learners to make
required payments. We determine the allowance for doubtful
accounts amount based on an analysis of the aging of the
accounts receivable and historical write-off experience.
In establishing our credit practices, we seek to strike an
appropriate balance between prudent learner credit policies and
learner retention. Accordingly, we periodically review and alter
learner credit policies to achieve that objective by restricting
or expanding the availability of credit we extend. Changes to
credit practices may impact enrollments, revenues, accounts
receivables, our allowance for doubtful accounts and bad debt
expense. For example, in the second quarter of 2005, we arranged
to offer learners new, third-party private loan programs. The
third party loans were not available at the beginning of classes
and, as a result, we permitted some learners, who previously may
have been placed on inactive, non-revenue-generating status, to
remain enrolled and in their classes. Because a majority of
these learners received federal financial aid and were eligible
for the third party private loan programs, we were able to
effect this change with a relatively small increase in our
accounts receivable during this enrollment period. If changes in
credit practices result in higher receivable balances, if the
financial condition of our learners deteriorates resulting in an
impairment of their ability to pay, or if we underestimate the
allowances required, additions to our allowance for doubtful
accounts may be necessary, which will result in increased
general and administrative expenses in the period such
determination is made.
As of December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, the allowance for
doubtful accounts was approximately $1.2 million,
$0.7 million and $1.1 million, respectively. During
2002, 2003 and 2004, we recognized bad debt expense of
$3.0 million, $0.6 million and $1.4 million,
respectively. The lower bad debt expense as a percentage of
revenue in 2003 and 2004 as compared to 2002 resulted from a
tightening of our credit policies during 2002.
Impairment of long-lived assets. We review our
long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may
not be recoverable. We measure the recoverability of an asset by
a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to undiscounted
future net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If
the asset is considered to be impaired, the impairment to be
recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying
amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. If we
determine that an assets carrying value is impaired, we
will record a write-down of the carrying value of the identified
asset and charge the impairment as an operating expense in the
period in which the determination is made. During the years
ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, we recorded
impairment charges of $0.2 million, $0.4 million and
$1.0 million, respectively. The impairment charge recorded
in 2004 consisted primarily of the write-off of previously
capitalized software development costs for software projects
that were abandoned due to our decision to implement an
enterprise resource planning system. Capitalized software costs
represent our long-lived assets that are most subject to the
risk of impairment from changes in our business strategy and
ongoing technological developments. We recorded capitalized
software costs with a net book value of $5.8 million as of
December 31, 2004. Our impairment loss calculation is
subject to uncertainties because management
36
must use judgment to forecast estimated fair values and to
determine the useful lives of the assets. If actual results are
not consistent with our assumptions and estimates regarding
these factors, we may be exposed to losses that could be
material. Changes in strategy or market conditions, or
significant technological developments, could significantly
impact these judgments and require adjustments to recorded asset
balances.
Stock-based compensation. We account for
stock-based employee compensation arrangements in accordance
with the provisions of APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting
for Stock Issued to Employees, and related interpretations,
and comply with the disclosure provisions of
SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation. We currently are not required to record
stock-based compensation charges if the employee stock option
exercise price or restricted stock purchase price equals or
exceeds the deemed fair value of our common stock at the grant
date. Because no market for our common stock existed prior to
this offering, our board of directors determined the fair value
of our common stock based upon several factors, including our
operating performance, forecasted future operating results, the
terms of preferred stock issued by us, including the liquidation
value and other preferences of our preferred shareholders,
recent sales of our stock by investors, recent transactions
involving our investors and our expected valuation in an initial
public offering.
For purposes of pro forma disclosures, the estimated fair value
of the option is expensed over the options vesting period.
The compensation expense determined under the fair-value-based
method does not include assumed tax benefits related to
non-qualified stock options until the fourth quarter of 2004,
which is the first period in which we have not fully reserved
for our net deferred tax assets with a valuation allowance.
If we had estimated the fair value of the options on the date of
grant using a Black-Scholes option valuation model and then
amortized this estimated fair value over the vesting period of
the options, our net income (loss) would have been adversely
affected, as shown in the table below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands, except per share | |
|
|
information) | |
Net income (loss) as reported
|
|
$ |
(5,667 |
) |
|
$ |
4,393 |
|
|
$ |
18,785 |
|
Deferred compensation expense included in net income (loss) as
reported
|
|
|
39 |
|
|
|
37 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
Compensation expense determined under the fair-value-based method
|
|
|
(1,623 |
) |
|
|
(1,779 |
) |
|
|
(2,383 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net income (loss)
|
|
$ |
(7,251 |
) |
|
$ |
2,651 |
|
|
$ |
16,406 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic as reported
|
|
$ |
(3.70 |
) |
|
$ |
2.63 |
|
|
$ |
9.34 |
|
|
Basic pro forma
|
|
$ |
(4.76 |
) |
|
$ |
1.59 |
|
|
$ |
8.16 |
|
|
Diluted as reported
|
|
$ |
(3.70 |
) |
|
$ |
0.39 |
|
|
$ |
1.62 |
|
|
Diluted pro forma
|
|
$ |
(4.76 |
) |
|
$ |
0.24 |
|
|
$ |
1.43 |
|
As our stock has not been publicly traded, the pro forma
compensation expense determined under the fair-value-based
method is based on a stock price volatility assumption that
reflects the average of our peer group of public post-secondary
education companies. Our calculation of pro forma compensation
expense also reflects estimates of forfeitures which are
adjusted in subsequent periods as actual forfeitures differ from
the original estimates.
The Black-Scholes option valuation model was developed for use
in estimating the fair value of traded options that have no
vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. In addition,
option valuation models require the input of highly subjective
assumptions, including the expected stock price volatility.
Because our employee stock options have characteristics
significantly different than those of traded options, and
37
because changes in the subjective input assumptions can
materially affect the fair value estimate, in our opinion, the
existing models do not necessarily provide a single measure of
the fair value of our employee stock options.
Effective for annual periods beginning after June 15, 2005,
public companies are required to implement SFAS 123R, an
amendment to SFAS No. 123. We are required to
implement this standard on January 1, 2006. SFAS 123R
eliminates the ability to account for share-based compensation
transactions using APB Opinion No. 25 and generally instead
requires that such transactions be recognized and recorded using
a fair-value-based method. SFAS 123R will continue to
require significant management judgment and assumptions
concerning such factors as the option methodology adopted and
the volatility of the underlying stock price. We are currently
evaluating SFAS No. 123R, these factors and the
resulting impact of adoption of SFAS 123R. For more
information concerning the adoption of SFAS 123R and the
possible effects on our results of operations, see
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations Factors
Affecting Comparability Stock Option Expense;
Recent Accounting Pronouncements and
Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements.
Accounting for income taxes. We account for income
taxes as prescribed by SFAS No. 109, Accounting for
Income Taxes. SFAS No. 109 prescribes the use of
the asset and liability method to compute the differences
between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and the related
financial amounts, using currently enacted tax laws. Valuation
allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred
tax assets to the amount that more likely than not will be
realized. Realization of the deferred tax assets, net of
deferred tax liabilities, is principally dependent upon
achievement of projected future taxable income offset by
deferred tax liabilities. We exercise significant judgment in
determining our provisions for income taxes, our deferred tax
assets and liabilities and our future taxable income for
purposes of assessing our ability to utilize any future tax
benefit from our deferred tax assets. Although we believe that
our tax estimates are reasonable, the ultimate tax determination
involves significant judgments that could become subject to
examination by tax authorities in the ordinary course of
business. We periodically assess the likelihood of adverse
outcomes resulting from these examinations to determine the
impact on our deferred taxes and income tax liabilities and the
adequacy of our provision for income taxes. Changes in income
tax legislation, statutory income tax rates, or future taxable
income levels, among other things, could materially impact our
valuation of income tax assets and liabilities and could cause
our income tax provision to vary significantly among financial
reporting periods.
At December 31, 2004, a significant portion of our net
deferred tax assets consisted of net operating loss
carryforwards approximating $22.1 million that are
available to offset future taxable income. The net operating
loss carryforwards expire at various dates through 2022. During
2004, we experienced an ownership change as defined under
Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. As a result, the
utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards will be
subject to an annual limitation imposed by Section 382.
While based on our estimates we do not believe the limitation
will adversely impact our ability to utilize the net operating
loss carryforwards before they expire, changes in future taxable
income levels could significantly impact our ability to realize
the entire benefit of this deferred tax asset.
Prior to 2004, we had provided a valuation allowance for all net
deferred tax assets. Because we achieved three years of
cumulative taxable income in 2004 and expect to be profitable in
future years, we concluded that it is more likely than not that
all of our net deferred tax assets will be realized. As a
result, in accordance with SFAS No. 109, the valuation
allowance applied to such net deferred tax assets of
$12.9 million at December 31, 2003, was reversed
during the year ended December 31, 2004. We will require
approximately $22.0 million of future taxable income to
realize the $8.6 million of net deferred tax assets that
existed as of December 31, 2004.
38
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth statements of operations data as
a percentage of revenues for each of the periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Revenues
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
Costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Instructional costs and services
|
|
|
55.0 |
|
|
|
51.8 |
|
|
|
48.9 |
|
|
Selling and promotional
|
|
|
31.4 |
|
|
|
25.9 |
|
|
|
28.9 |
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
25.7 |
|
|
|
17.3 |
|
|
|
13.9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total costs and expenses
|
|
|
112.1 |
|
|
|
95.0 |
|
|
|
91.7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
(12.1 |
) |
|
|
5.0 |
|
|
|
8.3 |
|
Other income, net
|
|
|
0.7 |
|
|
|
0.5 |
|
|
|
0.6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
(11.4 |
) |
|
|
5.5 |
|
|
|
8.9 |
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
(7.0 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(11.4 |
)% |
|
|
5.4 |
% |
|
|
15.9 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2004 Compared to Year Ended
December 31, 2003 |
Revenues. Our revenues for the year ended
December 31, 2004, were $117.7 million, representing
an increase of $35.9 million, or 43.9%, as compared to
revenues of $81.8 million for the year ended
December 31, 2003. This increase was primarily due to an
increase in enrollments as well as increases in tuition in 2004
as compared to 2003, partially offset by a larger proportion of
bachelors learners, who generated less revenue per learner
than our doctoral learners. Tuition increases ranged from 3% to
7% and were implemented during July 2004.
Instructional costs and services expenses. Our
instructional costs and services expenses for the year ended
December 31, 2004, were $57.5 million, representing an
increase of $15.1 million, or 35.6%, as compared to
instructional costs and services expenses of $42.4 million
for the year ended December 31, 2003. This increase was
primarily due to increases in instructional pay due to the
increase in enrollments. Our instructional costs and services
expenses as a percentage of revenues decreased by
2.9 percentage points to 48.9% for the year ended
December 31, 2004, as compared to 51.8% for the year ended
December 31, 2003. This improvement in 2004 was driven by
our tuition increases, the centralization of academic services,
and slower growth of information technology and depreciation and
amortization expenses relative to revenue growth.
Selling and promotional expenses. Our selling and
promotional expenses for the year ended December 31, 2004,
were $34.0 million, representing an increase of
$12.8 million, or 60.6%, as compared to selling and
promotional expenses of $21.2 million for the year ended
December 31, 2003. This increase was primarily attributable
to an increase in recruitment personnel, an increase in
marketing and advertising expenses to attract more learners to
our existing programs, and an increase in the cost of online
advertising. This increase in selling and promotional expenses
was also attributable to an increase in marketing and
advertising expenses and enrollment expenses to support the
introduction of our four-year bachelors degree program in
January 2004, and to develop and launch our new brand strategy
during 2004. Our selling and promotional expenses as a
percentage of revenues increased by 3.0 percentage points
to 28.9% for the year ended December 31, 2004, from 25.9%
for the year ended December 31, 2003, as a result of the
same factors described above.
General and administrative expenses. Our general
and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31,
2004, were $16.3 million, representing an increase of
$2.1 million, or 15.3%, as compared to
39
general and administrative expenses of $14.2 million for
the year ended December 31, 2003. This increase was
primarily attributable to an increase in administrative costs
resulting from investments to further develop our corporate
infrastructure, an increase in internally developed software
impairment charges, and an increase in bad debt expense. In
2004, we made further investments in corporate infrastructure
through additions of personnel and systems to accommodate
current and expected future growth. A $0.7 million increase
in asset impairment charge was the result of our decision to
abandon some internally developed software projects in light of
a decision to implement a new enterprise resource planning
system that will be phased in starting in 2006. A
$0.8 million increase in bad debt expense was primarily due
to an increase in revenues and an increase in our write off
experience. Our general and administrative expenses as a
percentage of revenues decreased by 3.4 percentage points
to 13.9% for the year ended December 31, 2004, from 17.3%
for the year ended December 31, 2003, as a significant
portion of our general and administrative expenses do not vary
with fluctuations in revenues.
Other income, net. Other income, net increased by
$0.3 million, or 69.6%, to $0.7 million for the year
ended December 31, 2004, from $0.4 million for the
year ended December 31, 2003. The increase was principally
due to higher average cash and short-term investment balances
throughout 2004, which was partially offset by lower interest
rates.
Income tax expense (benefit). We recognized a net
tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2004, of
$8.2 million. The tax benefit recorded in 2004 included a
tax benefit for the complete reversal of our valuation allowance
on our net deferred tax assets of $12.9 million, offset by
tax expense of $4.3 million on 2004 pretax earnings and
$0.4 million relating to a change in our estimate of the
income tax rates applied to our net deferred tax assets. During
2003, we had $0.1 million of income tax expense related to
alternative minimum tax liabilities. No additional tax expense
was recorded in 2003 as we were able to utilize net operating
loss carryforwards that were fully reserved for in prior
periods. We expect that our effective tax rate for 2005 will be
in the range of 39% to 41%.
Net income. Net income was $18.8 million for
the year ended December 31, 2004, compared to net income of
$4.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, an
increase of $14.4 million, because of the factors discussed
above.
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2003 Compared to Year Ended
December 31, 2002 |
Revenues. Our revenues for the year ended
December 31, 2003, were $81.8 million, representing an
increase of $32.2 million, or 65.0%, as compared to
revenues of $49.6 million for the year ended
December 31, 2002. This increase was primarily due to an
increase in enrollments and in tuition rates in 2003 compared to
2002. We implemented an average tuition increase of
approximately 5% in July 2003 for almost all our courses. These
increases were partially offset by a slight decline in the
number of courses taken per learner due to the introduction of
our FirstCourse initiative, which encourages learners to
only take one course in their first quarter with us.
Instructional costs and services expenses. Our
instructional costs and services expenses for the year ended
December 31, 2003, were $42.4 million, representing an
increase of $15.2 million, or 55.6%, as compared to
instructional costs and services expenses of $27.2 million
for the year ended December 31, 2002. This increase was
primarily due to increases in instructional pay due to the
increase in enrollments in 2003 compared to 2002, investments in
the development of the bachelors programs that were
subsequently launched in January 2004, investments to build
infrastructure needed to support corporate alliance programs,
and an increase in academic advising to support growth in our
doctoral program. Our instructional costs and services expenses
as a percentage of revenues decreased by 3.2 percentage
points to 51.8% for the year ended December 31, 2003, as
compared to 55.0% for the year ended December 31, 2002.
This improvement in 2003 was driven by tuition increases, the
centralization of academic services, and slower growth of
information technology and depreciation and amortization
expenses relative to revenue growth.
Selling and promotional expenses. Our selling and
promotional expenses for the year ended December 31, 2003,
were $21.2 million, representing an increase of
$5.6 million, or 36.0%, as compared to
40
selling and promotional expenses of $15.6 million for the
year ended December 31, 2002. This increase was primarily
attributable to increased recruitment personnel, increased
marketing and advertising expenses to attract more learners to
our programs and an incremental increase in advertising expenses
and enrollment expenses to support the introduction of our
four-year bachelors programs in January 2004. Selling and
promotional expenses as a percentage of revenues decreased by
5.5 percentage points to 25.9% for the year ended
December 31, 2003, as compared to 31.4% in the year ended
December 31, 2002, primarily driven by improved efficiency
of advertising and recruitment functions and tuition increases.
General and administrative expenses. Our general
and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31,
2003, were $14.2 million, representing an increase of
$1.4 million, or 11.1%, as compared to general and
administrative expenses of $12.7 million for the year ended
December 31, 2002. This increase is primarily attributable
to further investments in our corporate infrastructure
consisting primarily of personnel and management to accommodate
current and expected growth and additional compensation expense.
This increase was partially offset by a decrease in bad debt
expense, primarily attributable to a tightening of our credit
policies during 2002. Our general and administrative expenses as
a percentage of revenues decreased by 8.4 percentage points
to 17.3% of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2003,
from 25.7% for the year ended December 31, 2002, due to the
fact that a significant portion of our general and
administrative expenses does not vary with fluctuations in
revenues and reduced bad debt expense.
Other income, net. Other income, net increased
$0.1 million, or 30.5%, to $0.4 million for the year
ended December 31, 2003, from $0.3 million for the
year ended December 31, 2002. The increase was principally
due to a higher average cash and short-term investment balances
throughout 2003, partially offset by lower interest rates.
Income tax expense (benefit). We were able to
utilize existing net operating loss carryforwards to offset all
taxable income in 2003. As these net operating loss
carryforwards were fully reserved for in prior periods, no
income tax expense was recognized in 2003, except for
$0.1 million of alternative minimum tax liabilities, which
were paid during 2003.
Net income (loss). Net income was
$4.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, as
compared to a net loss of $5.7 million for the year ended
December 31, 2002, an increase of $10.1 million,
because of the factors discussed above.
|
|
|
Quarterly Results and Seasonality |
The following table sets forth certain unaudited financial and
operating data in each quarter during the years ended
December 31, 2003 and 2004. The unaudited information
reflects all adjustments, which include only normal and
recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the
information shown.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First | |
|
Second | |
|
Third | |
|
Fourth | |
|
|
Quarter | |
|
Quarter | |
|
Quarter | |
|
Quarter | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands, except per share and | |
|
|
enrollment data) | |
2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$ |
17,936 |
|
|
$ |
19,593 |
|
|
$ |
20,747 |
|
|
$ |
23,509 |
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
1,432 |
|
|
|
2,554 |
|
|
|
(375 |
) |
|
|
459 |
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
1,525 |
|
|
|
2,659 |
|
|
|
(273 |
) |
|
|
482 |
|
Net income (loss) per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$ |
0.99 |
|
|
$ |
1.68 |
|
|
$ |
(0.16 |
) |
|
$ |
0.27 |
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$ |
0.14 |
|
|
$ |
0.24 |
|
|
$ |
(0.16 |
) |
|
$ |
0.04 |
|
Enrollment
|
|
|
6,795 |
|
|
|
7,367 |
|
|
|
7,923 |
|
|
|
9,115 |
|
41
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First | |
|
Second | |
|
Third | |
|
Fourth | |
|
|
Quarter | |
|
Quarter | |
|
Quarter | |
|
Quarter | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands, except per share and | |
|
|
enrollment data) | |
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$ |
26,488 |
|
|
$ |
28,321 |
|
|
$ |
28,040 |
|
|
$ |
34,840 |
|
Operating income
|
|
|
1,383 |
|
|
|
1,773 |
|
|
|
2,147 |
|
|
|
4,562 |
|
Net income
|
|
|
1,466 |
|
|
|
1,892 |
|
|
|
2,310 |
|
|
|
13,117 |
|
Net income per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$ |
0.77 |
|
|
$ |
0.95 |
|
|
$ |
1.12 |
|
|
$ |
6.31 |
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$ |
0.13 |
|
|
$ |
0.16 |
|
|
$ |
0.20 |
|
|
$ |
1.11 |
|
Enrollment
|
|
|
9,919 |
|
|
|
10,370 |
|
|
|
11,086 |
|
|
|
12,013 |
|
Our revenues and operating results normally fluctuate as a
result of seasonal variations in our business, principally due
to changes in enrollment. Learner population varies as a result
of new enrollments, graduations and learner attrition. While the
number of enrollments has grown in each sequential quarter over
these periods, the sequential quarterly increase in enrollments
has been the greatest in the fourth quarter of each respective
year, which corresponds with a traditional Fall school start.
The larger relative increases in enrollments in the fourth
quarter have resulted in larger sequential increases in revenue
during the fourth quarter than in other quarters. A significant
portion of our general and administrative expenses do not vary
proportionately with fluctuations in revenues, resulting in
larger relative increases in operating income in the fourth
quarter relative to increases between other quarters. We expect
quarterly fluctuations in operating results to continue as a
result of seasonal enrollment patterns.
In addition to our recurring seasonal patterns described above,
our quarterly revenue may be impacted by the timing of our
seminar tuition revenue resulting from week-long gatherings of
our doctoral learners for in-depth, face-to-face instruction. We
typically have three to six seminars per year. For example,
revenue declined slightly from the second quarter of 2004 as
compared to the third quarter of 2004 because two seminars
totaling $2.7 million in revenue occurred in the second
quarter of 2004 and no seminars occurred in the third quarter of
2004. Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate in the
future based on the timing and number of our seminars.
Our fourth quarter results in each of 2003 and 2004 were
affected particularly by impairment charges and income tax
expense (benefit). During the fourth quarter of 2003 and 2004,
we recorded impairment charges of $0.4 and $1.0 million,
respectively, related to previously capitalized software
development costs for software projects that were abandoned. The
fourth quarter of 2003 included tax expense of $0.1 million
related to alternative minimum taxes, while the first three
quarters in 2003 and in 2004 included zero tax expense primarily
because we utilized net operating loss carryforwards that were
fully reserved for in prior periods. Additionally, in the fourth
quarter of 2004, in accordance with SFAS No. 109, the
remaining valuation allowance applied to net deferred tax assets
of $10.6 million was reversed, resulting in a corresponding
favorable impact on net income.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
We financed our operating activities and capital expenditures
during the year ended December 31, 2004, through cash
provided by operating activities. During the years ended
December 31, 2002 and 2003, we financed our operating
activities and capital expenditures through a combination of
cash provided by operating activities and sales of equity to
private investors. Our cash, cash equivalents and short-term
investments were $41.2 million and $50.0 million at
2003 and 2004, respectively.
In August 2004, we entered into an unsecured $10.0 million
line of credit with Wells Fargo Bank. The line of credit has an
expiration date of June 30, 2005. There have been no
borrowings to date under
42
this line of credit. Any borrowings would bear interest at a
rate of either LIBOR plus 2.5% or the banks prime rate, at
our discretion on the borrowing date.
A majority of our revenues are derived from Title IV
programs. Federal regulations dictate the timing of
disbursements under Title IV programs. Learners must apply
for new loans and grants each academic year, which starts
July 1. Loan funds are generally provided by lenders in
multiple disbursements for each academic year. The disbursements
are usually received by the start of the second week of the
term, except that borrowers in the first year of their
bachelors program are subject to a 30-day delivery delay
on the first disbursement. Certain types of grants and other
funding are not subject to a 30-day delay and are delivered
after enrollment has been verified. These factors, together with
the timing of our learners beginning their programs, affect our
operating cash flow.
Based on our current level of operations and anticipated growth,
we believe that our cash flow from operations and other sources
of liquidity, including cash, cash equivalents and short-term
investments, will provide adequate funds for ongoing operations
and planned capital expenditures for at least the 12 months
immediately following the consummation of this offering.
Net cash provided by operating activities during the year ended
December 31, 2004, was $17.5 million, an increase of
$1.5 million, or 9.1%, from $16.0 million during the
year ended December 31, 2003. The increase was primarily
due to a $14.4 million increase in net income, a
$3.3 million increase in non-cash related expenses for the
provision for bad debts, depreciation and amortization, asset
impairments, and equity related expense, and a $2.1 million
increase in deferred revenue, partially offset by a
$8.4 million increase in deferred tax assets primarily as a
result of the non-cash reversal of the valuation allowance, a
$5.6 million increase in accounts receivable and prepaid
expenses and a $4.4 million decrease in accounts payable
and accrued liabilities due to the timing of vendor payments.
Net cash provided by operating activities during the year ended
December 31, 2003, was $16.0 million, an increase of
approximately $15.9 million, from $0.2 million during
the year ended December 31, 2002. This increase was
primarily due to a $10.1 million increase in net income in
the 2003 period, a $1.9 million increase in accounts
payable and a $5.3 million increase in accrued liabilities
related to an increase in accrued salaries and related benefits,
partially offset by a $1.8 million decrease in accounts
receivable.
Our cash used in investing activities is primarily related to
the purchase of property and equipment and short-term investment
activity. Net cash used in investing activities was
$15.8 million, $26.7 million and $13.6 million
for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004,
respectively. Short-term investment activity consists of
purchases and sales of auction rate securities. Net purchases of
these securities were $12.0 million, $22.4 million and
$4.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2002,
2003 and 2004, respectively. Our capital expenditures primarily
result from the expansion of our existing corporate facilities,
classroom technology and other systems and equipment that
support our program offerings and our learner management and
reporting system. Capital expenditures were $3.9 million,
$4.3 million and $9.0 million for the year ended
December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. The
increase in 2004 was due to the investment in a new courseroom
learning platform and furniture and fixtures in our new
corporate headquarters. Capital expenditures are expected to
continue to increase in the next several years as we invest in
integrating most of our business systems with an enterprise
resource planning system. We expect that once implemented, this
integration of our systems and processes will reduce some of our
instructional costs and services, selling and promotional and
general and administrative expenses. We expect that our capital
expenditures in 2005 will be approximately $13 million to
$15 million. We expect to be able to fund these capital
expenditures with cash generated from operations.
We lease all of our facilities. We expect to make future
payments on existing leases from cash generated from operations.
43
Net cash provided by financing activities was
$15.1 million, $7.4 million and $0.3 million, for
the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004,
respectively. The financing activities during these periods were
primarily related to private placements of our stock in 2002 and
2003 and stock option exercises in 2004.
In February 2002, we entered into an agreement with investors
pursuant to which we issued and sold 1,425,457 shares of
our Class F redeemable convertible preferred stock, or
Class F preferred stock, at a price per share of $11.71. We
received proceeds, less offering costs of $1.3 million,
totaling $15.4 million from this sale. In January 2003, we
entered into another agreement with the purchasers of the
Class F preferred stock as well as new investors, pursuant
to which we issued and sold 2,184,540 shares of our
Class G redeemable convertible preferred stock, or
Class G preferred stock, at a price per share of $11.12. Of
the 2,184,540 shares of Class G preferred stock
issued, 1,501,088 shares were issued in exchange for all of
the outstanding shares of Class F preferred stock. We
received no proceeds from this exchange. As consideration for
the remaining 683,452 shares of Class G preferred
stock sold, we received proceeds, less offering costs of
$0.4 million, totaling $7.2 million.
We received proceeds from the exercise of stock options of
$0.04 million, $0.8 million and $0.9 million in
2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively.
Contractual Obligations
The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 2004,
the aggregate amounts of our significant contractual obligations
and commitments with definitive payment terms due in each of the
periods presented:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period | |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Less than | |
|
|
|
More than | |
|
|
Total | |
|
1 Year | |
|
1-3 Years | |
|
3-5 Years | |
|
5 Years | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands) | |
Capital leases
|
|
$ |
333 |
|
|
$ |
325 |
|
|
$ |
8 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Operating
leases(a)
|
|
|
12,065 |
|
|
|
1,617 |
|
|
|
4,247 |
|
|
|
4,337 |
|
|
|
1,864 |
|
Adjunct faculty
obligations(b)
|
|
|
6,414 |
|
|
|
6,414 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total contractual obligations
|
|
$ |
18,812 |
|
|
$ |
8,356 |
|
|
$ |
4,255 |
|
|
$ |
4,337 |
|
|
$ |
1,864 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Minimum lease commitments for our headquarters and miscellaneous
office equipment. |
|
(b) |
|
Consists of payment obligations to adjunct faculty as of
December 31, 2004, based on existing contractual agreements
with them. |
Impact of Inflation
We believe that inflation has not had a material impact on our
results of operations for any of the years in the three year
period ended December 31, 2004. We cannot assure you that
future inflation will not have an adverse impact on our
operating results and financial condition.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Risk
We have no derivative financial instruments or derivative
commodity instruments. We believe that the risk related to
short-term investments is limited due to the adherence to our
investment policy that requires investments to have a minimum
Standard & Poors rating of A (or equivalent), and
limits investments in any one issuer to the greater of 10% of
the short-term portfolio at the time of purchase or $2,500,000.
All of our investments as of December 31, 2003 and 2004,
consisted of cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments
rated AA or higher, further limiting our credit and market risk
related to investments.
44
We manage interest rate risk by investing excess funds in cash
equivalents and short-term investments bearing variable interest
rates, which are tied to various market indices. Consequently,
the fair value of our cash and cash equivalents would not be
significantly impacted by either a 100 basis point increase
or decrease in interest rates. However, a 100 basis point change
in interest rates for 2004 would have changed our interest
income from cash equivalents and short-term investments by
approximately $0.5 million based on the average amount of
our cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments during the
year ended December 31, 2004.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150,
Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with
Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity.
SFAS No. 150 establishes standards for how a company
classifies and measures certain financial instruments and
specifies that some financing arrangements with characteristics
of both liabilities and equity must be classified as
liabilities. Among the requirements of SFAS No. 150 is
that all mandatorily redeemable securities be
classified as liabilities. SFAS No. 150 was effective
for us beginning in 2004. None of our current classes of
redeemable preferred stock is considered mandatorily
redeemable as defined by SFAS No. 150 because
these securities are also convertible into common stock and
therefore are not required to be classified as liabilities. Our
adoption of SFAS No. 150 did not have a material
effect on our financial condition or results of operations.
In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123
(revised), Share-Based Payment (SFAS 123R). We are
required to adopt SFAS 123R on January 1, 2006. The
cumulative effect of adoption, if any, would be measured and
recognized in the period of adoption. SFAS 123R addresses
the accounting for transactions in which an enterprise receives
employee services in exchange for equity instruments of the
enterprise or liabilities that are based on the fair value of
the enterprises equity instruments or that may be settled
by the issuance of such equity instruments. SFAS 123R
eliminates the ability to account for share-based compensation
transactions using APB Opinion No. 25 and generally would
require instead that such transactions be accounted for using a
fair-value-based method. Companies are required to recognize an
expense for compensation cost related to share-based payment
arrangements, including stock options and employee stock
purchase plans. We currently account for share-based payments to
our employees using APB Opinion No. 25s intrinsic
value method and, as such, generally recognize no compensation
cost for employee stock options. Accordingly, the adoption of
SFAS 123Rs fair-value-based method will have a
significant adverse impact on our results of operations,
although it will have no impact on our overall cash position. We
are currently evaluating option valuation methodologies and
assumptions. The impact of adoption of SFAS 123R cannot be
predicted with more specificity at this time because it will
depend on the option methodology adopted, the assumptions
utilized and the levels of share-based payments granted in the
future. However, had we adopted SFAS 123R using the
Black-Scholes option valuation model in prior periods, the
impact of that standard would have approximated the impact of
SFAS No. 123 as described in the disclosure of pro
forma net income (loss) and pro forma net income (loss) per
share of common stock in Note 2 to our consolidated
financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
45
BUSINESS
Overview
We are an exclusively online post-secondary education services
company. Through our wholly owned subsidiary, Capella
University, we offer a variety of doctoral, masters and
bachelors programs in the following
disciplines: business, organization
and management; education; psychology; human services; and
information technology. Our academic offerings combine rigorous
curricula with the convenience and flexibility of an online
learning format. We design our offerings to help working adult
learners develop specific competencies that they can employ in
their workplace. We believe that the rigor, relevance and
convenience of our programs provide a quality educational
experience for our learners. As of December 31, 2004, we
offered more than 675 online courses and 13 academic programs
with 68 specializations to more than 12,000 learners. Measured
by enrollment, we are one of the largest exclusively online
universities in the United States.
Our end-of-period enrollments and our revenues have grown at
compound annual growth rates of approximately 54% and 65%,
respectively, from 2000 through 2004. In 2004, our end-of-period
enrollment and revenues grew by approximately 32% and 44%,
respectively, as compared to 2003. To date, our growth has
resulted from a combination of: increased demand for our
programs; expansion of our program and degree offerings;
establishment of relationships with large corporate employers,
the U.S. Armed Forces and other colleges and universities;
and a growing acceptance of online education. We seek to achieve
growth in a manner that assures continued improvement in
educational quality and learner success while maintaining
compliance with regulatory standards.
Our History
We were founded in 1991 as a Minnesota corporation. In 1993, we
established our wholly owned university subsidiary, The Graduate
School of America, to offer doctoral and masters degrees
through distance learning programs in management, education,
human services and interdisciplinary studies. In 1995, we
launched our online format for delivery of our doctoral and
masters degree programs over the Internet. In 1997, our
university subsidiary received accreditation from the North
Central Association of Colleges and Schools (later renamed The
Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association). In
1998, we began the expansion of our original portfolio of
academic programs by introducing doctoral and masters
degrees in psychology and a master of business administration
degree. In 1999, to expand the reach of our brand in
anticipation of moving into the bachelors degree market,
we changed our name to Capella Education Company and the name of
our university to Capella University. In 2000, we introduced our
bachelors degree completion program in information
technology, which provided instruction for the last two years of
a four-year bachelors degree. In 2004, we believe we
expanded our addressable market through the introduction of our
four-year bachelors degree programs in business
administration and information technology as well as the
introduction of three masters level specializations in
education targeted at K-12 teachers.
Industry
The U.S. market for post-secondary education is a large,
growing market. Based on estimates by the U.S. Department
of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, or NCES,
revenue for post-secondary degree-granting educational
institutions exceeded $260 billion in the 2000
2001 academic year. According to the NCES, post-secondary
students enrolled as of the Fall of 2001 were 15.9 million
and are expected to grow to 17.4 million by 2009. We
believe the forecasted growth in post-secondary enrollment is a
result of a number of factors, including the expected increase
in annual high school graduates from 2.9 million in 2001 to
3.3 million by 2009 (based on estimates by the NCES), the
significant and measurable personal income premium that is
attributable to post-secondary education and an increase in
demand by employers for professional and skilled workers.
46
According to the U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of the
Census, as of March 2002, over 65% of adults (persons
25 years of age or older) did not possess a post-secondary
degree. Of the 15.9 million post-secondary students
enrolled as of the Fall of 2001, the NCES estimated that
6.0 million were adults, representing 38% of total
enrollment. We expect that adults will continue to represent a
large, growing segment of the post-secondary education market as
they seek additional education to secure better jobs, or to
remain competitive or advance in their current careers.
According to Eduventures, an education consulting and research
firm, many traditional, non-profit post-secondary education
providers have been unable to meet the increasing demand for
post-secondary education as a result of, among other factors, a
lack of funding and physical constraints on their ability to
admit additional students. Alternatively, many for-profit
institutions have been designed to meet this growing demand and
are becoming an increasingly popular alternative for working
adults. We believe that the focus of for-profit institutions on
education related to specific labor markets and on strong
customer service has made them an increasingly popular
alternative for working adults seeking additional education.
According to Eduventures, the revenue growth rate in
fully-online education exceeded the revenue growth rate in the
for-profit segment of the post-secondary market from 2001 to
2003. We believe that the higher growth in demand for
fully-online education is largely attributable to the
flexibility and convenience that it offers to both working
adults and traditional students. Additionally, in March 2004,
Eduventures projected that the number of students enrolled in
fully-online programs at Title IV eligible, degree-granting
institutions would be approximately 915,000 as of
December 31, 2004, and would grow to approximately
1,600,000 by December 31, 2007. Eduventures also projected
that annual revenues generated from students enrolled in
fully-online programs at Title IV eligible, degree-granting
institutions would be $5.1 billion in 2004 and would
increase to $10.4 billion in 2007.
Our Competitive Strengths
We believe we have the following competitive strengths:
Commitment to Academic Quality. We are committed
to providing each of our learners with a high quality academic
experience. Our commitment to academic quality is a tenet of our
culture, and we believe that quality is an important
consideration to learners as they evaluate institutions at which
to pursue their education. Having originated as an institution
exclusively focused on graduate degree education, we have
historically promoted a rigorous educational experience. We have
continued to apply this approach as we have expanded our
graduate and undergraduate programs. Today, our commitment to
academic quality is reflected in our curricula, faculty, learner
support services and academic oversight process. The impact of
this commitment is evident in the satisfaction of our learners
both during their educational experience and following
graduation.
Exclusive Focus on Online Education. As opposed to
converting a traditional, classroom-based educational offering
to an online format, our academic programs have been designed
solely for online delivery. Our curriculum design offers
flexibility while promoting a high level of interaction with
other learners and faculty members. Our faculty are specifically
trained to deliver online education, and our learner support
infrastructure was developed to meet the needs of online
learners. As a result of our exclusive focus on online
education, we believe we have developed educational programs
that meet the needs of our learners in a convenient and
effective manner.
Academic Programs and Specializations Designed for Working
Adults. We currently offer 13 academic programs
with 68 specializations, each specifically designed to
appeal to and meet the educational objectives of working adults.
The diversity of our program portfolio allows us to target a
significant portion of the adult learner population and provide
offerings in several of the highest demand areas of study, such
as business and education. Our specializations are designed to
attract learners by providing depth within a program that is
typically unavailable in an unspecialized program and by
addressing specific competencies that learners can apply in
their current workplace.
47
Extensive Learner Support Services. We provide
extensive learner support services, both online and
telephonically, via teams assigned to serve as each
learners primary point of contact. Our support services
include: academic services, such as advising, writing and
research services; administrative services, such as online class
registration and transcript requests; library services, which
are provided through an agreement with the Sheridan Libraries at
Johns Hopkins University; and career counseling services. We
believe our commitment to providing high quality, responsive and
convenient learner support services promotes learner
persistence, encourages course and degree completion and
contributes to our high learner satisfaction.
Experienced Management Team with Significant Business and
Academic Expertise. Our management team possesses
extensive experience in both business and academic management as
well as public company experience, in many cases with
organizations of much larger scale and operational diversity
than our organization. Our management team is led by Stephen
Shank, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, who founded our
company in 1991, and who possesses over 12 years of
experience serving as the chief executive officer of a public
company. Dr. Michael Offerman, who has 24 years of
academic management experience, serves as President and Chief
Executive Officer of Capella University and oversees all of our
academic activities. We integrate our management through
cross-functional teams to ensure that business objectives are
met without sacrificing academic quality.
Our Operating Strategy
We intend to pursue the following operating strategies:
Invest in Strengthening the Capella Brand. We will
continue to enhance our brand recognition as a quality,
exclusively online university for working adults. We seek to
appeal to prospective learners who aspire to obtain a rigorous
post-secondary education, but for whom a traditional,
classroom-based educational experience is impractical. Using
sophisticated marketing strategies, we will continue to invest
through a variety of advertising media, including the Internet,
radio, print and direct mail, to strengthen our brand
recognition among working adults. We believe increased brand
recognition will contribute to continued enrollment growth in
our existing and future program offerings.
Continue to Focus on Learner Success. We are
committed to helping our learners reach their educational and
professional goals. This commitment guides the development of
our curricula, the recruitment and training of our faculty and
staff, and the design of our support services. For example, we
offer FirstCourse, a required twelve-week orientation to
our approach to online education, to assess each new
learners academic readiness, which enables us to
supplement or refine the course of study for each learner to
address each learners needs. We will continue to look for
opportunities to improve our learners educational
experience and increase the likelihood of learners successfully
completing degree programs. We believe our focus on learner
success complements our brand strategy and will continue to
enhance learner satisfaction, leading to higher levels of
engagement, retention and referrals.
Increase Marketing Investment and Enhance Recruiting
Effectiveness. We have invested substantial resources in
performing detailed market research that enables us to more
effectively segment our target market and identify potential
learners best suited for our educational experience. As a
result, we believe we are capable of directing our marketing and
recruiting expenditures towards segments of the market that are
more likely to result in enrolling learners that are likely to
complete their programs, and we intend to increase expenditures
targeted at these segments. We also intend to continue to
enhance the process by which we recruit potential applicants by
providing intensive training to our recruiting personnel to
ensure that each individual is capable of explaining our
offerings to potential applicants as well as addressing their
questions and concerns.
Further Develop and Expand Our Program and Degree
Offerings. We believe that substantial growth potential
exists within each of the five disciplines that comprise our
existing portfolio of academic programs and degree offerings. We
will continue to develop our existing program offerings while
selectively adding new programs and specializations in
disciplines that we believe offer significant market potential
and in which we believe we can deliver a high quality learning
experience. In particular, we intend to emphasize growth in our
masters and bachelors degree offerings, and to focus
on targeted specializations
48
for which we believe there is significant demand. Examples
include, our recently launched masters specializations in
education targeted at K-12 teachers, bachelors degree in
business and bachelors degree in information technology.
Establish Additional Strategic Relationships. Both
corporate and government employers often provide incentives to
their employees, such as tuition reimbursement and potential
advancement opportunities, to encourage them to pursue
additional education. We currently have strategic relationships
with approximately 80 corporations and the U.S. Armed
Forces. Typically, we provide for discounted tuition under these
arrangements in exchange for promotional and endorsement efforts
by employers. Additionally, we have alliances with over 230
community colleges and other universities, through which we
facilitate the transfer of learners and their credits to Capella
University for completion of their degrees or pursuit of
additional education. We intend to increase enrollment from our
existing relationships and to increase the number of these
relationships.
Capella University
Capella University is a post-secondary educational institution
accredited by The Higher Learning Commission of the North
Central Association of Colleges and Schools, one of six regional
institutional accrediting associations in the United States, and
is authorized to grant degrees by the State of Minnesota.
Some of the critical elements of our university that we believe
promote a high level of academic quality include:
|
|
|
|
|
Curricula. We believe the academic rigor of our curricula
is commensurate with that of many traditional colleges and
universities. The particular competencies targeted in our
academic programs are identified and validated through a variety
of internal and external sources and reviews. Individual courses
are structured to provide learners with an understanding of
relevant theories and to teach learners how to apply these
theories. We believe this approach of applied instruction helps
our learners apply their education in their workplace and also
helps them integrate workplace issues or projects into their
academic studies. |
|
|
|
Faculty. We select our faculty based on their academic
achievement and teaching and practitioner experience. Our
faculty members tend to be scholars as well as practitioners,
and they bring relevant, practical experience from their
professional careers into the courses they teach. Approximately
77% of our faculty members hold a doctoral degree in their
respective fields. We invest in the professional development of
our faculty members through training in online teaching
techniques as well as events and discussions designed to foster
sharing of best practices. |
|
|
|
Learner Support. We establish teams comprised of both
academic and administrative personnel that are assigned to serve
as the primary support contact point for each of our learners
throughout the duration of their studies. All of our support
services, including academic, administrative, library and career
counseling services are also accessible online, allowing users
to access these services at a time and in a manner that is
convenient to them. |
|
|
|
Academic Oversight. Our academic management organization
is structured to provide leadership and continuity across our
academic offerings. In addition to regular reviews by
accrediting bodies, our academic management team oversees
periodic examinations of our curricula by internal and external
reviewers. Internal reviews are performed by our assessment and
institutional research team to assess academic content, delivery
method and learning outcomes for each program. External reviews
are performed by individuals with professional certifications in
their fields to provide additional evaluation and verification
of program quality and workplace applicability. |
|
|
|
Accreditation. In addition to being accredited by The
Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of
Colleges and Schools, we also pursue specialized accreditation,
where appropriate, such as our accreditation from the Council
for the Accreditation of Counseling and |
49
|
|
|
|
|
Related Educational Programs (CACREP) for our mental health
counseling specialization within our masters in human
services program. Our commitment to maintaining regional and
specialized accreditation reflects our goal to provide our
learners with an academic experience commensurate with that of
traditional post-secondary educational institutions. |
In addition to these traditional components of academic quality,
our approach to teaching and the online format of our programs
offers several features that enrich the learning experience:
|
|
|
|
|
Low student to faculty ratio. Our courses average between
15 and 20 learners, providing each learner the opportunity to
interact directly with our faculty and to receive individualized
feedback and attention. We believe this adds to the academic
quality of our programs by ensuring that each learner is
encouraged to participate actively, thus enabling the instructor
to better evaluate the learners understanding of course
material. |
|
|
|
Diverse learner population. Our online format allows us
to focus on adult learners as well as to attract a diverse
population of learners with a variety of professional
backgrounds and life experiences. Additionally, our courses are
designed to encourage our learners to incorporate workplace
issues or projects into their studies, providing relevant
context to many of the academic theories covered by our
curricula. |
|
|
|
Increased time for learning. While many campus-based
students are required to spend time commuting, parking, or
otherwise navigating a large campus, our online learning format
enables our learners to focus their time on course assignments
and discussions. |
50
Our program offerings cover five
disciplines: business, organization
and management; education; psychology; human services; and
information technology. Within these disciplines, we offer 13
academic programs with 68 specializations as follows:
|
|
|
|
Programs |
|
Specializations |
|
Business, Organization and Management |
|
|
Doctor of Philosophy in |
|
Business General |
Organization and Management |
|
Human Resource Management |
|
|
Information Technology Management |
|
|
Leadership |
|
Master of Business |
|
Finance |
Administration |
|
General Business Administration |
|
|
Marketing |
|
Master of Science in |
|
Business General |
Organization and Management |
|
Human Resource Management |
|
|
Information Technology Management |
|
|
Leadership |
|
Bachelor of Science in |
|
Business Administration |
Business Administration |
|
Finance |
|
|
Human Resource Management |
|
|
Management and Leadership |
|
|
Marketing |
|
|
Education |
|
|
Doctor of Philosophy in |
|
Instructional Design for |
Education |
|
Online Learning |
|
|
Leadership for Higher Education |
|
|
Leadership in Educational Administration |
|
|
Post-Secondary and Adult Education |
|
|
Professional Studies in Education |
|
|
Training and Performance Improvement |
|
Master of Science in |
|
Enrollment Management |
Education |
|
Instructional Design for Online Learning |
|
|
K-12 Advanced Classroom Instruction |
|
|
K-12 Curriculum and Instruction |
|
|
K-12 Leadership in Educational Administration |
|
|
K-12 Reading and Literacy |
|
|
Leadership for Higher Education |
|
|
Post-Secondary and Adult Education |
|
|
Professional Studies in Education |
|
|
Training and Performance Improvement |
|
|
|
|
Programs |
|
Specializations |
|
Psychology |
|
|
Doctor of Philosophy in |
|
Educational Psychology |
Psychology |
|
Industrial/Organizational Psychology |
|
|
General Psychology |
|
Doctor of Psychology |
|
Clinical Psychology |
|
|
Counseling Psychology |
|
Master of Science in |
|
Clinical Psychology |
Psychology |
|
Counseling Psychology |
|
|
Educational Psychology |
|
|
General Psychology |
|
|
Industrial/Organizational Psychology |
|
|
School Psychology |
|
|
Sport Psychology |
|
|
Human Services |
|
|
Doctor of Philosophy in |
|
Counseling Studies |
Human Services |
|
Criminal Justice |
|
|
General Human Services |
|
|
Health Care Administration |
|
|
Management of Non-Profit Agencies |
|
|
Social and Community Services |
|
Master of Science in Human |
|
Counseling Studies |
Services |
|
Criminal Justice |
|
|
General Human Services |
|
|
Health Care Administration |
|
|
Management of Non-Profit Agencies |
|
|
Marital, Couple, and Family Counseling/Therapy |
|
|
Mental Health Counseling |
|
|
Social and Community Services |
|
|
Information Technology |
|
|
Master of Science in |
|
General Information |
Information Technology |
|
Technology |
|
|
Information Security |
|
|
Network Architecture and Design |
|
|
Project Management and Leadership |
|
|
System Design and Programming |
|
Bachelor of Science in |
|
Graphics and Multimedia |
Information Technology |
|
General Information Technology |
|
|
Network Technology |
|
|
Project Management |
|
|
Web Application Development |
________________________________________________________________________________
51
Courses are offered on a quarterly academic schedule, which
generally coincides with the calendar quarters. We offer new
learners the flexibility to begin our introductory
FirstCourse on the first day of classes in any month.
Learners then enroll in subsequent courses on a regular
quarterly course schedule. Depending on the program, learners
generally enroll in one to two courses per quarter. Each course
has a designated start date, and the majority of our courses
last for twelve weeks.
To meet course requirements, learners typically need to access
the online courseroom two to five times each week. However,
there is no set class schedule, so learners can attend each
class as it fits their weekly schedule. Learners are required to
respond to questions posed by the instructor, as well as
comments made by other learners. This provides for an
interactive experience in which each learner is both encouraged
and required to be actively engaged. Our online format provides
a digital record of learner interactions for the course
instructor to assess learners level of engagement and
demonstration of required competencies.
The only exception to our exclusively online format is for
doctoral and certain masters degree candidates pursuing
professional licenses who participate in periodic in-residence
colloquia (or seminars), supervised practicum and internships as
a complement to their courses. The colloquia typically last one
week and are required, on average, once per year for learners in
applicable programs, while the supervised practicum and
internships vary in length based on the program in which the
learner is enrolled.
We design our curricula by first defining competencies that each
learner needs to develop at the course and program level. We
consult with subject matter experts and professional
associations in the relevant field of study to ensure that we
are addressing the appropriate competencies. Our internal
instructional designers then work with the subject matter
experts to develop our online courses. Each learner is required
to demonstrate the defined competencies through integrated
projects at the completion of the applicable program. In select
cases, we also work with faculty from other post-secondary
educational institutions to develop our curricula. For example,
we have entered into an agreement with Augsburg College under
which faculty members of Augsburg College provide us with
assistance in developing general education courses for the first
two years of our bachelors programs.
Each program is regularly subjected to program reviews by
accrediting bodies, state regulatory authorities and external
experts to assure relevance and attainment of specified outcomes.
We seek to hire faculty who have teaching or practitioner
experience in their particular discipline and who possess
appropriate academic credentials. Approximately 77% of our
faculty members have a doctoral degree from a regionally
accredited institution. We provide significant training to new
faculty members, including a seven-week online development
program focused on effective online teaching methods and our
online platform, prior to offering them a teaching assignment.
In addition, we provide professional development and training
for all faculty members on an ongoing basis. In order to
evaluate the performance of our faculty members, we periodically
monitor courseroom activity and conduct end of course
evaluations to gather learner input on faculty effectiveness.
Our faculty consists of full-time academic administrators,
faculty chairs and core faculty as well as adjunct faculty. Our
full-time academic administrators primary responsibilities
are to monitor the quality and relevance of our curricula, to
recruit and manage teaching faculty and to ensure that we
maintain standards of accreditation. Our full-time faculty
chairs supervise the faculty in their respective
specializations. Our full-time core faculty teach courses in
their assigned specializations and serve as mentors to, and on
dissertation committees for, our doctoral learners. Our adjunct
faculty typically teach one to three courses per quarter in
their specializations. Of our 739 faculty members as of
December 31, 2004, 110 were full-time employees and the
remainder were adjunct faculty.
In select cases, we have agreements with other post-secondary
educational institutions to provide faculty for certain courses.
For example, we have entered into an agreement with Augsburg
College under which faculty members of Augsburg College teach
general education courses in our bachelors programs.
52
General education course credits comprise approximately 32% of
the total credits required for our bachelors programs.
The learner support services we provide include:
|
|
|
|
|
Academic Services. We provide learners with a variety of
services designed to support their academic studies. These
services include new learner orientation, technical support,
academic advising, research services (particularly for doctoral
degree candidates), writing services and other online tutoring.
We also provide appropriate educational accommodations to
learners with documented disabilities through our disability
support services team. |
|
|
|
Administrative Services. We provide learners with the
ability to access a variety of administrative services both
telephonically and via the Internet. For example, learners can
register for classes, apply for financial aid, pay their tuition
and access their transcripts online. We believe this online
accessibility provides the convenience and self-service
capabilities that our learners value. |
|
|
|
Library Services. We provide learners with complete
online access to the Capella University Library. Our library,
provided through a contractual relationship with the Sheridan
Libraries at Johns Hopkins University, supplies learners with
full-text articles, electronic books, reference assistants and
hard copy materials via inter-library loans. |
|
|
|
Career Counseling Services. Our staff of professional
career counselors use a variety of tools, including
individualized phone, email and face-to-face communications,
online newsletters, online seminars and conference calls to
provide career planning services to learners and alumni. Our
counselors also assist our recruitment staff with prospective
learners, selection of the Capella University program and
specialization that best suits their professional aspirations. |
In the 2004 National Survey of Student Engagement, a nationwide
survey of bachelors students, our learners reported
significantly higher levels of satisfaction than levels
typically reported by students at the other approximately 470
four-year colleges and universities participating in the survey.
We believe our commitment to providing responsive, convenient
and helpful learner support contributes to our high learner
satisfaction. We intend to continue to monitor learner
satisfaction and to evaluate and refine our learner support
services as appropriate to meet learner needs.
Capella Universitys admission process is designed to offer
access to prospective learners who seek the benefits of a
post-secondary education while providing realistic feedback to
prospects regarding their ability to successfully complete their
chosen program. For admitted learners, our screening process
extends into FirstCourse, a required twelve-week
orientation to our approach to online education that is designed
to assess the new learners academic readiness, which
enables us to supplement or refine the course of study for
learners to address their specific needs.
Learners enrolling in our bachelors programs must have a
high school diploma or a GED and meet a minimum grade point
average requirement, which varies depending on the amount of
prior college credits they have earned. Learners enrolling in
our graduate programs must have the requisite academic degree
from an accredited institution and a minimum grade point
average. In addition to our standard admission requirements, we
require applicants to some of our graduate counseling programs
to interview with, and be approved by, one or more faculty
members.
|
|
|
Marketing and Learner Recruitment |
We engage in a range of marketing activities to build the
Capella brand, raise levels of awareness with prospective
learners and generate inquiries about enrollment. These
marketing activities include Internet, radio, print and direct
mail advertising campaigns, participation in seminars and trade
shows, and
53
development of marketing channels through our corporate,
U.S. Armed Forces and educational relationships. We believe
that online advertising currently generates our largest volume
of prospective learners.
Marketing. We have invested substantial resources
in segmenting our potential learner population and developing a
detailed understanding of the traits and characteristics that
are most representative of learners who are best suited for our
programs. We have also developed a structured framework for
positioning our brand to prospective learners. As a result of
these investments, we believe that we are well positioned to
direct marketing expenditures towards segments of the population
that, on average, are more likely to be interested in and
benefit from our offerings.
Strategic Relationships. Our corporate,
U.S. Armed Forces and educational relationships are
developed and managed by our channel development teams. Our
channel development teams work with representatives in the
various organizations to help them understand the quality,
impact and value that our programs can provide, both for the
employees in their organization as well as for the organization
itself.
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate Relationships. We developed our corporate
alliance program to offer education opportunities to the broad
employee base of large companies. Pursuant to these
arrangements, our participants make information about Capella
University available to their employees. In return, we provide a
tuition discount to our participants employees and their
immediate family members. Our corporate relationships are
generally terminable upon two to three months prior notice and
are non-exclusive. Through formal and informal arrangements of
this nature, we presently have learners from approximately
80 corporations. |
|
|
|
U.S. Armed Forces Relationships. We have entered
into arrangements with various service branches of the
U.S. Armed Forces pursuant to which we have agreed to
accept credits from certain military educational programs for
learners who meet our transfer requirements. We also offer a
discount on tuition for all members of the U.S. Armed
Forces and their immediate family members. For the quarter ended
March 31, 2005, approximately 19% of our learners received
a U.S. Armed Forces discount. |
|
|
|
Educational Relationships. We developed our educational
alliance program to transfer graduates of community colleges
into our programs. Pursuant to the arrangements between us and
approximately 230 community colleges, we provide a tuition
discount and an application fee waiver for community college
students, alumni, faculty, administrators and staff in exchange
for marketing opportunities within each community college. Our
educational alliance programs are generally terminable by us or
the applicable community college on one or two months prior
notice. |
Learner Recruitment. Once a prospective learner
has indicated an interest in attending Capella University, our
lead management system directs an enrollment director from our
enrollment services team to follow up with the prospective
learner, usually within 24 hours. The enrollment director
is the primary contact for the prospective learner and the
directors goal is to help that individual understand our
programs and assess whether there is a good match between our
offerings and their interests and goals. The enrollment director
also works with prospective learners to guide them through the
financial aid and enrollment processes.
We offer twelve different program start dates to new learners,
occurring approximately once per month. As of the last day of
classes in 2004, our enrollment was 12,013 learners, of which
approximately 61% were female and approximately 33% were
minorities. Our learner population is geographically distributed
throughout the United States.
54
The following is a summary of our learners by degree level as of
the last day of classes in 2004:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Enrollment | |
|
|
| |
|
|
Number | |
|
|
Degree Level |
|
of Learners | |
|
% of Total | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Doctoral
|
|
|
5,611 |
|
|
|
46.7 |
% |
Masters
|
|
|
4,543 |
|
|
|
37.8 |
|
Bachelors
|
|
|
1,859 |
|
|
|
15.5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
12,013 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our tuition rates vary by type and length of the programs and
the degree level, such as doctoral, masters or
bachelors. For all masters and bachelors
programs and for selected doctoral programs, tuition is
determined by the number of courses taken by each learner. For
the 2004 2005 academic year (the academic year that
began in July 2004), prices per course generally range from
$1,350 to $1,825. The price of the course depends on the number
of credit hours, the degree level of the program and the
discipline. For the 2004 2005 academic year, the
majority of doctoral programs are priced at a fixed quarterly
amount of $3,750 per learner, regardless of the number of
courses in which the learner is registered. Based on these
prices, we estimate that full tuition is approximately $49,000
for a four-year bachelors program, ranges from
approximately $16,000 to $26,000 for a masters program,
and ranges from approximately $48,000 to $67,000 for a doctoral
program. These amounts and ranges assume no reductions for
transfer credits. Many of our learners reduce their total
program costs at Capella University by transferring credits
earned at other institutions.
Tuition increases ranged from 3% to 7% in the 2004
2005 academic year as compared to the prior academic year.
Tuition increases have not historically been, and may not in the
future be, consistent across our programs and specializations
due to market conditions or changes in operating costs that have
an impact on price adjustments of individual programs or
specializations.
A large portion of our learners rely on funds received under
various government-sponsored student financial aid programs,
predominantly Title IV programs, to pay a substantial
portion of their tuition and other education-related expenses.
In the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004,
approximately 51%, 61% and 69%, respectively, of our revenues
(calculated on a cash basis) were attributable to funds derived
from Title IV programs. In addition to Title IV
funding, our learners receive financial aid from other
governmental sources or finance their education through private
financing institutions or with their own funds.
Capella University provides learners and faculty members a
secure web-based portal through which they can access courses
and support services.
Online courseroom. Our online courseroom provides the
instructional content of the course, along with tools to
facilitate course discussions, assessments, grading and
submission of assignments. We are in the process of upgrading
our courseroom platform to WebCT Vista to provide additional
features and functionality, including more robust discussion,
testing and grading capabilities. We expect to complete this
upgrade by the end of 2005.
Learner and faculty support. We rely on a combination of
packaged and custom software to provide support services to our
learners and faculty, including learner participation
monitoring, course registration, transcript requests and
financial aid applications. In addition, we offer our learners
and faculty members online access to our library, which is
provided through our web-based portal, under a contractual
relationship with the Sheridan Libraries at Johns Hopkins
University.
55
Internal administration. We use several commercial
software packages to perform internal administrative and
operational functions. Our student information system manages
learner academic data and accounts receivable information, and
our document management system stores and sorts learner
applications, academic records and marketing data. We also
employ customer relationship management software to organize and
process prospective learner information.
Infrastructure. Our servers are located in a third party
hosting facility and at our corporate headquarters. All of our
servers are linked and we have redundant data backup. We
currently use Microsoft-based software on HP server equipment.
We plan to migrate our courseroom and learner and faculty
support service applications to Sun Microsystems servers.
Employees and Adjunct Faculty
As of December 31, 2004, we had a total of 739 faculty
members, consisting of 110 full-time faculty and 629 part-time,
adjunct faculty. Our adjunct faculty are engaged through
independent contractor agreements.
We engage our adjunct faculty on a course-by-course basis.
Adjunct faculty are compensated a fixed amount per learner
(which varies depending on course load and learner related
activities), and a stipend to cover a portion of their
preparation costs. In addition to teaching assignments, adjunct
faculty may be asked to serve on learner committees, such as
comprehensive examination and dissertation committee, or assist
with course development. We have the right to cancel any
teaching assignment due to low enrollment or to cancel sections
to create proper class sizes. If a teaching assignment is
canceled, we do not compensate the adjunct faculty member for
the assignment. Our independent contractor agreements with
adjunct faculty typically have a one-year term, but we are not
required to engage them to teach any certain number of courses
and have the right to terminate their services upon written
notice at any time.
As of December 31, 2004, we also employed 633 non-faculty
staff in university services, academic advising and academic
support, enrollment services, university administration,
financial aid, information technology, human resources,
corporate accounting and other administrative functions. None of
our employees is a party to any collective bargaining or similar
agreement with us. We consider our relationships with our
employees to be good.
Competition
The post-secondary education market is highly fragmented and
competitive, with no private or public institution enjoying a
significant market share. We compete primarily with public and
private degree-granting regionally accredited colleges and
universities. Many of these colleges and universities enroll
working adults in addition to traditional 18 to 24 year-old
students. In addition, many of those colleges and universities
offer a variety of distance education initiatives.
We believe that the competitive factors in the post-secondary
education market include the following:
|
|
|
|
|
relevant, practical and accredited program offerings; |
|
|
|
reputation of the college or university and marketability of the
degree; |
|
|
|
convenient, flexible and dependable access to programs and
classes; |
|
|
|
qualified and experienced faculty; |
|
|
|
relative marketing and selling effectiveness; |
|
|
|
level of learner support; |
|
|
|
cost of the program; and |
|
|
|
the time necessary to earn a degree. |
56
Property
Our corporate headquarters occupies approximately
150,000 square feet in Minneapolis, Minnesota, under a
lease which expires in 2010. Renewal terms under this lease
allow for us to extend the current lease for up to two
additional five-year terms. We also lease approximately
91,500 square feet in a second facility in Minneapolis that
houses our enrollment services and learner services functions.
That lease expires in November 2005. We believe our existing
facilities are adequate for current requirements and that
additional space can be obtained on commercially reasonable
terms to meet future requirements.
Intellectual Property
Intellectual property is important to our business. We rely on a
combination of copyrights, trademarks, service marks, trade
secrets, domain names and agreements with third parties to
protect our proprietary rights. In many instances, our course
content is produced for us by faculty and other content experts
under work-for-hire agreements pursuant to which we own the
course content in return for a fixed development fee. In certain
limited cases, we license course content from a third party on a
royalty fee basis.
We have trademark or service mark registrations and pending
applications in the U.S. and select foreign jurisdictions for
the words CAPELLA, CAPELLA EDUCATION
COMPANY, and CAPELLA UNIVERSITY and
distinctive logos, along with various other trademarks and
service marks related to our specific offerings.
We also own domain name rights to www.capella.edu
and www.capellauniversity.edu, as well as other
words and phrases important to our business.
Legal Proceedings
From time to time, we are a party to various lawsuits, claims
and other legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of
our business. We are not at this time a party, as plaintiff or
defendant, to any legal proceedings which, individually or in
the aggregate, would be expected to have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition or results of
operation.
57
REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT
Learners attending Capella University finance their education
through a combination of individual resources, private loans,
corporate reimbursement programs and federal financial aid
programs. Capella University participates in the federal student
financial aid programs authorized under Title IV. For the
year ended December 31, 2004, approximately 69% of our
revenues (calculated on a cash basis) were derived from
Title IV programs. In connection with a learners
receipt of federal financial aid, we are subject to extensive
regulation by the Department of Education, state education
agencies and our accrediting agency, The Higher Learning
Commission. In particular, the Title IV programs, and the
regulations issued thereunder by the Department of Education,
subject us to significant regulatory scrutiny in the form of
numerous standards that we must satisfy in order to participate
in the federal student financial aid programs. To participate in
Title IV programs, a school must be:
|
|
|
|
|
authorized to offer its programs of instruction by the
applicable state educating agencies in the states in which it is
physically located (in our case, Minnesota); |
|
|
|
accredited by an accrediting agency recognized by the Secretary
of the Department of Education; and |
|
|
|
certified as an eligible institution by the Department of
Education. |
Our business activities are planned and implemented to achieve
compliance with the rules and regulations of the state, regional
and federal agencies that regulate our activities. We have
established regulatory compliance and management systems and
processes under the oversight of our chief financial officer and
our general counsel that are designed to meet the requirements
of this regulatory environment.
Accreditation
Capella University has been institutionally accredited since
1997 by The Higher Learning Commission, a regional accrediting
agency recognized by the Secretary of the Department of
Education. Accreditation is a non-governmental system for
recognizing educational institutions and their programs for
student performance, governance, integrity, educational quality,
faculty, physical resources, administrative capability and
resources, and financial stability. In the United States, this
recognition comes primarily through private voluntary
associations that accredit institutions and programs of higher
education. To be recognized by the Secretary of the Department
of Education, accrediting agencies must adopt specific standards
for their review of educational institutions. These
associations, or accrediting agencies, establish criteria for
accreditation, conduct peer-review evaluations of institutions
and professional programs for accreditation and publicly
designate those institutions that meet their criteria.
Accredited schools are subject to periodic review by accrediting
agencies to determine whether such schools maintain the
performance, integrity and quality required for accreditation.
The Higher Learning Commission is the same accrediting agency
that accredits such universities as Northwestern University, the
University of Chicago, the University of Minnesota and other
degree-granting public and private colleges and universities in
its region (namely, the States of Arkansas, Arizona, Colorado,
Iowa, Illinois, Indiana, Kansas, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri,
North Dakota, Nebraska, Ohio, Oklahoma, New Mexico, South
Dakota, Wisconsin, West Virginia and Wyoming).
Accreditation by The Higher Learning Commission is important to
us. Colleges and universities depend, in part, on accreditation
in evaluating transfers of credit and applications to graduate
schools. Employers rely on the accredited status of institutions
when evaluating a candidates credentials, and students and
corporate and government sponsors under tuition reimbursement
programs look to accreditation for assurance that an institution
maintains quality educational standards. Moreover, institutional
accreditation by an accrediting agency recognized by the
Secretary of the Department of Education is necessary for
eligibility to participate in the Title IV programs.
58
State Education Licensure
We are authorized to offer our programs by the Minnesota Higher
Education Services Office, the regulatory agency governing the
State of Minnesota, where Capella University is located. We are
required by the Higher Education Act to maintain authorization
from the Minnesota Higher Education Services Office in order to
participate in Title IV programs.
The increasing popularity and use of the Internet and other
online services for the delivery of education has led and may
lead to the adoption of new laws and regulatory practices in the
United States or foreign countries and new interpretations of
existing laws and regulations. These new laws and
interpretations may relate to issues such as the requirement
that online education institutions be licensed in one or more
jurisdictions where they have no physical location or other
presence. For instance, in some states, we are required to seek
licensure or authorization because our recruiters meet with
prospective students in the state. In other cases, the state
educational agency has required licensure or authorization
because we enroll students who reside in the state. New laws,
regulations or interpretations related to doing business over
the Internet could increase our cost of doing business and
affect our ability to recruit students in particular states,
which could, in turn, negatively affect enrollments and revenues
and have a material adverse effect on our business.
In addition to Minnesota, Capella University is licensed,
authorized to operate or to offer degree programs in the
following states: Alabama, Arizona, Arkansas, Colorado, Florida,
Georgia, Illinois, Kentucky, Ohio, Virginia, Washington, West
Virginia and Wisconsin. We are licensed in these states because
we have determined that our activities in each state constitute
a presence requiring licensure by the state educational agency.
Because we enroll students from each of the 50 states, as
well as the District of Columbia, and because we may undertake
activities in other states that constitute a presence subjecting
us to the jurisdiction of the respective state educational
agency, we may, from time to time, need to seek authorization or
licensure in additional states.
We are subject to extensive regulations by the states in which
we are authorized or licensed to operate. State laws typically
establish standards for instruction, qualifications of faculty,
administrative procedures, marketing, recruiting, financial
operations and other operational matters. State laws and
regulations may limit our ability to offer educational programs
and to award degrees. Some states may also prescribe financial
regulations that are different from those of the Department of
Education. We are required to post surety bonds in several
states. If we fail to comply with state licensing requirements,
we may lose our state licensure or authorizations. Although we
believe that the only state authorization or licensure necessary
for us to participate in the Title IV programs is our
authorization from the Minnesota Higher Education Services
Office, loss of authorization or licensure in other states could
prohibit our ability to recruit or enroll students in those
states. Failure to comply with the requirements of the Minnesota
Higher Education Services Office could result in Capella
University losing its authorization from the Minnesota Higher
Education Services Office, its eligibility to participate in
Title IV programs or its ability to offer certain programs,
any of which may force us to cease operations.
State Professional Licensure
Many states have specific requirements that an individual must
satisfy in order to be licensed as a professional in specified
fields in that particular state. Students often seek to obtain
professional licensure in their chosen fields following
graduation. Their success in obtaining licensure typically
depends on several factors, including the individual merits of
the graduate, as well as the following, among other factors:
|
|
|
|
|
whether the institution and the program were approved by the
state in which the graduate seeks licensure, or by a
professional association; |
|
|
|
whether the program from which the student graduated meets all
state requirements for professional licensure; and |
|
|
|
whether the institution is accredited. |
59
Due to varying requirements for professional licensure in each
state, Capella Universitys catalog informs learners of the
risks associated with obtaining professional licensure and more
specifically that (1) Capella University makes no
representation or guarantees that completion of any educational
program ensures that the learner will be able to obtain
individual professional licensure or certification, and
(2) that learners are solely responsible for determining
and complying with state, local, or professional licensure and
certification requirements.
Nature of Federal, State and Private Financial Support for
Post-Secondary Education
The federal government provides a substantial part of its
support for post-secondary education through Title IV
programs, in the form of grants and loans to students who can
use those funds at any institution that has been certified as
eligible by the Department of Education. Aid under Title IV
programs is primarily awarded on the basis of financial need,
generally defined as the difference between the cost of
attending the institution and the amount a student can
reasonably contribute to that cost. All recipients of
Title IV program funds must maintain satisfactory academic
progress and must also progress in a timely manner toward
completion of their program of study. In addition, each school
must ensure that Title IV program funds are properly
accounted for and disbursed in the correct amounts to eligible
learners.
Capella University learners receive loans and grants to fund
their education under the following Title IV programs:
(1) the Federal Family Education Loan, or FFEL, program and
(2) the Federal Pell Grant, or Pell, program. In 2004,
approximately 69% of our revenues (calculated on a cash basis)
were derived from tuition financed under Title IV programs.
|
|
|
1) FFEL. Under the FFEL program, banks and other
lending institutions make loans to learners. If a learner
defaults on a loan, payment is guaranteed by a federally
recognized guaranty agency, which is then reimbursed by the
Department of Education. Students with financial need qualify
for interest subsidies while in school and during grace periods.
In 2004, we derived approximately 68% of our revenues
(calculated on a cash basis) from the FFEL program. |
|
|
2) Pell. Under the Pell program, the Department of
Education makes grants to students who demonstrate financial
need. In 2004, we derived approximately 1% of our revenues
(calculated on a cash basis) from the Pell program. |
In addition to the programs stated above, eligible learners at
Capella University may participate in several other financial
aid programs or receive support from other governmental and
private sources. Certain learners are eligible to receive funds
from educational assistance programs administered by the
U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs through the Minnesota
Department of Veterans Affairs. In certain circumstances, we may
assist learners in accessing alternative loan programs available
to Capella Universitys learners. Alternative loans are
intended to cover the difference between what the learner
receives from all financial aid sources and the full cost of the
learners education. Learners can apply to a number of
different lenders for this funding at current market interest
rates. Finally, many Capella University learners finance their
own education or receive full or partial tuition reimbursement
from their employers.
Regulation of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs
To be eligible to participate in Title IV programs, an
institution must comply with specific standards and procedures
set forth in the Higher Education Act and the regulations issued
thereunder by the Department of Education. An institution must,
among other things, be licensed or authorized to offer its
educational programs by the state within which it is physically
located (in our case, Minnesota) and maintain institutional
accreditation by a recognized accrediting agency. Capella
University is currently certified to participate in
Title IV programs through December 31, 2008, provided
that the Demonstration Program is continued to that date or that
the 50% Rules are repealed.
The substantial amount of federal funds disbursed through
Title IV programs, the large number of students and
institutions participating in these programs and instances of
fraud and abuse by certain for-profit institutions have caused
Congress to require the Department of Education to exercise
considerable
60
regulatory oversight over for-profit institutions of higher
learning. Accrediting agencies and state education agencies also
have responsibilities for overseeing compliance of institutions
with Title IV program requirements. As a result, our
institution is subject to extensive oversight and review.
Because the Department of Education periodically revises its
regulations and changes its interpretations of existing laws and
regulations, we cannot predict with certainty how the
Title IV program requirements will be applied in all
circumstances.
Significant factors relating to Title IV programs that
could adversely affect us include the following:
Congressional Action. Congress reauthorizes the
Higher Education Act approximately every five to eight years.
Congress most recently reauthorized the Higher Education Act in
1998, with authorization extended through September 30,
2004. Because reauthorization had not yet been completed in a
timely manner, in 2004, Congress extended the current provisions
of the Higher Education Act through September 30, 2005.
Congress has begun review of the Higher Education Act for
purposes of reauthorization and is currently expected to
complete reauthorization in 2005 or 2006. We believe that this
reauthorization will likely result in numerous changes to the
Higher Education Act. At this time, we cannot predict with
certainty what changes Congress will make. An elimination of
certain Title IV programs, material changes in the
requirements for participation in such programs, or the
substitution of materially different programs could reduce the
ability of certain learners to finance their education. If
reauthorization is not completed by September 30, 2005,
Congress is expected to enact legislation to extend the
Title IV programs as currently authorized under the Higher
Education Act for up to one additional year.
In addition, Congress reviews and determines appropriations for
Title IV programs on an annual basis through the budget and
appropriations process. Congress is currently considering taking
measures to reduce the federal budget deficit and, as a result,
may decrease funding for Title IV programs. A reduction in
federal funding levels of such programs could reduce the ability
of certain learners to finance their education. These changes,
in turn, could lead to lower enrollments at Capella University
or require Capella University to increase its reliance upon
alternative sources of learner financial aid. Given the
significant percentage of Capella Universitys revenues
that are derived indirectly from Title IV programs, the
loss of or a significant reduction in Title IV program
funds available to Capella Universitys learners could
reduce our enrollment and revenue and possibly have a material
adverse effect on our business. In addition, the regulations
applicable to Capella University have been subject to frequent
revisions, many of which have increased the level of scrutiny to
which for-profit post-secondary educational institutions are
subjected and have raised applicable standards. If Capella
University were not to continue to comply with such regulations,
such non-compliance might impair its ability to participate in
Title IV programs, offer programs or continue to operate.
Certain of the regulations applicable to Capella University are
described below.
Distance Learning and the 50% Rules.
Capella University offers all of its existing degree and
certificate programs via Internet-based telecommunications from
Capellas headquarters in Minneapolis, Minnesota. Capella
University is approved by the Minnesota Higher Education
Services Offices to operate and to offer degrees in Minnesota,
the state in which Capella Universitys administrative
offices and facilities are located.
The Higher Education Act generally excludes from Title IV
programs institutions at which (1) more than 50% of the
institutions courses are offered via distance delivery
methods, which includes online courses, or (2) 50% or more
of the institutions students are enrolled in courses
delivered via correspondence methods, including online courses.
Institutions whose eligible programs are predominantly (at least
50%) degree programs are subject to different and less
restrictive limitations for distance education than institutions
that predominantly offer short-term certificate programs. Under
this less restrictive limitation for predominantly
degree-granting institutions, an institution at which 50% or
more of the institutions students are enrolled in courses
delivered via telecommunications (including online courses) can
nonetheless be eligible for Title IV program participation
provided that no more than 49% of its courses are offered online
or through distance delivery methods. Because 100% of Capella
Universitys
61
courses are online courses and 100% of its students are enrolled
in online courses, the 50% Rules would, absent the Demonstration
Program, preclude Capella University and its learners from
participating in Title IV programs.
As part of the 1998 amendments to the Higher Education Act, the
Department of Education was authorized to waive the 50% Rules in
certain cases as part of the Demonstration Program. The
Demonstration Program is a program authorized by Congress and
administered by the Department of Education to assess the
viability of online educational offerings. Under the
Demonstration Program, institutions may seek waivers of certain
regulatory provisions that inhibit the offering of distance
education programs, including the 50% Rules. Participation in
the Demonstration Program includes regular submissions of data
to the Department of Education. Capella University was selected
for participation in the Demonstration Program in 1999, which
allows Capella University to participate in the Title IV
programs. The Department of Education may terminate our
participation in the Demonstration Program at any time, for
cause, including for failure to submit required reports in a
timely manner. Before terminating our participation for cause,
the Department of Education would provide us with an opportunity
to demonstrate that such termination is not warranted. As of the
date of this prospectus, there are 23 institutions, or consortia
of institutions, participating in the Demonstration Program, and
the Department of Education is prohibited by Congress from
selecting more than 35 institutions or consortia of institutions
for participation in the Demonstration Program. Capella
Universitys participation in the Demonstration Program,
and the waiver of the 50% Rules that applies to us, will cease
on June 30, 2006, unless extended. Our participation has
twice been extended for additional one-year periods by the
Department of Education. Legislation is currently pending as
part of the Higher Education Act reauthorization that, if
passed, would eliminate the 50% Rules as they apply to online
institutions and would extend the Demonstration Program. If
Congress does not eliminate the 50% Rules by June 30, 2006,
and if the Department of Education does not extend our
participation in the Demonstration Program beyond June 30,
2006, we will cease to be eligible to participate in the
Title IV programs and our learners will be unable to
receive Title IV funds.
Administrative Capability. Department of Education
regulations specify extensive criteria by which an institution
must establish that it has the requisite administrative
capability to participate in Title IV programs.
Failure to satisfy any of the standards may lead the Department
of Education to find the institution ineligible to participate
in Title IV programs or to place the institution on
provisional certification as a condition of its participation.
To meet the administrative capability standards, an institution
must, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
comply with all applicable Title IV program regulations; |
|
|
|
have capable and sufficient personnel to administer the federal
student financial aid programs; |
|
|
|
have acceptable methods of defining and measuring the
satisfactory academic progress of its student; |
|
|
|
not have cohort default debt rates above specified levels; |
|
|
|
have various procedures in place for safeguarding federal funds; |
|
|
|
not be, and not have any principal or affiliate who is, debarred
or suspended from federal contracting or engaging in activity
that is cause for debarment or suspension; |
|
|
|
provide financial aid counseling to its students; |
|
|
|
refer to the Office of Inspector General any credible
information indicating that any applicant, student, employee or
agent of the institution, has been engaged in any fraud or other
illegal conduct involving Title IV programs; |
|
|
|
submit in a timely manner all reports and financial statements
required by the regulations; and |
|
|
|
not otherwise appear to lack administrative capability. |
62
If an institution fails to satisfy any of these criteria or any
other Department of Education regulation, the Department of
Education may:
|
|
|
|
|
require the repayment of Title IV funds; |
|
|
|
transfer the institution from the advance system of
payment of Title IV funds to cash monitoring status or to
the reimbursement system of payment; |
|
|
|
place the institution on provisional certification status; or |
|
|
|
commence a proceeding to impose a fine or to limit, suspend or
terminate the participation of the institution in Title IV
programs. |
If we are found not to have satisfied the Department of
Educations administrative capability
requirements, we could lose, or be limited in our access to,
Title IV program funding.
Financial Responsibility. The Higher Education Act
and Department of Education regulations establish extensive
standards of financial responsibility that institutions such as
Capella University must satisfy in order to participate in
Title IV programs. These standards generally require that
an institution provide the resources necessary to comply with
Title IV program requirements and meet all of its financial
obligations, including required refunds and any repayments to
the Department of Education for liabilities incurred in programs
administered by the Department of Education.
The Department of Education evaluates institutions on an annual
basis for compliance with specified financial responsibility
standards utilizing a complex formula that uses line items from
the institutions audited financial statements. The
standards focus on three financial ratios: (1) equity ratio
(which measures the institutions capital resources,
financial viability and ability to borrow); (2) primary
reserve ratio (which measures the institutions ability to
support current operations from expendable resources); and
(3) net income ratio (which measures the institutions
ability to operate at a profit or within its means). An
institutions financial ratios must yield a composite score
of at least 1.5 for the institution to be deemed financially
responsible without the need for further federal oversight. We
have applied the financial responsibility standards to our
audited financial statements as of and for the year ended
December 31, 2004, and calculated a composite score of 3.0,
which is the maximum score attainable. We therefore believe that
we meet the Department of Educations financial
responsibility standards. If the Department of Education were to
determine that we did not meet the financial responsibility
standards due to a failure to meet the composite score or other
factors, we could establish financial responsibility on an
alternative basis by, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
posting a letter of credit in an amount equal to at least 50% of
the total Title IV program funds received by the
institution during the institutions most recently
completed fiscal year; |
|
|
|
posting a letter of credit in an amount equal to at least 10% of
such prior years Title IV program funds received by
us, accepting provisional certification, complying with
additional Department of Education monitoring requirements and
agreeing to receive Title IV program funds under an
arrangement other than the Department of Educations
standard advance funding arrangement; or |
|
|
|
complying with additional Department of Education monitoring
requirements and agreeing to receive Title IV program funds
under an arrangement other than the Department of
Educations standard advance funding arrangement such as
the reimbursement system of payment or cash
monitoring. |
Failure to meet the Department of Educations
financial responsibility requirements, either
because we do not meet the Department of Educations
minimum composite score to establish financial responsibility or
are unable to establish financial responsibility on an
alternative basis, would cause us to lose access to
Title IV program funding.
Title IV Return of Funds. Under the
Department of Educations return of funds regulations, an
institution must first determine the amount of Title IV
program funds that the student earned. If the
student withdraws during the first 60% of any period of
enrollment or payment period, the amount of Title IV
program funds that the student earned is equal to a pro rata
portion of the funds for which the
63
learner would otherwise be eligible. If the student withdraws
after the 60% threshold, then the student has earned 100% of the
Title IV program funds. The institution must return to the
appropriate Title IV programs, in a specified order, the
lesser of (i) the unearned Title IV program funds and
(ii) the institutional charges incurred by the student for
the period multiplied by the percentage of unearned
Title IV program funds. An institution must return the
funds no later than 30 days after the date of the
institutions determination that a student withdrew. If
such payments are not timely made, an institution may be subject
to adverse action, including being required to submit a letter
of credit equal to 25% of the refunds the institution should
have made in its most recently completed year. Under Department
of Education regulations, late returns of Title IV program
funds for 5% or more of students sampled in the
institutions annual compliance audit constitutes material
non-compliance. We believe that Capella Universitys return
of funds policy and practice is consistent, and materially
complies, with the current Title IV return of funds
regulations.
The 90/10 Rule. A requirement of the
Higher Education Act, commonly referred to as the 90/10
Rule, applies only to proprietary institutions of
higher education, which includes Capella University. Under
this rule, an institution loses its eligibility to participate
in the Title IV programs, if, on a cash accounting basis,
it derives more than 90% of its revenues for any fiscal year
from Title IV program funds. Any institution that violates
the rule becomes ineligible to participate in the Title IV
programs as of the first day of the fiscal year following the
fiscal year in which it exceeds 90%, and it is unable to apply
to regain its eligibility until the next fiscal year. For the
year ended December 31, 2004, we derived approximately 69%
of our revenues (calculated on a cash basis) from Title IV
program funds.
Student Loan Defaults. Under the Higher
Education Act, an educational institution may lose its
eligibility to participate in some or all of the Title IV
programs if defaults on the repayment of federally guaranteed
student loans by its students exceed certain levels. For each
federal fiscal year, a rate of student defaults (known as a
cohort default rate) is calculated for each
institution with 30 or more borrowers entering repayment in a
given federal fiscal year by determining the rate at which
borrowers who become subject to their repayment obligation in
that federal fiscal year default by the end of the following
federal fiscal year. For such institutions, the Department of
Education calculates a single cohort default rate for each
federal fiscal year that includes in the cohort all current or
former student borrowers at the institution who entered
repayment on any FFEL program loan during that year.
If the Department of Education notifies an institution that its
cohort default rates for each of the three most recent federal
fiscal years, are 25% or greater, the institutions
participation in the FFEL program and Pell program ends
30 days after the notification, unless the institution
appeals in a timely manner that determination on specified
grounds and according to specified procedures. In addition, an
institutions participation in the FFEL program ends
30 days after notification that its most recent cohort
default rate is greater than 40%, unless the institution timely
appeals that determination on specified grounds and according to
specified procedures. An institution whose participation ends
under these provisions may not participate in the relevant
programs for the remainder of the fiscal year in which the
institution receives the notification, as well as for the next
two fiscal years.
If an institutions cohort default rate equals or exceeds
25% in any single year, the institution may be placed on
provisional certification status. Provisional certification does
not limit an institutions access to Title IV program
funds; however, an institution with provisional status is
subject to closer review by the Department of Education and may
be subject to summary adverse action if it violates
Title IV program requirements. Capella Universitys
cohort default rates on FFEL program loans for the 2000, 2001
and 2002 federal fiscal years, the three most recent years for
which final information is available, were 0%, 0.5% and 2.8%,
respectively. The average cohort default rates for four-year
degree-granting proprietary institutions nationally were 8.0%,
7.4% and 7.3% in fiscal years 2000, 2001 and 2002, respectively.
Incentive Compensation Rules. As a part of an
institutions program participation agreement with the
Department of Education and in accordance with the Higher
Education Act, the institution may not provide any commission,
bonus or other incentive payment to any person or entity engaged
in any student recruitment, admissions or financial aid awarding
activity based directly or indirectly on success in securing
64
enrollments or financial aid. Certain Department of Education
regulations clarify the incentive payment rule. The regulations
set forth 12 safe harbors, which describe payments
or arrangements that do not violate the incentive payment rule.
Failure to comply with the incentive compensation rules could
result in loss of eligibility to participate in federal student
financial aid programs or financial penalties. Although there
can be no assurance that the Department of Education would not
find deficiencies in Capella Universitys present or former
employee compensation and third-party contractual arrangements,
we believe that our employee compensation and third-party
contractual arrangements comply with the incentive compensation
provisions of the Higher Education Act and Department of
Education regulations thereunder.
Compliance Reviews. We are subject to announced
and unannounced compliance reviews and audits by various
external agencies, including the Department of Education, its
Office of Inspector General, state licensing agencies, agencies
that guarantee FFEL loans, the Department of Veterans Affairs
and accrediting agencies. The Higher Education Act and
Department of Education regulations also require an institution
to submit annually a compliance audit of its administration of
the Title IV programs conducted by an independent certified
public accountant in accordance with Government Auditing
Standards and applicable audit guides of the Department of
Educations Office of Inspector General. In addition, to
enable the Secretary of Education to make a determination of
financial responsibility, an institution must submit annually
audited financial statements prepared in accordance with
Department of Education regulations.
Potential Effect of Regulatory Violations. If
Capella University fails to comply with the regulatory standards
governing Title IV programs, the Department of Education
could impose one or more sanctions, including transferring
Capella University to the reimbursement or cash monitoring
system of payment, seeking to require repayment of certain
Title IV program funds, requiring Capella University to
post a letter of credit in favor of the Department of Education
as a condition for continued Title IV certification, taking
emergency action against Capella University, referring the
matter for criminal prosecution or initiating proceedings to
impose a fine or to limit, condition, suspend or terminate the
participation of Capella University in Title IV programs.
In addition, the agencies that guarantee FFEL loans for Capella
University learners could initiate proceedings to limit, suspend
or terminate Capella Universitys eligibility to provide
guaranteed student loans in the event of certain regulatory
violations. Although there are no such pending proceedings or
sanctions currently in force, and we do not believe any such
sanctions or proceedings are presently contemplated, if such
sanctions or proceedings were imposed against us and resulted in
a substantial curtailment, or termination, of Capella
Universitys participation in Title IV programs, our
enrollments, revenues and results of operations would be
materially and adversely affected.
If Capella University lost its eligibility to participate in
Title IV programs, or if the amount of available federal
student financial aid were reduced, we would seek to arrange or
provide alternative sources of revenue or financial aid for
learners. Although we believe that one or more private
organizations would be willing to provide financial assistance
to learners attending Capella University, there is no assurance
that this would be the case, and the interest rate and
other terms of such financial aid might not be as favorable as
those for Title IV program funds. We may be required to
guarantee all or part of such alternative assistance or might
incur other additional costs in connection with securing
alternative sources of financial aid. Accordingly, the loss of
eligibility of Capella University to participate in
Title IV programs, or a reduction in the amount of
available federal student financial aid, would be expected to
have a material adverse effect on our results of operations even
if we could arrange or provide alternative sources of revenue or
student financial aid.
Capella University also may be subject, from time to time, to
complaints and lawsuits relating to regulatory compliance
brought not only by our regulatory agencies, but also by other
government agencies and third parties, such as present or former
learners or employees and other members of the public.
Restrictions on Adding Educational Programs. State
requirements and accrediting agency standards may, in certain
instances, limit our ability to establish additional programs.
Many states require approval before institutions can add new
programs under specified conditions. The Higher Learning
Commission, the Minnesota Higher Education Services Office, and
other state educational regulatory agencies that
65
license or authorize us and our programs, require institutions
to notify them in advance of implementing new programs, and upon
notification may undertake a review of the institutions
licensure, authorization or accreditation.
Generally, if an institution eligible to participate in
Title IV programs adds an educational program after it has
been designated as an eligible institution, the institution must
apply to the Department of Education to have the additional
program designated as eligible. However, a degree-granting
institution is not obligated to obtain the Department of
Educations approval of additional programs that lead to an
associate, bachelors, professional or graduate degree at
the same degree level(s) previously approved by the Department
of Education. Similarly, an institution is not required to
obtain advance approval for new programs that both prepare
learners for gainful employment in the same or related
recognized occupation as an educational program that has
previously been designated as an eligible program at that
institution and meet certain minimum-length requirements.
However, the Department of Education, as a condition of
certification to participate in Title IV programs, can
require prior approval of such programs or otherwise restrict
the number of programs an institution may add. In the event that
an institution that is required to obtain the Department of
Educations express approval for the addition of a new
program fails to do so, and erroneously determines that the new
educational program is eligible for Title IV program funds,
the institution may be liable for repayment of Title IV
program funds received by the institution or learners in
connection with that program.
Eligibility and Certification Procedures. Each
institution must apply to the Department of Education for
continued certification to participate in Title IV programs
at least every six years, or when it undergoes a change of
control, and an institution may come under the Department of
Educations review when it expands its activities in
certain ways, such as opening an additional location or, in
certain cases, when it modifies academic credentials that it
offers. The Department of Education may place an institution on
provisional certification status if it finds that the
institution does not fully satisfy all of the eligibility and
certification standards. The Department of Education may
withdraw an institutions provisional certification without
advance notice if the Department of Education determines that
the institution is not fulfilling all material requirements. In
addition, the Department of Education may more closely review an
institution that is provisionally certified if it applies for
approval to open a new location, add an educational program,
acquire another school or make any other significant change.
During the period of provisional certification, the institution
must comply with any additional conditions included in its
program participation agreement. If the Department of Education
determines that a provisionally certified institution is unable
to meet its responsibilities under its program participation
agreement, it may seek to revoke the institutions
certification to participate in Title IV programs with
fewer due process protections for the institution than if it
were fully certified. Students attending provisionally certified
institutions remain eligible to receive Title IV program
funds.
School Acquisitions. When a company, partnership
or any other entity or individual acquires a school that is
eligible to participate in Title IV programs, that school
undergoes a change of ownership resulting in a change of control
as defined by the Department of Education. Upon such a change of
control, a schools eligibility to participate in
Title IV programs is generally suspended until it has
applied for recertification by the Department of Education as an
eligible school under its new ownership, which requires that the
school also re-establish its state authorization and
accreditation. The Department of Education may temporarily and
provisionally certify an institution seeking approval of a
change of ownership under certain circumstances while the
Department of Education reviews the institutions
application. The time required for the Department of Education
to act on such an application may vary substantially. The
Department of Educations recertification of an institution
following a change of control will be on a provisional basis.
Change in Ownership Resulting in a Change of
Control. In addition to school acquisitions, other types
of transactions can also cause a change of control. The
Department of Education, most state education agencies and our
accrediting agency all have standards pertaining to the change
of control of schools, but these standards are not uniform.
Department of Education regulations describe some
66
transactions that constitute a change of control, including the
transfer of a controlling interest in the voting stock of an
institution or the institutions parent corporation. For a
company that is privately held, but not closely held, which is
our status prior to the consummation of this offering,
Department of Education regulations provide that a change of
ownership resulting in a change of control occurs if any person
either acquires or ceases to hold at least 25% of the
companys total outstanding voting stock and that person
gains or loses actual control of the corporation. With respect
to a publicly traded corporation, which will be our status after
the consummation of this offering, Department of Education
regulations provide that a change of control occurs in one of
two ways: (i) if there is an event that would obligate the
corporation to file a Current Report on Form 8-K with the
Securities and Exchange Commission disclosing a change of
control or (ii) if the corporation has a shareholder that
owns at least 25% of the total outstanding voting stock of the
corporation and is the largest shareholder of the corporation,
and that shareholder ceases to own at least 25% of such stock or
ceases to be the largest shareholder. These standards are
subject to interpretation by the Department of Education. A
significant purchase or disposition of our voting stock could be
determined by the Department of Education to be a change of
control under this standard. Many states include the sale of a
controlling interest of common stock in the definition of a
change of control requiring approval. A change of control under
the definition of one of these agencies would require us to seek
approval of the change in ownership and control in order to
maintain its accreditation, state authorization or licensure.
The requirements to obtain such approval from the states and our
accrediting commission vary widely. In some cases, approval of
the change of ownership and control cannot be obtained until
after the transaction has occurred.
When a change of ownership resulting in a change of control
occurs at a for-profit institution, the Department of Education
applies a different set of financial tests to determine the
financial responsibility of the institution in conjunction with
its review and approval of the change of ownership. The
institution is required to submit a same-day audited balance
sheet reflecting the financial condition of the institution
immediately following the change in ownership. The
institutions same day-balance sheet must demonstrate an
acid test ratio of at least 1:1, which is calculated by adding
cash and cash equivalents to current accounts receivable and
dividing the sum by total current liabilities (and excluding all
unsecured or uncollateralized related party receivables). In
addition, the same-day balance sheet must demonstrate positive
tangible net worth. If the institution does not satisfy these
requirements, the Department of Education may condition its
approval of the change of ownership on the institutions
agreeing to letters of credit, provisional certification, and/or
additional monitoring requirements, as described in the above
section on Financial Responsibility.
We intend to submit a description of the offering to the
Department of Education, the Higher Learning Commission and each
of the state education agencies which currently licenses or
authorizes us to offer degree programs, asking each agency to
confirm our understanding that the offering will not be a change
of control under its respective standards. If the offering were
considered to be a change of control by the Department of
Education, the Department of Education would not review or
approve the offering until after it has occurred. Some state
educational agencies also would not act to review or approve the
offering on an advance basis. In addition, if the offering were
viewed as a change of ownership by the Department of Education,
any approval granted by the Department of Education would be
subject to provisional certification. Our failure to obtain any
required approval of the offering from the Department of
Education, the Higher Learning Commission, or the Minnesota
Higher Education Services Office, could result in the loss of
our continued eligibility to participate in the Title IV
programs and materially and adversely affect our enrollments,
revenues and results of operations.
A change of control also could occur as a result of future
transactions in which Capella Education Company or Capella
University are involved. Some corporate reorganizations and some
changes in the board of directors are examples of such
transactions. Moreover, once we become a publicly traded
company, the potential adverse effects of a change of control
could influence future decisions by us and our shareholders
regarding the sale, purchase, transfer, issuance or redemption
of our stock. In addition, the adverse regulatory effect of a
change of control also could discourage bids for your shares of
common stock and could have an adverse effect on the market
price of your shares.
67
MANAGEMENT
Set forth below is certain information concerning our executive
officers and directors:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Age | |
|
Position |
|
|
| |
|
|
Stephen G. Shank
|
|
|
61 |
|
|
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
(Mr. Shank also serves as Chancellor of Capella University) |
Michael J. Offerman
|
|
|
57 |
|
|
Senior Vice President
(Mr. Offerman also serves as President, Chief Executive Officer,
and as a director of Capella University) |
Lois M. Martin
|
|
|
42 |
|
|
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer |
Paul A. Schroeder
|
|
|
45 |
|
|
Senior Vice President, Business Management (Mr. Schroeder also
serves as a director of Capella University) |
Elizabeth A. Nordin
|
|
|
49 |
|
|
Vice President of Operations |
Heidi K. Thom
|
|
|
41 |
|
|
Senior Vice President of Marketing |
Scott M. Henkel
|
|
|
50 |
|
|
Vice President and Chief Information Officer |
Gregory W. Thom
|
|
|
48 |
|
|
Vice President, General Counsel, and Secretary |
Elizabeth M. Rausch
|
|
|
52 |
|
|
Vice President, Human Resources |
Tony J. Christianson
|
|
|
52 |
|
|
Director |
Gordon A. Holmes
|
|
|
36 |
|
|
Director |
S. Joshua Lewis
|
|
|
42 |
|
|
Director |
Jody G. Miller
|
|
|
47 |
|
|
Director |
James A. Mitchell
|
|
|
63 |
|
|
Director |
David W. Smith
|
|
|
60 |
|
|
Director |
Jeffrey W. Taylor
|
|
|
51 |
|
|
Director |
Darrell R. Tukua
|
|
|
51 |
|
|
Director |
Jon Q. Reynolds, Jr.
|
|
|
37 |
|
|
Director |
Stephen G. Shank founded our company in 1991 and has been
serving as our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer since then.
Mr. Shank also has been serving as Chancellor of Capella
University since 2001, and as emeritus (non-voting) director of
Capella University since 2003. Mr. Shank served as a member
of the board of directors of Capella University from 1993
through 2003. From 1979 to 1991, Mr. Shank was Chairman and
Chief Executive Officer of Tonka Corporation, an NYSE-listed
manufacturer of toys and games. Mr. Shank is a member of
the board of directors of Tennant Company, an NYSE-listed
manufacturer of cleaning equipment. Mr. Shank earned a B.A.
from the University of Iowa, an M.A. from the Fletcher School, a
joint program of Tufts and Harvard Universities, and a J.D. from
Harvard Law School.
Dr. Michael J. Offerman joined our company in 2001
and has been serving as our Senior Vice President since then.
Dr. Offerman also has been serving as President, Chief
Executive Officer and director of Capella University since 2001.
From 1994 to 2001, Dr. Offerman served as Dean of the
Division of Continuing Education at the University of
Wisconsin-Extension, the University of Wisconsins
institution dedicated to the development and delivery of
continuing education and online programs. Dr. Offerman also
has served on a number of national boards, including the
American Council on Education, the University Continuing
Education Association, and the National Technology Advisory
Board. Dr. Offerman earned a B.A. from the University of
Iowa, an M.S. from the University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee and an
Ed.D. from Northern Illinois University.
68
Lois M. Martin joined our company in 2004 and has been
serving as our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
since then. From 2002 to 2004, Ms. Martin served at World
Data Products as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer, and in a number of executive positions, including
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, at Deluxe
Corporation from 1993 to 2001. Ms. Martin is a member the
board of directors of ADC, Inc., a publicly held global supplier
of network infrastructure. She was also a member of the boards
of directors of Ensodex Corporation, a provider of enterprise
integration products and services, in 2002, and eFunds
Corporation, an NYSE-listed company offering integrated
information, payment and technology solutions, in 2000. From
1996 to 2001, Ms. Martin also served as Secretary/
Treasurer for the Deluxe Corporation Foundation and the W.R.
Hotchkiss Foundation, a provider of education and other grant
funding to non-profit organizations. Ms. Martin began her
career at Coopers and Lybrand (now PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP),
where she earned her C.P.A. designation. Ms. Martin earned
a B.A. from Augustana College.
Paul A. Schroeder has been serving as Senior Vice
President, Business Management of our company since 2004 and as
a director of Capella University since 2003. From 2001 to 2003,
Mr. Schroeder served as our Senior Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer. From 1997 to 2001, Mr. Schroeder held
various executive management positions, including Senior Vice
President, General Manager and Chief Financial Officer, with
Datacard Group, a privately held company providing hardware and
software solutions to the financial card and government ID
markets. From 1984 to 1997, Mr. Schroeder held a variety of
financial management positions at NCR Corporation, an
NYSE-listed technology systems and services company.
Mr. Schroeder earned a B.A. from Haverford College and an
M.B.A. from Northwestern University. He also completed
additional graduate work at the University of Illinois.
Elizabeth A. Nordin joined our company in 2004 and has
been serving as Vice President of Operations of our company
since then. From 2001 to 2004, Ms. Nordin served as Senior
Vice President of Information Technology at Pearson, plc, a
media company, Vice President and Chief Information Officer of
Pearson Education, a business unit within Pearson, plc, and Vice
President and Chief Information Officer at NCS Pearson, Inc., a
subsidiary of Pearson Education. Prior to that, Ms. Nordin
worked for 15 years in various senior information
technology positions at Liberty Enterprises, a check printing
and services company, and Honeywell, a manufacturing and service
organization. Ms. Nordin earned a B.A. from Augsburg
College.
Heidi K. Thom has been serving as Senior Vice President
of Marketing of our company since July 2004. From 2003 to July
2004, Ms. Thom served as our Vice President of Marketing.
From 2000 to 2003, Ms. Thom served as Vice President of
Business Development and Marketing Services at Land OLakes
Inc., a national food and agricultural cooperative. From 1998 to
2000, Ms. Thom served as Category Vice President of Frozen
Foods at The Pillsbury Company, a food manufacturing company.
Ms. Thom earned a B.S. from Moorhead State University and
an M.B.A. from the University of Minnesotas Carlson School
of Management.
Scott M. Henkel joined our company in 2004 and has been
serving as our Vice President and Chief Information Officer
since then. From 1994 to 2003, Mr. Henkel served as Chief
Information Officer and Vice President of Software Engineering
at Datacard Group. Mr. Henkel earned a B.A. from
Metropolitan State University and an M.B.A. in finance from the
College of St. Thomas.
Gregory W. Thom joined our company in 2003 and has been
serving as Vice President, General Counsel, and Secretary since
then. From 2002 to 2003, Mr. Thom served as Vice President,
Global Sales and Distribution at Datacard Group. From 2001 to
2003, Mr. Thom served as Vice President, Government
Solutions at Datacard Group. From 2000 to 2001, Mr. Thom
served as Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary at
Datacard Group. From 1991 to 1994, Mr. Thom was an attorney
with Dorsey & Whitney LLP, a Minneapolis-based law
firm. Mr. Thom earned a B.A. from Bethel College, an M.B.A.
from the University of Connecticut and a J.D. from William
Mitchell College of Law.
Elizabeth M. Rausch joined our company in 1999 and has
been serving as our Vice President, Human Resources since then.
From 1985 to 1999, Ms. Rausch served as Director and
Manager of Human
69
Resources at Marigold Foods, Inc., a regional food and dairy
processing organization. Ms. Rausch earned a B.A. from the
University of Minnesota and a M.S. degree from Mankato State
University.
Tony J. Christianson has served as a director of our
company since 1993. Mr. Christianson co-founded the Cherry
Tree Companies, an investment management and investment banking
firm, in 1980, and has been serving as its Managing General
Partner since then. Mr. Christianson is a member of the
boards of directors of three public companies: Fair Isaac
Corporation, a financial services company; Peoples Educational
Holdings, an educational publisher; and Transport Corp. of
America, a long haul trucking company. He earned a B.A. from St.
Johns University and an M.B.A. from the Harvard School of
Business.
Gordon A. Holmes has served as a director of our company
since 2000. Since 2001, Mr. Holmes has been a general
partner of several limited partnerships affiliated with
Forstmann Little & Co., an investment firm. From 1998
to 2001, Mr. Holmes was an associate at Forstmann
Little & Co. Mr. Holmes also serves as a member of
the board of directors of Citadel Broadcasting Corporation, an
NYSE-listed radio broadcasting company. Mr. Holmes earned a
B.C.L. degree from University College, Dublin and an M.B.A. from
Stanford University Graduate School of Business.
S. Joshua Lewis has served as a director of our
company since 2000. Since 2001, Mr. Lewis has been a
managing partner of Salmon River Capital, a private
equity/venture capital firm. He is also a special partner of
Insight Venture Partners, a private equity/venture capital firm,
and a special limited partner of Stonewater Capital, a public
equity investment firm. During 2000, he was a general partner of
Forstmann Little & Co. From 1997 to 1999,
Mr. Lewis was a managing director of Warburg Pincus, a
private equity/venture capital firm. Mr. Lewis earned an
A.B. from Princeton University and a D.Phil. from Oxford
University.
Jody G. Miller has served as a director of our company
since 2003. She joined Maveron, LLC, a Seattle-based venture
capital firm, in 2000, and has served as a Venture Partner since
that time. From 1995 to 1999, Ms. Miller held various
positions at Americast, a digital video and interactive services
partnership, including as Acting President and Chief Operating
Officer, Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President for
Operations and consultant. From 1993 to 1995, Ms. Miller
served in the White House as Special Assistant to the President
with the Clinton Administration. Ms. Miller is a member of
the board of directors of the National Campaign to Prevent
Teenage Pregnancy, a not-for-profit program devoted to reducing
teen pregnancy, and will begin serving as a member of the board
of directors of TRW Automotive Holdings Corp., an NYSE-listed
global supplier of automotive components, in May 2005. From 2000
to 2004, Ms. Miller also served as member of the board of
directors of Exide Technologies, an NYSE-listed battery
manufacturing company. Ms. Miller earned a B.A. from the
University of Michigan and a J.D. from the University of
Virginia.
James A. Mitchell has served as a director of our company
since 1999. From 1993 to 1999, when he retired,
Mr. Mitchell served as Executive Vice President of
Marketing and Products of American Express Company, a
diversified global financial services company. From 1984 to
1993, he served as Chairman, President and CEO of IDS Life, a
life insurance company and a wholly owned subsidiary of American
Express. From 1982 to 1984, he served as President of the
reinsurance division at CIGNA Corp., an insurance company.
Mr. Mitchell is Executive Fellow Leadership at
the Center for Ethical Business Cultures, a non-profit
organization assisting business leaders in creating ethical and
profitable cultures, and serves as a member of the board of
directors of Great Plains Energy Incorporated, an NYSE-listed
diversified public utility holding company. He earned a B.A.
from Princeton University.
David W. Smith has served as a director of our company
since 1998. From 2000 to 2003, when he retired, Mr. Smith
was the Chief Executive Officer of NCS Pearson, Inc.
Mr. Smith is a member of the boards of directors of Plato
Learning, Inc. and Scientific Learning Corporation, both of
which are Nasdaq-listed companies. Mr. Smith earned a B.A.
and an M.A. from Southern Illinois University, as well as an
M.B.A. from the University of Iowa.
70
Jeffrey W. Taylor has served as a director of our company
since 2002. Since 2003, Mr. Taylor has been the President
of Pearson, Inc., the U.S. holding company of Pearson plc.
From 2000 to 2001, Mr. Taylor served as Vice President of
Government Relations for Pearson, Inc. From 1994 to 2000, he
served as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of National
Computer Systems, an education testing and software company.
Mr. Taylor earned a B.A. in Accounting from Indiana State
University.
Darrell R. Tukua has served as a director of our company
since 2004. From 1988 to 2003, when he retired, Mr. Tukua
was a partner with KPMG LLP, a public accounting firm he joined
in 1976. Mr. Tukua is a member of the audit and budget
committee of The MMIC Group, an insurance company, where he is
also a board observer. In addition, in 2004 Mr. Tukua was
elected an advisory board member of Gate City Bank, a retail and
commercial bank, and in 2005 he became a member of the board of
directors and audit and compensation committees of Gate City
Bank. Mr. Tukua earned a B.S. in Accounting from the
University of South Dakota.
Jon Q. Reynolds, Jr. has served as a director of our
company since 2005. Since 1999, Mr. Reynolds has been a
general partner at Technology Crossover Ventures, a venture
capital firm he joined in 1997. Mr. Reynolds earned an A.B.
degree in geography from Dartmouth College and an M.B.A. from
Columbia Business School.
Our board currently has three board observers: Tom Lister, an
affiliate of our shareholders, Forstmann Little & Co.
Equity Partnership-VI, L.P., Forstmann Little & Co.
Equity Partnership-VII, L.P. and Forstmann Little & Co.
Subordinated Debt and Equity Buyout Partnership-VIII, L.P.,
which we refer to as the Forstmann Little entities in this
prospectus; Frederick M. Wynn, Jr., an affiliate of
our shareholders, Putnam OTC and Emerging Growth Fund and TH
Lee, Putnam Investment Trust-TH Lee, Putnam Emerging
Opportunities Portfolio, which we refer to as the Putnam
entities in this prospectus; and Jeffrey Horing, an affiliate of
Insight-Salmon River LLC. None of Messrs. Lister, Wynn or
Horing will have a contractual right to serve as a board
observer upon the completion of this offering. Pursuant to a
written action by our board of directors, Mr. Horings
board observation right will terminate automatically upon the
completion of this offering. Pursuant to the Class F
preferred stock purchase agreement, Mr. Wynns board
observation right will also terminate automatically upon the
completion of this offering. We expect that
Mr. Listers board observation right will also
terminate upon the completion of this offering. See
Board Observation Rights; Inspection Rights
for a discussion of this agreement.
Board of Directors
Our board of directors currently consists of ten members, with
each director serving a one-year term. At each annual meeting,
our shareholders elect our full board of directors. Directors
may be removed at any time with or without cause by the
affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting
power then entitled to vote.
Board Representation Agreement
We entered into a third amended and restated co-sale and board
representation agreement on January 22, 2003, with certain
of our shareholders, which we refer to as the board
representation agreement in this prospectus. Under the board
representation agreement and giving effect to any rights that
have been transferred under the agreement, each of the following
persons, or groups of persons, currently has the right to
designate one person for election to our board:
|
|
|
(1) Insight-Salmon River LLC, which has designated
Mr. Lewis; |
|
|
(2) Cherry Tree Ventures IV, which has designated
Mr. Christianson; |
|
|
(3) Forstmann Little & Co. Equity Partnership-VI,
L.P., which has designated Mr. Holmes; |
|
|
(4) Stephen Shank (so long as he is our Chief Executive
Officer or the beneficial owner of not less than 5% of our
outstanding capital stock), who has designated himself; |
71
|
|
|
(5) The holders of
662/3%
of our outstanding shares of Class G preferred stock, who
at the date of this prospectus have not designated a
director; and |
|
|
(6) The directors designated under (1) to
(5) above, by majority vote; these directors have
designated Mr. Taylor. |
We and the shareholder parties have agreed to take all steps
necessary to cause the nomination and election to our board of
each person designated in accordance with the board
representation agreement. The right to designate a director may
be transferred by a shareholder party to a transferee so long as
the shareholder party transfers at least 50% of the capital
stock held by such shareholder as of January 22, 2003, to
the transferee and the transferee assumes the shareholder
partys obligations under the agreement in writing.
Under the board representation agreement, Joshua Lewis,
Elizabeth Rausch, Michael Offerman, Paul Schroeder, David Smith,
Russell Gullotti, Stephen J. Weiss, Piper Jaffray as
custodian for Joseph Gaylord IRA and Stephen J. Weiss IRA,
and The S. Joshua and Teresa D. Lewis Issue Trust also
agreed to vote their shares of Class G preferred stock in
the manner directed by Stephen Shank, our chairman and chief
executive officer.
After the Offering. Except for the director designation
right of Forstmann Little & Co. Equity
Partnership-IV L.P., all director designation rights
specified above will terminate upon the completion of this
offering. The director designation right of Forstmann
Little & Co. Equity Partnership-IV L.P. will
terminate when the Forstmann Little entities collectively own
less than 5% of our outstanding capital stock. The voting
agreement contained in the board representation agreement
specified above will also terminate upon the completion of this
offering.
Board Observation Rights; Inspection Rights
Class G Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement.
We entered into a Class G preferred stock purchase
agreement on January 15, 2003. Pursuant to the agreement,
Maveron Equity Partners 2000, L.P., Maveron Equity Partners
2000-B, L.P., and MEP 2000 Associates LLC, which we refer to as
the Maveron entities in this prospectus, are entitled to
designate one representative to observe board and board
committee meetings. Under the agreement, the Maveron entities
also have the right to consult with and advise our management on
significant business issues. The Maveron entities have not
appointed an observer to our board.
After the Offering. Pursuant to the terms of the
Class G preferred stock purchase agreement, the board
observation and consultation rights of the Maveron entities
under the agreement terminate upon the completion of this
offering.
Class F Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement.
We entered into a Class F preferred stock purchase
agreement on January 31, 2002, as amended by an exchange
agreement on January 22, 2003. Pursuant to the agreement,
so long as an investor party holds more than 337,230 shares of
Class G preferred stock, or shares of common stock acquired
upon conversion of the Class G convertible preferred stock,
such investor will have the right to designate one
representative to observe board and board committee meetings.
Currently, the Putnam entities, as a group, and the Forstmann
Little entities, as a group, are each entitled to designate one
representative to observe board and board committee meetings.
The Putnam entities do not have a board observation right if any
of the Putnam entities has a board representation right pursuant
to a separate agreement. The Forstmann Little entities do not
have a board observation right if any of the Forstmann Little
entities has a board representation right pursuant to a separate
agreement. The Putnam entities currently have a board
observation right, and have appointed Frederick M. Wynn,
Jr. as their designated board observer. Currently, the board
observation right of the Forstmann Little entities does not
apply because Forstmann Little & Co. Equity
Partnership VI, L.P. has a board representation
right under the board representation agreement. Under the
agreement, the Putnam entities and the Forstmann Little entities
also have the right to consult and advise management on our
significant business issues.
After the Offering. Pursuant to the terms of the
Class F preferred stock purchase agreement, the board
observation and consultation rights of the Putnam entities under
the agreement will terminate upon
72
the completion of this offering. Currently, the board
observation right of the Forstmann Little entities do not apply
because Forstmann Little & Co. Equity
Partnership VI, L.P. has a board representation
right under the board representation agreement. If, however, the
Forstmann Little entities collectively own less than 5% of our
outstanding capital stock, then the board representation right
under the board representation agreement will terminate and the
board observation right under the Class F preferred stock
purchase agreement will be operative. See Board
Representation Agreement for a more detailed discussion of
the board representation agreement.
Class E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement.
We entered into a Class E preferred stock purchase
agreement on April 20, 2000. Pursuant to the agreement, so
long as Forstmann Little & Co. Equity Partnership-VI, L.P.
holds any shares of Class E preferred stock, or shares of
common stock acquired upon conversion of the Class E
preferred stock, it will be entitled to designate one
representative to observe our board and board committee meetings
and to advise our management on significant business issues. The
observation right will not apply if Forstmann Little &
Co. Equity Partnership-VI, L.P. already has a board
representation right pursuant to a separate agreement.
Currently, the board observation right of Forstmann Little &
Co. Equity Partnership-VI, L.P. does not apply because it has a
board representation right under the board representation
agreement.
After the Offering. Currently, the board observation
right of Forstmann Little & Co. Equity Partnership-VI, L.P.
does not apply because it has a board representation right under
the board representation agreement. If, however, the Forstmann
Little entities collectively own less than 5% of our outstanding
capital stock, then the board representation right under the
board representation agreement will terminate and the board
observation right under the Class E preferred stock
purchase agreement will be operative. See Board
Representation Agreement for a more detailed discussion of
the board representation agreement.
Investor Rights Agreement. We entered into an
investor rights agreement on April 20, 2000, as amended and
restated on each of February 21, 2002 and January 22,
2003, with Forstmann Little & Co. Equity Partnership-VI,
L.P., Maveron Equity Partners 2000, LP, TH Lee, Putnam
Investment Trust, and TCV V, L.P. as investor parties to the
agreement. Pursuant to the agreement, so long as an investor
party holds 337,230 or more shares of Class G preferred
stock, or shares of common stock acquired upon conversion of the
Class G preferred stock (or in the case of Forstmann
Little & Co. Equity Partnership-VI, L.P., so long as it
owns 5% or more of our outstanding capital stock), it will have
the right to visit and inspect any of our properties. Each of
the investor parties named above currently has the right to
visit and inspect any of our properties. The inspection right
extends to our books and records and allows the eligible
shareholders to discuss our affairs, finances, and accounts with
our officers, lawyers, and accountants.
After the Offering. The investor parties to the investor
rights agreement will still have inspection rights after the
completion of this offering.
Committees of Our Board of Directors
Our board of directors directs the management of our business
and affairs, as provided by Minnesota law, and conducts its
business through meetings of the board of directors and four
standing committees: the audit committee; the compensation
committee; the governance committee; and the executive
committee. In addition, from time to time, special committees
may be established under the direction of the board of directors
when necessary to address specific issues. The composition of
the board committees will comply, when required, with the
applicable rules of The Nasdaq National Market and applicable
law. Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for
each of the audit committee, the compensation committee, the
governance committee and the executive committee. These charters
will be available on our website following the completion of the
offering.
Audit Committee. Our audit committee consists of
Messrs. Tukua (Chair), Christianson, Holmes and Taylor. Our
audit committee is directly responsible for, among other things,
the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of our
independent registered public accounting firm. The oversight
includes reviewing the plans and results of the audit engagement
with the firm, approving any additional professional services
provided by the firm and reviewing the independence of the firm.
The committee also
73
reviews the adequacy and effectiveness of the accounting and
financial reporting controls with the firm and relevant
financial management, and discusses any significant matters
regarding internal control over financial reporting that come to
its attention during the completion of the audit. We believe
that each member of our audit committee (except for
Mr. Christianson) is independent, as defined
under and required by the rules of The Nasdaq National Market
and the federal securities law.
Compensation Committee. Our compensation committee
consists of Messrs. Mitchell (Chair), Lewis, Smith and
Holmes. Our compensation committee is responsible for, among
other things, recommending the compensation level of our Chief
Executive Officer to the executive committee, determining the
compensation levels and compensation types (including base
salary, stock options, perquisites and severance) of the other
members of our senior executive team and administering our stock
option plans and other compensation programs. The compensation
committee also recommends compensation levels for board members
and approves new hire offer packages for our senior executive
management. We believe that each member of our compensation
committee is independent, as defined under and
required by the rules of The Nasdaq National Market.
Governance Committee. Our governance committee consists
of Messrs. Smith (Chair), Shank, Reynolds and Miller. Our
governance committee is responsible for, among other things,
assisting the board of directors in selecting new directors and
committee members, evaluating the overall effectiveness of the
board of directors, and reviewing developments in corporate
governance compliance. We believe that each member of our
governance committee (except for Mr. Shank) is
independent, as defined under and required by the
rules of The Nasdaq National Market. Concurrently with the
completion of this offering, we anticipate that Mr. Shank
will resign as a member of the governance committee.
Executive Committee. Our executive committee consists of
Messrs. Smith (Lead Director and Chair), Christianson,
Holmes, Lewis, Mitchell, Taylor, Tukua and Reynolds and
Ms. Miller. Our executive committee is responsible for,
among other things, evaluating and determining the compensation
of our Chief Executive Officer, setting the agenda for meetings
of our board of directors, establishing procedures for our
shareholders to communicate with our board of directors and
reviewing and approving our management succession plan. We
believe that each member of our executive committee is
independent, as defined under and required by the
rules of The Nasdaq National Market.
Compensation of Directors
During 2004, the directors who were our employees or who had
represented an entity that had a financial interest in us did
not receive any compensation. The directors who were not our
employees and who did not represent an entity that had a
financial interest in us (except for Mr. Darrell R. Tukua)
received an option to purchase 2,500 shares of our
common stock under the Capella Education Company 1999 Stock
Option Plan. Mr. Tukua received an option to
purchase 10,000 shares of our common stock upon
joining our board in 2004. Mr. David W. Smith received an
additional option to purchase 500 shares of our common
stock in 2004 for serving as our lead director. All directors
who were not our employees and who did not represent an entity
that had a financial interest in us were reimbursed for all
reasonable expenses incurred to attend board and board committee
meetings.
After consummation of this offering, we intend to pay our
non-employee directors an annual cash retainer of $30,000 as
fees related to their board and board committee services.
Committee Chairs will be paid an additional annual cash retainer
of $5,000. New non-employee directors will receive an option to
purchase 10,000 shares of our common stock. Each
non-employee director also will receive an annual stock option
grant valued at $30,000. We will reimburse all directors for
reasonable expenses incurred to attend our board or board
committee meetings.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider
Participation
During 2004, Messrs. Holmes, Lewis, Mitchell and Smith
served as the members of our compensation committee. No
executive officer serves, or in the past has served, as a member
of the board of directors or compensation committee of any
entity that has any of its executive officers serving as a
member of our board of directors or compensation committee.
74
Executive Compensation
Summary Compensation Table
The table below sets forth summary information concerning the
compensation awarded during fiscal 2004 to our Chief Executive
Officer and our four most highly compensated executive officers,
other than our Chief Executive Officer. The individuals listed
below are referred to in this prospectus as our named
executive officers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long Term | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation Awards | |
|
|
|
|
Annual Compensation | |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Securities Underlying | |
|
All Other | |
Name and Principal Position |
|
Year | |
|
Salary | |
|
Bonus | |
|
Options (#) | |
|
Compensation(a) | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Stephen G. Shank
|
|
|
2004 |
|
|
$ |
375,740 |
|
|
$ |
173,435 |
|
|
|
25,616 |
|
|
$ |
6,150 |
|
|
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael J.
Offerman(b)
|
|
|
2004 |
|
|
$ |
250,470 |
|
|
$ |
77,143 |
|
|
|
15,211 |
|
|
$ |
6,150 |
|
|
Senior Vice President |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paul A. Schroeder
|
|
|
2004 |
|
|
$ |
250,464 |
|
|
$ |
77,022 |
|
|
|
15,211 |
|
|
$ |
6,150 |
|
|
Senior Vice President, Business Management |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Heidi K. Thom
|
|
|
2004 |
|
|
$ |
235,756 |
|
|
$ |
72,192 |
|
|
|
25,000 |
|
|
$ |
6,150 |
|
|
Senior Vice President of Marketing |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Scott M. Henkel
|
|
|
2004 |
|
|
$ |
177,885 |
|
|
$ |
49,715 |
|
|
|
35,000 |
|
|
$ |
5,227 |
|
|
Vice President and Chief Information Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Represents the value of shares of our common stock contributed
to the accounts of the named executives in the Employee Stock
Ownership Plan. |
|
(b) |
|
Mr. Offerman also serves as President and Chief Executive
Officer of Capella University. |
Option Grants in Fiscal 2004
The following table presents information concerning stock
options granted during fiscal 2004 to our named executive
officers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Potential Realizable | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option Term | |
|
Value at Assumed | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Annual Rates of Stock | |
|
|
|
|
Percent of Total | |
|
|
|
Price Appreciation for | |
|
|
Number of Shares | |
|
Options Granted | |
|
Exercise or | |
|
|
|
Option Term(a) | |
|
|
Underlying | |
|
to Employees | |
|
Base Price | |
|
Expiration | |
|
| |
Name |
|
Options Granted | |
|
in 2004 | |
|
Per Share | |
|
Date | |
|
5% ($) | |
|
10% ($) | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Stephen G. Shank
|
|
|
19,973 |
(b) |
|
|
5% |
|
|
$ |
17.72 |
|
|
|
07/27/2014 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,643 |
(c) |
|
|
1% |
|
|
$ |
19.49 |
|
|
|
07/27/2009 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael J. Offerman
|
|
|
15,211 |
(d) |
|
|
4% |
|
|
$ |
17.72 |
|
|
|
07/27/2014 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paul A. Schroeder
|
|
|
15,211 |
(e) |
|
|
4% |
|
|
$ |
17.72 |
|
|
|
07/27/2014 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Heidi K. Thom
|
|
|
25,000 |
(f) |
|
|
6% |
|
|
$ |
17.72 |
|
|
|
07/27/2014 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Scott M. Henkel
|
|
|
35,000 |
(g) |
|
|
8% |
|
|
$ |
15.13 |
|
|
|
05/11/2014 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
In accordance with the rules of the SEC, the amounts shown on
this table represent hypothetical gains that could be achieved
for the respective options if exercised at the end of the option
term. These gains are based on assumed rates of stock
appreciation of 5% and 10% compounded annually and do not
reflect our estimates or projections of the future price of our
common stock. These amounts represent assumed rates of
appreciation in the value of our common stock from the initial
public offering price, assuming an initial public offering price
of
$ per
share. The gains shown are net of the option exercise price, but
do not include deductions for taxes or other expenses |
75
|
|
|
|
|
associated with the exercise. Actual gains, if any, on stock
option exercises will depend on the future performance of our
common stock, the option holders continued employment
through the option period, and the date on which the options are
exercised. |
|
(b) |
|
The options were granted under our 1999 Stock Option Plan on
July 28, 2004, and vest as to 25% of the shares on each of
the first four anniversaries of the date of grant. |
|
(c) |
|
The options were granted under our 1999 Stock Option Plan on
July 28, 2004, and vest as to 100% of the shares on
July 28, 2008. |
|
(d) |
|
The options were granted under our 1999 Stock Option Plan on
July 28, 2004, and vest as to 25% of the shares on each of
the first four anniversaries of the date of grant. |
|
(e) |
|
The options were granted under our 1999 Stock Option Plan on
July 28, 2004, and vest as to 25% of the shares on each of
the first four anniversaries of the date of grant. |
|
(f) |
|
The options were granted under our 1999 Stock Option Plan on
July 28, 2004, and vest as to 25% of the shares on each of
the first four anniversaries of the date of grant. |
|
(g) |
|
The options were granted under our 1999 Stock Option Plan on
May 12, 2004, and vest as to 25% of the shares on each of
the first four anniversaries of January 20, 2004. |
Option Exercises in Last Fiscal Year and Fiscal Year-End
Option Values
The following table presents information concerning the stock
options exercised during the last fiscal year by each of our
named executive officers and the fiscal year-end value of
unexercised options held by each of our named executive officers
as of December 31, 2004.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Shares | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underlying Unexercised | |
|
Value of | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options at | |
|
In-the-Money Options | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2004 | |
|
at December 31, 2004(a) | |
|
|
Shares Acquired | |
|
Value | |
|
| |
|
| |
Name |
|
on Exercise | |
|
Realized | |
|
Exercisable | |
|
Unexercisable | |
|
Exercisable | |
|
Unexercisable | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Stephen G. Shank
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
98,544 |
|
|
|
79,471 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael J. Offerman
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
61,296 |
|
|
|
49,101 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paul A. Schroeder
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
80,162 |
|
|
|
55,700 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Heidi K. Thom
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,500 |
|
|
|
62,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Scott M. Henkel
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
There was no public trading market for the common stock as of
December 31, 2004. Accordingly, these values have been
calculated in accordance with the rules of the Securities and
Exchange Commission, on the basis of the initial public offering
price per share of
$ ,
less the applicable exercise price. |
Employment Agreements
|
|
|
Michael J. Offerman, Ed.D. |
On April 17, 2001, we entered into a letter agreement with
Michael Offerman, pursuant to which Dr. Offerman agreed to
serve as our Senior Vice President and President and Chief
Executive Officer of Capella University. This agreement was
amended on November 10, 2003, at which time
Dr. Offerman agreed to assume certain additional
responsibilities related to these positions. Pursuant to the
terms of the amended agreement, Dr. Offerman received,
among other things, (1) an annual base salary of $240,000,
(2) an annual incentive compensation award targeted at 40%
of base salary, and (3) options to
purchase 75,000 shares of our common stock at an
exercise price of $14.25 per share, 56,250 shares of
which have vested and 18,750 shares of which will vest on
June 11, 2005, subject to acceleration in certain
situations. Dr. Offerman is subject to a confidentiality
and non-compete agreement. In the event that
Dr. Offermans employment terminates involuntarily for
any reason other than for cause, he will be entitled to certain
severance benefits, including (1) 12 months severance
pay if termination occurs in the first 12 months,
(2) six months severance pay if termination occurs after
the first year of employment and (3) outplacement assistance. If
Dr. Offerman is unable to find employment due to the
restrictions of the
76
confidentiality and non-compete agreement, Dr. Offerman
will be entitled to a monthly severance benefit equal to the
lesser of 12 months or the time which it takes to secure
suitable employment, provided that in no event will such
severance entitlement be less than six months.
On January 6, 2004, we entered into a letter agreement with
Scott Henkel, pursuant to which Mr. Henkel agreed to serve
as our Vice President and Chief Information Officer. Pursuant to
the terms of the letter agreement, Mr. Henkel received,
among other things, (1) an initial annual base salary of
$185,000, (2) an annual incentive compensation award
targeted at 35% of base salary, and (3) options to
purchase 35,000 shares of our common stock at an
exercise price of $15.13 per share, 8,750 shares of
which have vested and 8,750 shares of which will vest on
each of January 20, 2006, 2007 and 2008, subject to
acceleration in certain situations. In the event that
Mr. Henkels employment terminates, he may be eligible
under the executive severance plan for severance benefits.
Mr. Henkel is subject to a confidentiality, non-competition
and inventions agreement.
On March 9, 2001, we entered into a letter agreement with
Paul Schroeder, pursuant to which Mr. Schroeder agreed to
serve as our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Mr. Schroeder currently serves as our Senior Vice
President, Business Management). Pursuant to the terms of the
letter agreement, Mr. Schroeder received, among other
things, (1) an initial annual base salary of $205,000,
(2) a hiring bonus of $25,000, (3) an annual incentive
compensation award targeted at 40% of base salary, and
(4) options to purchase 100,000 shares of our
common stock at an exercise price of $14.25 per share,
75,000 shares of which have vested and 25,000 shares
of which will vest on April 9, 2005, subject to
acceleration in certain situations. In the event that
Mr. Schroeders employment terminates involuntarily
for any reason other than for cause, he will receive a severance
benefit consisting of six months base salary. Mr. Schroeder
is subject to a confidentiality, non-competition and inventions
agreement.
On June 4, 2003, we entered into a letter agreement with
Heidi Thom, pursuant to which Ms. Thom agreed to serve as
our Vice President, Marketing (Ms. Thom currently serves as
our Senior Vice President of Marketing). Pursuant to the terms
of the letter agreement, Ms. Thom received, among other
things, (1) an initial annual base salary of $210,000,
(2) a hiring bonus of $35,000, (3) an annual incentive
compensation award targeted at 40% of base salary, and
(4) options to purchase 50,000 shares of our
common stock at the exercise price of $11.92, 12,500 shares
of which have vested and 12,500 shares of which will vest
on each of June 30, 2005, 2006 and 2007, subject to
acceleration in certain situations. In the event that
Ms. Thoms employment terminates, she may be eligible
under the executive severance plan for severance benefits.
Ms. Thom is subject to a confidentiality, non-competition
and inventions agreement.
Employment-Related Arrangements
Executive Severance Plan. In March 2003, we
established the Capella Education Company Executive Severance
Plan, referred to as the Executive Severance Plan, to provide
severance pay and other benefits to eligible employees. To be
eligible, the employees must (1) be designated in writing
by our Chief Executive Officer, (2) have completed
90 days of service with us from the most recent date of
hire, (3) have their employment terminated under certain
circumstances and (4) execute a release.
Participants who experience a qualifying severance event will be
eligible to receive severance benefits, based on employee
classification, including severance pay ranging from four to
twelve months, outplacement assistance up to six to
twelve months, and continuation coverage under certain
employee benefit plans (subject to adjustment, alternative or
previous severance benefits, and limitations on total severance
awards). In lieu of the benefits provided under the Executive
Severance Plan, we have provided specific severance benefits to
certain of our executives under such executives employment
agreements. The
77
Executive Severance Plan provides that any employment agreement
that specifically provides for the payment of severance benefits
will remain in full force and effect.
Our board of directors, Chief Executive Officer, or any other
individual or committee to whom such authority has been
delegated may amend or terminate the plan. We intend to amend
the Executive Severance Plan, effective upon the completion of
this offering. The amended plan, as currently contemplated,
cannot be amended to reduce benefits or alter the plans
terms, except as may be required by law, for a period of
24 months following a change in control, as defined in the
plan. In addition, the amended plan, as currently contemplated,
will provide that any amendment to the plan, or termination of
the plan, adopted within six months prior to a change in control
will become null and void upon the change in control and the
plan will revert to its provisions in effect prior to the change
in control. The amended plan, as currently contemplated, will
terminate immediately upon our filing for relief in bankruptcy
or on such date as an order for relief in bankruptcy is entered
against us.
Capella Education Company Annual Incentive Plan for
Management Employees 2005. We plan to adopt
the Capella Education Company Annual Incentive Plan for
Management Employees 2005, referred to as the Bonus
Plan. The Bonus Plan sets forth the terms for cash incentive
payments to our management-level employees based on our
financial performance in 2005. The compensation committee of our
board of directors will administer the Bonus Plan and will have
the power to determine which employees are eligible to
participate and the incentive potential for each participant;
however, the committee may delegate this authority to an
executive officer with respect to incentive awards granted to
employees who are not executive officers and the executive
committee of our board of directors will administer our Chief
Executive Officers incentive award. Under the Bonus Plan,
each participant has a target incentive payment equal to a
specified percentage of his or her base compensation. The
compensation committee will set objectives, based on our
financial plan, for (1) full-year revenue and profit and
(2) revenue and profit in the second half of 2005, which
includes our third and fourth quarters. Payment of 70% of the
target incentive will be based on actual full-year revenue and
profit as compared to the objective, with the possibility of
earning up to 140% of the target incentive if our performance
exceeds the objective and a prorated partial payment if the
objective is partially achieved. Payment of 30% of the target
incentive will be based on actual revenues and profit for the
third and fourth quarters of 2005 as compared to the objective.
As a result, the participant could earn a maximum incentive
payment equal to 170% of his or her target incentive.
In order to be eligible to receive a payment under the Bonus
Plan, a participant generally must be employed on the payment
date, which will be within two and a half months following our
year-end, unless the participant is entitled to receive a
payment under the Bonus Plan pursuant to the terms of our
Executive Severance Plan. A participant who terminates
employment due to disability or retirement will be entitled to
receive a prorated incentive payment based on actual
performance. Employees who are hired or promoted to a
management-level position prior to October 1, 2005 will be
entitled to a prorated incentive payment based on actual
performance, and the compensation committee has discretion to
award an incentive payment to an employee who is promoted after
October 1, 2005. The compensation committee has the
authority to amend or terminate the Bonus Plan, including
modification of the financial targets to reflect any material
changes in our business. No amendment or termination will affect
the right of a participant to receive any incentive payment
earned under the Bonus Plan for the portion of the year up to
the amendment or termination.
Existing Stock, Stock Option Plans and Other Incentive
Plans
Stock Option Plans. We have adopted two stock
plans: (1) the Capella Education Company 1999 Stock Option
Plan; and (2) the Learning Ventures International, Inc.
1993 Stock Option Plan. We intend to adopt an additional stock
plan, the Capella Education Company 2005 Stock Incentive Plan,
prior to the completion of this offering.
Capella Education Company 2005 Stock Incentive Plan.
We plan to adopt the Capella Education Company 2005
Stock Incentive Plan, referred to as the 2005 Plan. The 2005
Plan will authorize the
78
granting of stock-based awards to our officers, directors,
employees, consultants and advisors. We intend to reserve an
aggregate
of shares
of common stock for issuance under the 2005 Plan. The
compensation committee of our board of directors will administer
the 2005 Plan and will have the power to determine when and to
whom awards will be granted, determine the amount of each award
and establish the terms and conditions of each award, including
exercise price, vesting schedule and settlement terms. The types
of awards that may be granted under the 2005 Plan include
incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock
appreciation rights, restricted stock, performance units and
other stock-based awards. Our board of directors may terminate,
suspend or modify the 2005 Plan at any time; provided, however,
that certain amendments require approval of our shareholders.
Further, no action may be taken which adversely affects any
rights under outstanding awards without the holders
consent. No shares or rights to acquire shares have been issued
under the 2005 Plan; however, in connection with this offering,
we intend to issue options to
purchase shares
of our common stock at an exercise price per share equal to the
price of shares sold in this offering.
Capella Education Company 1999 Stock Option Plan.
The Capella Education Company 1999 Stock Option Plan,
referred to as the 1999 Plan, was adopted by the board of
directors in December 1999 and approved by our shareholders in
December 2000. We have reserved an aggregate of
1,650,000 shares of our common stock (subject to
adjustments in the case of a merger, consolidation,
reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividend, or other
change in corporate structure) for issuance under the 1999 Plan
to our employees, officers, directors, advisors, consultants,
and any individual that we desire to induce to become an
employee. The compensation committee of our board of directors
administers the 1999 Plan and has the power to fix any terms and
conditions for the grant or exercise of any award under the 1999
Plan. The types of awards that may be granted under the 1999
Plan include incentive stock options and non-qualified stock
options. Each option will be governed by the terms of the option
agreement and will expire 10 years after the date of the
grant, or an earlier date in the case of a 10% shareholder or a
terminated employee. Our board of directors may amend, suspend,
or discontinue the 1999 Plan at any time; provided, however,
that certain amendments require approval of our shareholders.
Further, no action may be taken which adversely affects any
rights under outstanding awards without the option holders
consent.
As of March 31, 2005, we had granted options to purchase a
total of 1,438,609 shares of our common stock (excluding
cancelled or expired options) under the 1999 Plan at exercise
prices of $11.12 to $20.00 per share, of which options to
purchase 1,412,516 shares are outstanding. Our board
of directors intends to approve a resolution prior to the
completion of this offering to cease making additional grants
under the 1999 Plan.
Learning Ventures International, Inc. 1993 Stock Option
Plan. The Learning Ventures International, Inc. 1993
Stock Option Plan, referred to as the 1993 Plan, was approved by
our board of directors in February 1993 and by our shareholders
on February 24, 1993. We have reserved an aggregate of
1,825,000 shares of common stock (subject to adjustments in
the case of a merger, consolidation, reorganization,
recapitalization, stock dividend, or other change in corporate
structure) to any employees, officers, directors, consultants,
and independent contractors. The compensation committee of our
board of directors administers the 1993 Plan and has the power
to determine the terms of each option grant, including the
exercise price, the recipient and the number of shares subject
to each option. The compensation committee also may amend or
modify the terms of an option and accelerate the time at which
an option may be exercised. The types of awards that may be
granted under the 1993 Plan include incentive stock options and
non-qualified stock options. Each option will be governed by the
terms of the option agreement, but an incentive stock option may
not extend more than 10 years from the date of the grant
and a non-qualified stock option may not extend more than
15 years from the date of the grant. Our board of directors
may amend or discontinue the 1993 Plan at any time; provided,
however, that certain amendments require approval of our
shareholders. Further, no action may be taken which adversely
affects any rights under outstanding awards without the option
holders consent.
As of March 31, 2005, we had granted options to purchase a
total of 1,628,877 shares of our common stock (excluding
cancelled or expired options) under the 1993 Plan at exercise
prices of $1.00 to
79
$15.65 per share, of which options to
purchase 203,995 shares are outstanding. The 1993 Plan
was terminated on February 23, 2003 and we cannot grant
additional options under the 1993 Plan.
Employee Stock Ownership Plan. In 1999, we adopted
the Capella Education Company Employee Stock Ownership Plan,
referred to as the ESOP, a qualified employee stock purchase
plan under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code. The
ESOP provides that we may contribute, at our discretion, common
stock or cash for the benefit of our eligible employees. To be
eligible to share in the ESOP contribution for a plan year, the
employee must satisfy certain service requirements and be
employed by us on December 31 of the plan year. During
2003, we contributed 47,782 shares to the plan, related to
2002 plan compensation. During 2004, we contributed
47,093 shares to the plan, related to 2003 plan
compensation. Shares related to 2004 plan compensation will be
contributed in 2005, within the time period required by the
Internal Revenue Code. Participants become vested in their ESOP
contributions after completing three years of service with us,
except in the event of retirement, disability or death, in which
case the participants shares become fully vested and
nonforfeitable. Distributions from the ESOP are in shares of our
common stock. Prior to the completion of this offering, we have
certain obligations to repurchase, at fair market value
determined by the annual independent valuation, shares from
participants/beneficiaries. This obligation will no longer apply
once our shares are publicly traded. We recognized $467,621,
$541,439 and $1,130,799, of compensation expense, in the years
ended 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively, related to the ESOP
contributions. The individual ESOP trustees are also our
employees. The trustees hold the ESOP contributions and make
distributions to participants or beneficiaries. The ESOP trust
is invested primarily in shares of our common stock.
401(k) Plan. We maintain the Capella Education
Company Retirement Savings Plan, which was originally adopted in
July 1994, and which is referred to as the 401(k) plan, a cash
or deferred arrangement qualified under Section 401(a) of
the Internal Revenue Code. The related 401(k) plan trust is not
subject to tax under current tax law. Under the provisions of
the 401(k) plan that are effective beginning in April 2005, a
participant may defer a portion of his or her pre-tax salary,
commissions and bonuses through payroll deductions, up to the
statutorily prescribed annual limits. If a new employee does not
make an election to defer, 4% of his or her compensation
automatically will be deferred unless the employee elects
otherwise. Participants age 50 and older by the end of the
year may make additional catch-up contributions to
the 401(k) plan, in accordance with statutory requirements. The
percentage elected to be deferred by highly compensated
participants (as defined by statute) may be required to be lower
to satisfy Internal Revenue Code requirements. In April 2005, we
implemented a matching contribution program based on employee
contributions on a per pay period basis. The match equals 50% of
the employees contributions on the first 4% of
compensation. In addition, at the discretion of our board of
directors, we may make discretionary profit-sharing
contributions into our 401(k) plan for eligible employees. Any
employer contributions will be subject to a five-year vesting
schedule, except that any participant with three or more years
of service on April 1, 2005, who was fully vested under the
plans prior vesting schedule will also be fully vested in
future contributions. No employer contributions were made prior
to April 2005. The 401(k) plans trustee holds and invests
the plan contributions at the participants direction.
Although we have not expressed any intent to do so, we do have
the right to discontinue, terminate or amend the 401(k) plan at
any time, subject to the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code
and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended.
80
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
Since January 1, 2002, we have engaged in the following
transactions with certain of our executive officers, directors,
holders of more than 5% of our voting securities and their
affiliates and immediate family members:
Issuance of Class F Preferred Stock and Class G
Preferred Stock. In February 2002, we entered into an
agreement with investors pursuant to which we issued and sold
1,425,457 shares of our Class F preferred stock at a
price per share of $11.71. In January 2003, the parties agreed
to amend this agreement pursuant to which all of the shares of
Class F preferred stock were exchanged for shares of
Class G preferred stock. In addition, concurrently with the
exchange, we issued and sold 2,184,540 shares of our
Class G preferred stock at a price per share of $11.12.
The following table summarizes sales by us of our Class F
preferred stock and Class G preferred stock over the past
three years to certain of our directors, executive
officers, holders of more than 5% of our voting securities, and
their affiliates and immediate family members in private
placement financing transactions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares of | |
|
Shares of | |
|
|
Class F | |
|
Class G | |
Investors(a) |
|
Preferred Stock(b) | |
|
Preferred Stock(c) | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Directors and executive officers:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stephen G.
Shank(d)
|
|
|
17,079.00 |
|
|
|
|
|
Michael J.
Offerman(e)
|
|
|
4,270.00 |
|
|
|
|
|
Paul A.
Schroeder(e)
|
|
|
6,405.00 |
|
|
|
|
|
Elizabeth M.
Rausch(e)
|
|
|
4,270.00 |
|
|
|
|
|
David W.
Smith(c)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,992.00 |
|
S. Joshua
Lewis(e)
|
|
|
42,699.00 |
|
|
|
|
|
Stephen J. Weiss and Piper Jaffray as custodian
for Stephen J. Weiss IRA
(f)
|
|
|
12,810.00 |
|
|
|
|
|
Russell A.
Gullotti(g)
|
|
|
10,000.00 |
|
|
|
|
|
Piper Jaffray as custodian
for Joseph C. Gaylord
IRA(h)
|
|
|
4,270.00 |
|
|
|
|
|
5% shareholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forstmann
entities(i)
|
|
|
640,478.00 |
|
|
|
|
|
Maveron
entities(c)(j)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
674,460.20 |
|
Putnam
entities(e)
|
|
|
640,478.00 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
See Principal and Selling Shareholders for
additional information about ownership of shares held by these
shareholders. |
|
(b) |
|
The Class F preferred stock was issued and sold on
January 31, 2002, for an aggregate purchase price of
$16,692,101.47. In January 2003, all shares of Class F
preferred stock were exchanged for shares of Class G
preferred stock pursuant to an exchange agreement. Each share of
Class F preferred stock was exchanged for 1.053 shares
of our Class G preferred stock. As a result, there are no
shares of Class F preferred stock currently outstanding. |
|
(c) |
|
The Class G preferred stock was issued and sold on
January 15, 2003, for an aggregate purchase price of
$7,599,988.42. Each share of Class G preferred stock is
convertible into one share of common stock, subject to
adjustments. We expect that each share of Class G preferred
stock will convert into a share of common stock upon the closing
of this offering. |
|
(d) |
|
Mr. Shank originally acquired 17,985.17 shares of
Class G preferred stock pursuant to the exchange agreement
discussed in footnote (b) above and subsequently
transferred 14,967 shares of Class G |
81
|
|
|
|
|
preferred stock to the TCV entities and 3,018 shares of
Class G preferred stock to the Maveron entities. |
|
(e) |
|
Messrs. Offerman, Schroeder and Lewis, Ms. Rausch, The
S. Joshua and Teresa D. Lewis Issue Trust, and the Putnam
entities obtained their Class G preferred stock pursuant to
the exchange agreement discussed in footnote (b) above. |
|
(f) |
|
Stephen J. Weiss was an executive officer of the company from
1998 to 2003. |
|
(g) |
|
Russell A. Gullotti was a director of the company from 2001 to
2004. |
|
(h) |
|
Joseph C. Gaylord was an executive officer of the company from
2003 to 2004. |
|
(i) |
|
The Forstmann entities consist of Forstmann Little &
Co. Equity Partnership-VII, L.P. and Forstmann Little &
Co. Subordinated Debt and Equity Management Buyout
Partnership-VIII, L.P. Gordon A. Holmes, a director of the
company, is a general partner of FLC XXXII Partnership, L.P. and
FLC XXXIII Partnership, L.P., the general partners of the
Forstmann entities. The Forstmann entities originally obtained
674,460.20 shares of Class G preferred stock pursuant
to the exchange agreement described in footnote (b) above.
The Forstmann entities subsequently transferred
369,023 shares of Class G preferred stock to the TCV
entities and 74,400 shares of Class G preferred stock
to the Maveron entities. |
|
(j) |
|
Jody G. Miller, a director of the company, is a venture partner
at Maveron LLC, an affiliate of the Maveron entities. The
Maveron entities acquired 674,460.20 shares of Class G
preferred stock pursuant to the Class G preferred issuance
discussed in footnote (b) above and acquired an additional
77,418 shares of Class G preferred stock pursuant to a
transfer of 3,018 shares of Class G preferred stock to
the Maveron entities by Mr. Shank and a transfer of
74,400 shares of Class G preferred stock to the
Maveron entities by the Forstmann entities. |
Board Representation Agreement. In January 2003,
we entered into a board representation agreement in connection
with the offering of our Class G preferred stock. The
parties to this agreement include: Stephen Shank, Judy Shank,
Susan Shank, Mary Retzlaff, Elizabeth Rausch, Michael Offerman,
Paul Schroeder, David Smith, Joshua Lewis, The Joshua S.
and Teresa D. Lewis Issue Trust, Cherry Tree
Ventures IV, the Forstmann Little entities, the Maveron
entities, the Putnam entities, TCV V, L.P. and TCV Member
Fund L.P., referred to as the TCV entities, as transferees
of the Forstmann Little & Co. Equity Partnership-VII,
L.P. (Forstmann VII), Forstmann Little & Co.
Subordinated Debt and Equity Management Buyout Partnership-VIII,
L.P. (Forstmann VIII) and Insight-Salmon River LLC, as
transferee of NCS Pearson, Inc. (NCS Pearson). The board
representation agreement is described in further detail under
the heading Certain Rights Related to Our Board of
Directors Board Representation Agreement.
Investor Rights Agreement. In January 2003, we
entered into a second amended and restated investor rights
agreement in connection with the offering of our Class G
preferred stock. The parties to this agreement include: Stephen
Shank, Joshua Lewis, Elizabeth Rausch, Michael Offerman, Paul
Schroeder, David Smith, the Forstmann Little entities, the
Maveron entities, the Putnam entities, and the TCV entities, as
transferees of Forstmann VII and VIII and Stephen Shank.
The investor rights agreement is described in further detail
under the heading Board Observation Rights;
Inspection Rights and Description of Capital
Stock Registration and Other Rights.
Registration Rights Agreement. In January 2003, we
entered into amendment no. 3 to a registration rights
agreement in connection with the offering of our Class G
preferred stock. Pursuant to the terms of this agreement, we
agreed to register all of the NCS Pearsons shares of our
Class D preferred stock. In November 2004, NCS Pearson
transferred all of its shares of Class D preferred stock to
Insight-Salmon River LLC pursuant to a share purchase agreement.
Joshua Lewis, a director of our company, is an affiliate of
Insight-Salmon River LLC. Pursuant to the share purchase
agreement between NCS Pearson and Insight-Salmon River LLC, the
registration rights under the registration rights agreement may
be assigned to Insight-Salmon River LLC at such time as
Insight-Salmon River LLC requests the transfer of the rights and
the obligations under the registration rights agreement. The
registration rights agreement is
82
described in further detail under the heading Description
of Capital Stock Registration and Other Rights.
Founder Stock Sales. On March 9, 2005,
Mr. Stephen G. Shank, our founder, Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer, sold 14,967 shares of Class G
preferred stock to the TCV entities and 3,018 shares of
Class G preferred stock to the Maveron entities. In
addition, since January 1, 2002, Mr. Shank has
also transferred 322,397 shares of common stock and
preferred stock to (i) his wife, Judy Shank, (ii) his
daughter, Mary Shank Retzlaff, both in her individual capacity
and as trustee of the Stephen Shank 2004 Grantor Retained
Annuity Trust, and (iii) his daughter, Susan Shank, both in
her individual capacity and as trustee of the Emma Jia Chen
Retzlaff Trust and Judith Shank 2004 Grantor Retained Annuity
Trust.
83
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS
The following table sets forth information regarding the
beneficial ownership of our common stock as of March 31,
2005, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of common stock being
offered in this offering, for:
|
|
|
|
|
each person, or group of affiliated persons, known to us to own
beneficially 5% or more of our outstanding common stock, |
|
|
|
each of our directors, |
|
|
|
each of our named executive officers, |
|
|
|
all of our directors and executive officers as a group, and |
|
|
|
each selling shareholder. |
Footnote (a) below provides a brief explanation of what is
meant by the term beneficial ownership. For the
purpose of calculating the percentage of shares beneficially
owned by any shareholder, the number of shares of common stock
deemed outstanding prior to offering assumes the
conversion of all outstanding shares of our Class A
preferred stock, our Class B preferred stock, our
Class D preferred stock, our Class E preferred stock,
and our Class G preferred stock into an aggregate of
9,180,644 shares of our common stock and includes shares of
common stock subject to options and warrants held by beneficial
owners that are exercisable within 60 days of
March 31, 2005.
The number of shares of common stock outstanding After
Offering includes an
additional shares
of common stock offered by us in the offering.
The address for each named executive officer is 225 South 6th
Street, 9th Floor, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402.
84
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares Beneficially | |
|
|
|
Beneficially | |
|
|
|
Shares Beneficially | |
|
|
Owned Prior to the | |
|
|
|
Owned After | |
|
|
|
Owned After | |
|
|
Offering(a) | |
|
Shares | |
|
Offering | |
|
Over-Allotment | |
|
Over-Allotment(b) | |
|
|
| |
|
Being | |
|
| |
|
Shares Being | |
|
| |
Name of Beneficial Owner |
|
Shares | |
|
Percent | |
|
Offered | |
|
Shares | |
|
Percent | |
|
Offered(b) | |
|
Shares | |
|
Percent | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Principal Shareholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forstmann Little & Co.
entities(c)
|
|
|
1,107,197 |
|
|
|
9.8% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cherry Tree Ventures IV,
L.P.(d)
|
|
|
1,748,000 |
|
|
|
15.5% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entities affiliated with Technology Crossover
Ventures(e)
|
|
|
1,859,999 |
|
|
|
16.5% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Putnam
entities(f)
|
|
|
674,459 |
|
|
|
6.0% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maveron
entities(g)
|
|
|
1,049,457 |
|
|
|
9.3% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Salmon River and Insight
entities(h)
|
|
|
1,178,378 |
|
|
|
10.4% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Directors and Named Executive Officers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stephen G.
Shank(i)
|
|
|
2,392,223 |
|
|
|
21.0% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael J.
Offerman(j)
|
|
|
65,792 |
|
|
|
* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paul A.
Schroeder(k)
|
|
|
111,906 |
|
|
|
1.0% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Heidi K.
Thom(l)
|
|
|
12,500 |
|
|
|
* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Scott M.
Henkel(m)
|
|
|
8,750 |
|
|
|
* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tony J.
Christianson(d)
|
|
|
1,748,000 |
|
|
|
15.5% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gordon A.
Holmes(n)
|
|
|
231,036 |
|
|
|
2.0% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
S. Joshua
Lewis(o)
|
|
|
1,216,849 |
|
|
|
10.8% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jody G. Miller
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
James A.
Mitchell(p)
|
|
|
54,775 |
|
|
|
* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
David W.
Smith(q)
|
|
|
14,492 |
|
|
|
* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jeffrey W. Taylor
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Darrell R.
Tukua(r)
|
|
|
5,000 |
|
|
|
* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jon Q.
Reynolds, Jr.(e)
|
|
|
1,859,999 |
|
|
|
16.5% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All directors and executive officers as a group (18
persons)
|
|
|
7,758,261 |
|
|
|
66.7% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling Shareholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Less than 1% |
|
(a) |
|
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules
of the Securities and Exchange Commission that generally
attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who
possess sole or shared voting power and/or investment power with
respect to those securities and includes shares of common stock
issuable pursuant to the exercise of stock options that are
immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days.
Unless otherwise indicated, the persons or entities identified
in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect
to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them. Percentage
ownership calculations prior to the offering, after the
offering, and after over-allotment are based on
11,281,446 shares, shares
and shares,
respectively, of common stock outstanding. |
|
(b) |
|
Amounts presented assume that the over-allotment option is
exercised in full. |
|
(c) |
|
Consists of (1) 876,161 shares of common stock
issuable upon conversion of preferred stock owned by Forstmann
Little & Co. Equity Partnership-VI, L.P. (Equity-VI);
(2) 144,397 shares of common stock issuable upon
conversion of preferred stock owned by Forstmann
Little & Co. Equity Partnership-VII, L.P. (Equity-VII);
and (3) 86,639 shares of common stock issuable upon
conversion of preferred stock owned by Forstmann
Little & Co. Subordinated Debt and Equity Management
Buyout Partnership-VIII, L.P. (MBO-VIII). Each of Equity-VI,
Equity-VII and MBO-VIII disclaims beneficial ownership of shares
owned by the other entities. The general partner of Equity-VI
and Equity-VII is FLC XXXII Partnership, L.P.
(FLC XXXII) and the general partner of MBO-VIII is
FLC XXXIII Partnership, L.P. (FLC XXXIII). The general
partners of FLC XXXII and FLC XXXIII are Theodore J.
Forstmann, Thomas H. Lister, Winston W. Hutchins, Jamie C.
Nicholls, Gordon A. Holmes, a director of the company, and
T. Geoffrey |
85
|
|
|
|
|
McKay. Accordingly, each of the individuals named above, other
than Messrs. Holmes and McKay for the reasons described
below, may be deemed the beneficial owners of shares owned by
Equity-VI, Equity-VII and MBO-VIII. Messrs. Holmes and
McKay do not have any voting or investment power with respect
to, or any economic interest in, the shares of our common stock
held by Equity-VI and, accordingly, neither Mr. Holmes nor
Mr. McKay is deemed to be a beneficial owner of these
shares. In addition, Mr. McKay does not have any voting or
investment power with respect to, or any economic interest in,
the shares of our common stock held by Equity-VII or MBO-VIII
and, accordingly, Mr. McKay is not deemed to be a
beneficial owner of these shares. The address of Equity-VI,
Equity-VII and MBO-VIII is c/o Forstmann Little &
Co., 767 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York 10153. |
|
(d) |
|
Consists of 50,000 shares of common stock and
1,698,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion
of preferred stock owned by Cherry Tree Ventures IV, L.P.
The general partner of Cherry Tree Ventures IV, L.P. is CTV
Partners IV. CTV Partners IV is controlled by Tony J.
Christianson and Gordon Stofer, its managing partners, who share
voting and investment power with respect to the shares
beneficially owned by Cherry Tree Ventures IV, L.P.
Messrs. Christianson and Stofer disclaim beneficial
ownership of such shares except to the extent of their pecuniary
interest therein. The address of Cherry Tree Ventures IV,
L.P. is 301 Carlson Parkway, Suite 103, Minnetonka, MN
55305. |
|
(e) |
|
Consists of (1) 6,289 shares of common stock and
1,819,229 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion
of preferred stock owned by TCV V, L.P.; and
(2) 119 shares of common stock and 34,362 shares
of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock
owned by TCV V Member Fund, L.P. The general partner of
TCV V, L.P. and TCV V Member Fund, L.P. is Technology
Crossover Management V, L.L.C. (TCM V). The investment
activities of TCM V are managed by Jon Q.
Reynolds, Jr., a director of the company, Jay C. Hoag,
Richard H. Kimball, John L. Drew, Henry J. Feinberg and William
J.G. Griffith IV (collectively, the TCM Members) who share
voting and investment power with respect to the shares
beneficially owned by TCV V, L.P. and TCV V Member
Fund, L.P. TCM V and the TCM Members disclaim beneficial
ownership of such shares except to the extent of their pecuniary
interest therein. The address of TCV V, L.P. and TCV V
Member Fund, L.P. is 528 Ramona Street, Palo Alto, CA 94301. |
|
(f) |
|
Consists of (1) 224,820 shares of common stock
issuable upon conversion of preferred stock owned by Putnam OTC
& Emerging Growth Fund; and (2) 449,639 shares of
common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock owned
by TH Lee, Putnam Emerging Opportunities Portfolio. The
investment adviser of Putnam OTC & Emerging Growth Fund
is Putnam Investment Management, LLC, which is a wholly owned
subsidiary of Putnam, LLC, which is a wholly owned subsidiary of
Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc., a company traded on
the New York Stock Exchange. The investment adviser of TH
Lee, Putnam Emerging Opportunities Portfolio is TH Lee, Putnam
Capital Management, LLC. TH Lee, Putnam Capital Management, LLC
is indirectly majority owned by Putnam, LLC, which is a wholly
owned subsidiary of Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc., a
company traded on the New York Stock Exchange.
Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. and Putnam, LLC
disclaim beneficial ownership of all such shares, and further
state that neither of them have any power to vote or dispose of,
or direct the voting or disposition of, any of such shares. The
address for Putnam OTC & Emerging Growth Fund and TH
Lee, Putnam Emerging Opportunities Portfolio is One Post
Office Square, Boston, MA 02109. |
|
(g) |
|
Consists of (1) 1,089 shares of common stock and
887,867 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of
preferred stock owned by Maveron Equity Partners 2000, L.P.;
(2) 42 shares of common stock and 34,357 shares
of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock
owned by Maveron Equity Partners 2000-B, L.P.; and
(3) 161 shares of common stock and 125,941 shares
of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock
owned by MEP 2000 Associates LLC. The general partner of Maveron
Equity Partners 2000, L.P. and Maveron Equity Partners 2000-B,
L.P. is Maveron General Partner 2000 LLC. Maveron General
Partner 2000 LLC is controlled by |
86
|
|
|
|
|
Dan Levitan, Howard Schultz, and Debra Somberg, its managing
partners, who share voting and investment power with respect to
the shares beneficially owned by Maveron Equity Partners 2000,
L.P. and Maveron Equity Partners 2000-B, L.P. The managing
member of MEP 2000 Associates LLC is Maveron LLC. Maveron LLC is
controlled by Dan Levitan, Howard Schultz, and Debra Somberg,
its managing members, who share voting and investment power with
respect to the shares beneficially owned by MEP 2000 Associates
LLC. Mr. Levitan, Mr. Schultz, and Ms. Somberg
disclaim beneficial ownership of such shares except to the
extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address for
Maveron LLC is 505 Fifth Avenue South, Suite 600, Seattle,
WA 98112. |
|
(h) |
|
Consists of (1) 750,000 shares of common stock
issuable upon conversion of preferred stock owned by
Insight-Salmon River LLC; (2) 10,000 shares of common
stock owned by Insight Venture Partners IV, L.P.;
(3) 272,222 shares of common stock issuable upon
conversion of preferred stock owned by Salmon River Capital I
LLC; and (4) 146,156 shares of common stock issuable
upon conversion of preferred stock owned by Salmon River CIP
LLC. The managing member of Insight-Salmon River LLC is Salmon
River Capital LLC, and the non-managing members of
Insight-Salmon River LLC are Insight Venture Partners IV, L.P.,
Insight Venture Partners (Fund B) IV, L.P., Insight Venture
Partners (Co-Investor) IV, L.P., and Insight Venture Partners
(Cayman) IV, L.P. (the Insight Partnerships). Salmon River
Capital LLC, as managing member of Insight-Salmon River LLC,
generally controls the voting power over the shares held by
Insight-Salmon River LLC, but the Insight Partnerships have
shared voting power with Salmon River Capital LLC over such
shares with respect to certain matters. In addition, Salmon
River Capital LLC and the Insight Partnerships have shared
investment power over the shares held by Insight-Salmon River
LLC. The managing member of Salmon River Capital LLC is S.
Joshua Lewis, a director of the company. The general partner of
the Insight Partnerships is Insight Venture Associates, LLC. The
managing member of Insight Venture Associates, LLC is Insight
Holdings Group, LLC. Insight Holdings Group, LLC is managed by
its board of managers. Accordingly, Mr. Lewis, Insight
Venture Associates, LLC, and Insight Holdings Group, LLC have
shared voting and investment powers with respect to the shares
beneficially owned by Insight-Salmon River LLC. The foregoing is
not an admission by such persons that such persons are the
beneficial owners of the shares held by Insight-Salmon River
LLC, and each disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares
except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein.
Insight Venture Associates, LLC and Insight Holdings Group, LLC
have voting and investment power with respect to the shares
beneficially owned by Insight Venture Partners IV, L.P. The
foregoing is not an admission by Insight Venture Associates, LLC
or Insight Holdings Group, LLC that they are the beneficial
owners of the shares held by Insight Venture Partners IV,
and each of disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except
to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The managing
member of Salmon River Capital I LLC and Salmon River CIP LLC is
Salmon River Capital LLC. The managing member of Salmon River
Capital LLC is Mr. Lewis. Mr. Lewis has voting and
investment powers with respect to the shares beneficially owned
by Salmon River Capital I LLC and Salmon River CIP LLC. The
foregoing is not an admission by Mr. Lewis that he is the
beneficial owner of the shares held by Salmon River
Capital I LLC and Salmon River CIP LLC, and Mr. Lewis
disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the
extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address for the
Salmon River and Insight entities is 680 Fifth Avenue,
8th Floor, New York, NY 10019. |
|
(i) |
|
Consists of (1) 597,094 shares of common stock owned
by Stephen G. Shank, 1,380,188 shares of common stock
issuable upon conversion of preferred stock owned by
Mr. Shank, and 98,544 shares of common stock
underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days
granted to Mr. Shank; (2) 115,000 shares of
common stock controlled by Mary Shank Retzlaff,
Mr. Shanks daughter, as trustee of the Stephen Shank
2004 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust; (3) 85,397 shares
of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock
owned by Judy Shank, Mr. Shanks wife;
(4) 115,000 shares of common stock controlled by Susan
Shank, Mr. Shanks daughter, as trustee of the Judith
Shank 2004 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust; and
(5) 1,000 shares of common stock controlled by Susan
Shank, as trustee of the Emma Jia Chen Retzlaff 2004 Irrevocable
Trust. |
87
|
|
|
(j) |
|
Includes 4,496 shares of common stock issuable upon
conversion of preferred stock and 61,296 shares of common
stock underlying options, that are exercisable within
60 days, granted to Mr. Offerman. |
|
(k) |
|
Includes 6,744 shares of common stock issuable upon
conversion of preferred stock and 105,162 shares of common
stock underlying options, that are exercisable within
60 days, granted to Mr. Schroeder. |
|
(l) |
|
Consists of 12,500 shares of common stock underlying
options, that are exercisable within 60 days, granted to
Ms. Thom. |
|
(m) |
|
Consists of 8,750 shares of common stock underlying
options, that are exercisable within 60 days, granted to
Mr. Henkel. |
|
(n) |
|
Consists of (1) 144,397 shares of common stock
issuable upon conversion of preferred stock owned by Forstmann
Little & Co. Equity PartnershipVII, L.P.
(Equity-VII); and (2) 86,639 shares of common stock
issuable upon conversion of preferred stock owned by Forstmann
Little & Co. Subordinated Debt and Equity Management
Buyout PartnershipVIII, L.P. (MBO-VIII). Each of
Equity-VI, Equity-VII and MBO-VIII disclaims beneficial
ownership of shares owned by the other entities. The general
partner of Equity-VII is FLC XXXII Partnership, L.P. (FLC XXXII)
and the general partner of MBO-VIII is FLC XXXIII Partnership,
L.P. (FLC XXXIII). The general partners of FLC XXXII and FLC
XXXIII are Theodore J. Forstmann, Thomas H. Lister, Winston W.
Hutchins, Jamie C. Nicholls, Gordon A. Holmes, and T. Geoffrey
McKay. Accordingly, each of the individuals named above, other
than Mr. McKay for the reasons described below, may be
deemed the beneficial owners of shares owned by Equity-VII and
MBO-VIII, and have shared voting and investment powers with
respect to the shares owned by Equity-VII and MBO-VIII.
Mr. McKay does not have any voting or investment power with
respect to, or any economic interest in, the shares of our
common stock held by Equity-VII or MBO-VIII and, accordingly,
Mr. McKay is not deemed to be a beneficial owner of these
shares. |
|
(o) |
|
Consists of (1) 750,000 shares of common stock
issuable upon conversion of preferred stock owned by
Insight-Salmon River LLC; (2) 272,222 shares of common
stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock owned by
Salmon River Capital I LLC; (3) 146,156 shares of
common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock owned
by Salmon River CIP LLC; (4) 35,971 shares of common
stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock owned by S.
Joshua Lewis; and (5) 12,500 shares of common stock
underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days
granted to S. Joshua Lewis. The managing member of
Insight-Salmon River LLC is Salmon River Capital LLC, and the
non-managing members of Insight-Salmon River LLC are Insight
Venture Partners IV, L.P., Insight Ventures Partners
(Fund B) IV, L.P., Insight Venture Partners (Co-Investor)
IV, L.P., and Insight Venture Partners (Cayman) IV, L.P. (The
Insight Partnerships). Salmon River Capital LLC, as managing
member of Insight-Salmon River LLC, generally controls the
voting power over the shares held by Insight-Salmon River LLC,
but The Insight Partnerships have shared voting power with
Salmon River Capital LLC over such shares with respect to
certain matters. In addition, Salmon River Capital LLC and The
Insight Partnerships have shared investment power over the
shares held by Insight-Salmon River LLC. The managing member of
Salmon River Capital LLC is S. Joshua Lewis. The general partner
of The Insight Partnerships is Insight Venture Associates, LLC.
The managing member of Insight Venture Associates, LLC is
Insight Holdings Group, LLC. The managing member of Insight
Holdings Group, LLC is managed by its board of managers.
Accordingly, Mr. Lewis, Insight Venture Associates, LLC,
and Insight Holdings Group, LLC have shared voting and
investment powers with respect to the shares beneficially owned
by Insight-Salmon River LLC. The foregoing is not an admission
by such persons that such persons are the beneficial owners of
the shares held by Insight-Salmon River LLC, and each disclaims
beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of
their pecuniary interest therein. The managing member of Salmon
River Capital I LLC and Salmon River CIP LLC is Salmon River
Capital LLC. The managing member of Salmon River Capital LLC is
Mr. Lewis. Mr. Lewis has voting and investment powers
with respect to the shares beneficially owned by Salmon River
Capital I LLC and Salmon River CIP |
88
|
|
|
|
|
LLC. The foregoing is not an admission by Mr. Lewis that he
is the beneficial owner of the shares held by Salmon River
Capital I LLC and Salmon River CIP LLC, and Mr. Lewis
disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the
extent of his pecuniary interest therein. |
|
(p) |
|
Consists of (1) 41,275 shares of common stock
controlled by James A. Mitchell, as trustee of the James A.
Mitchell Trust; and (2) 13,500 shares of common stock
underlying options, that are exercisable within 60 days,
granted to Mr. Mitchell. |
|
(q) |
|
Consists of 8,992 shares of common stock issuable upon
conversion of preferred stock and 5,500 shares of common
stock underlying options, that are exercisable within
60 days, granted to Mr. Smith. |
|
(r) |
|
Consists of 5,000 shares of common stock underlying
options, that are exercisable within 60 days, granted to
Mr. Tukua. |
89
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
We are authorized to
issue shares
of common stock, $0.10 par value per share,
and shares
of preferred stock.
Upon completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock
will consist
of shares
of common stock, $0.10 par value per share,
and shares
of undesignated preferred stock. No shares of preferred stock
will be issued or outstanding. Each outstanding share of our
common stock will be validly issued, fully paid and
non-assessable. In
addition, shares
of our common stock will be reserved for issuance upon exercise
of outstanding options and warrants.
The following description of the material provisions of our
capital stock and our amended and restated articles of
incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and other agreements
with and among our shareholders is only a summary, does not
purport to be complete and is qualified by applicable law and
the full provisions of our amended and restated articles of
incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and other agreements.
You should refer to our amended and restated articles of
incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and related
agreements as in effect upon the closing of this offering, which
are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which
this prospectus is a part.
Common Stock
As of March 31, 2005, and including the conversion of all
outstanding convertible and redeemable convertible preferred
stock into common stock, there were 11,281,446 shares of
common stock outstanding, held of record by approximately 113
persons.
Voting Rights. Holders of common stock are
entitled to one vote per share on any matter to be voted upon by
shareholders. All shares of common stock rank equally as to
voting and all other matters. The shares of common stock have no
preemptive or conversion rights, no redemption or sinking fund
provisions, are not liable for further call or assessment and
are not entitled to cumulative voting rights.
Dividend Rights. Subject to the prior rights of
holders of preferred stock, for as long as such stock is
outstanding, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive
ratably any dividends when and as declared from time to time by
the board of directors out of funds legally available for
dividends. We have never declared or paid cash dividends. We
currently intend to retain all future earnings for the operation
and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying cash
dividends on the common stock in the foreseeable future.
Liquidation Rights. Upon a liquidation or
dissolution of our company, whether voluntary or involuntary,
creditors and holders of our preferred stock with preferential
liquidation rights will be paid before any distribution to
holders of our common stock. After such distribution, holders of
common stock are entitled to receive a pro rata distribution per
share of any excess amount.
Preferred Stock
Upon completion of the offering, all of our issued and
outstanding Class A preferred stock, Class B preferred
stock, Class D preferred stock, Class E preferred
stock and Class G preferred stock will convert into an
aggregate of 9,180,644 shares of common stock. All shares
of our Class F preferred stock converted to shares of
Class G preferred stock when we issued our Class G
preferred stock. In addition, in May 2001, we redeemed all
54,929 outstanding shares of our Class C preferred stock
for an aggregate consideration of $164,787 as provided in our
articles of incorporation. The conversion of our issued and
outstanding preferred stock into common stock will occur at the
applicable conversion price of each class of preferred stock as
provided in our articles of incorporation. Upon conversion, all
accrued and unpaid dividends on the preferred stock will be
eliminated.
90
Undesignated Capital Stock
Under our amended and restated articles of incorporation, which
will be effective upon the completion of this offering, the
board of directors has authority to issue the undesignated stock
without shareholder approval. The board of directors may also
determine or alter for each class of stock the voting powers,
designations, preferences, and special rights, qualifications,
limitations or restrictions as permitted by law. The board of
directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with
voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the
voting power or other rights of the holders of the common stock.
Issuing preferred stock provides flexibility in connection with
possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, but could
also, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring
or preventing a change in control of our company and may
adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the
voting and other rights of the holders of common stock.
Warrants
As of March 31, 2005, we had outstanding warrants to
purchase an aggregate of 266,326 shares of our common stock
at exercise prices of $5.40 or $17.10 per share, subject to
adjustments to the exercise price and number of shares of common
stock underlying these warrants upon the occurrence of specified
events, including any recapitalization, consolidation or merger,
or sale of all assets.
|
|
|
|
|
In connection with the sale of our Class D preferred stock,
on June 16, 1998, we issued to Legg Mason Wood Walker,
Incorporated a warrant to purchase 131,238 shares of
common stock at an exercise price of $5.40 per share. The
warrant was amended on April 20, 2000, February 21,
2002 and January 22, 2003. The warrant expires on
June 16, 2005, and was exercisable immediately upon
issuance. |
|
|
|
In connection with the sale of our Class E preferred stock,
on May 11, 2000, we issued to Legg Mason Wood Walker,
Incorporated a warrant to purchase 135,088 shares of
common stock at an exercise price of $17.10 per share. The
warrant was amended on February 21, 2002 and
January 22, 2003. The warrant expires on the earlier of
May 11, 2005 or the second anniversary of our initial
public offering. The warrant was exercisable immediately upon
issuance. |
Registration and Other Rights
As of March 31, 2005, the holders of 4,879,429 shares
of common stock issuable upon conversion of our preferred stock
and 266,326 shares issuable upon exercise of our
outstanding warrants will be entitled to certain rights with
respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities
Act of 1933.
We entered into a registration rights agreement with NCS
Pearson, an investor of our Class D preferred stock, on
June 16, 1998, as amended on each of April 20, 2000,
February 21, 2002 and January 22, 2003. Pursuant to
the registration rights agreement, NCS Pearson has the right, at
any time six months after the completion of our initial public
offering, to demand that we file a registration statement
covering the offer and sale of its registrable shares, subject
to a reduction, so long as NCS Pearson holds securities
aggregating not less than $5,000,000, or if the market value is
less than $5,000,000, NCS Pearson holds all of the shares issued
upon conversion of its Class D preferred stock. We are
obligated to effect no more than two such demand registrations.
If we are eligible to file a registration statement on
Form S-3, NCS Pearson has the right to demand that we file
a registration on Form S-3 covering the offer and sale of
its registrable securities, so long as 100,000 shares will
be registered. We are not obligated to register the registrable
shares on Form S-3 pursuant to this demand right on more
than two occasions during any calendar year. In addition, NCS
Pearson also has certain piggyback rights, which may require us
to include its registrable shares in our registration statement,
subject to a reduction. The registration rights under the
agreement terminate on the first to occur of June 30, 2005
or when the registrable shares may immediately be sold under
Rule 144 of the Securities Act of 1933. We have agreed to
pay the registration fees and the legal and accounting fees
associated with the registration. In November 2004, NCS Pearson
transferred all of its shares of Class D preferred stock to
Insight-Salmon River LLC. Joshua Lewis, a director of our
company, is an affiliate of Insight-Salmon River LLC. Pursuant
to the
91
share purchase agreement between NCS Pearson and Insight-Salmon
River LLC, the registration rights described above may be
assigned to Insight-Salmon River LLC at such time as Insight
requests, by notice to NCS Pearson, the transfer of the rights
and the obligations under the registration rights agreement.
We entered into a second amended and restated investor rights
agreement with certain holders of our Class E preferred
stock and Class G preferred stock on January 22, 2003.
Pursuant to the second amended and restated investor rights
agreement, certain holders of our Class E preferred stock
and Class G preferred stock and any holder or holders of
shares of our common stock equal to at least 10% of the shares
of Class E preferred stock originally issued have the
right, at any time six months after the completion of our
initial public offering, to demand that we file a registration
statement covering the offer and sale of the registrable shares,
subject to a reduction, so long as the registrable shares have
an aggregate offering price of at least $1,000,000. We are
obligated to effect up to two such registrations for certain
shareholders. If we are eligible to file a registration on
Form S-3, certain shareholders may request such
registration, so long as the aggregate offering price of the
shares will be at least $1,000,000. We are not obligated to
register the eligible shares on Form S-3 on more than three
occasions. In addition, certain shareholders have piggyback
rights, which may require us to include their shares in our
registration statement, subject to a reduction. The registration
rights under the agreement terminate when the registrable shares
may immediately be sold under Rule 144 of the Securities
Act of 1933. We have agreed to pay all expenses of the
registration, excluding fees and expenses of holders
counsel and any underwriting or selling commissions.
We granted registration rights to Legg Mason Wood Walker,
Incorporated under (1) the warrant for the purchase of
131,238 shares of our common stock issued to Legg Mason
Wood Walker on June 16, 1998, as amended on each of
May 11, 2000, February 21, 2002 and January 22,
2003, and (2) the warrant for the purchase of
135,088 shares of our common stock issued to Legg Mason
Wood Walker on May 11, 2000, as amended on each of
February 21, 2002 and January 22, 2003. Under each
warrant, Legg Mason Wood Walker has certain piggyback rights,
which may require us to include shares of our common stock
issuable upon conversion of the warrants in our registration
statement, subject to a reduction. The piggyback rights under
the first warrant terminate on June 30, 2007, and the
piggyback rights under second warrant terminate on the earlier
of (1) June 30, 2007, (2) any public sale of such
warrant securities pursuant to a registration statement,
Section 4(1) or Rule 144 of the Securities Act of
1933, (3) the time at which the warrant securities are
eligible for sale under Rule 144 without volume limits, or
(4) a violation of the transfer provisions. We have agreed
to pay all expenses of the registration, excluding fees and
expenses of holders counsel and any underwriting or
selling commissions.
Provisions of Minnesota Law and Our Articles and By-laws with
Anti-Takeover Implications
In connection with this offering, we intend to amend and restate
our certificate of incorporation and bylaws. Certain provisions
of Minnesota law, our amended and restated articles of
incorporation and our amended and restated by-laws may be deemed
to have an anti-takeover effect or may delay, defer or prevent a
tender offer or takeover attempt that a shareholder might
consider in the shareholders best interests, including
those attempts that might result in a premium being paid over
the market price for the shares held by a shareholder.
Control Share Acquisitions. We have opted not to be
governed by the provisions of Section 302A.671 of the
Minnesota Statutes. Section 302A.671 applies, with certain
exceptions, to any acquisition of a corporations voting
stock from a person other than the corporation, and other than
in connection with certain mergers and exchanges to which the
corporation is a party, that results in the acquiring person
owning 20% or more of the corporations voting stock then
outstanding. Similar triggering events occur at the one-third
and majority ownership levels. Section 302A.671 requires
approval of the granting of voting rights for the shares
received pursuant to any such acquisitions by a majority vote of
a corporations shareholders. In general, shares acquired
without this approval are denied voting rights and can be called
for redemption at their then fair market value by the
corporation within 30 days after the acquiring person
92
has failed to deliver a timely information statement to the
corporation or the date the shareholders voted not to grant
voting rights to the acquiring persons shares.
Business Combinations. We are subject to the provisions
of Section 302A.673 of the Minnesota Statutes.
Section 302A.673 generally prohibits any business
combination by a corporation, or any of its subsidiaries, with
an interested shareholder, which means any shareholder that
purchases 10% or more of the corporations voting
shares within four years following such interested
shareholders share acquisition date, unless the business
combination is approved by a committee of all of the
disinterested members of the corporations board of
directors before the interested shareholders share
acquisition date.
Takeover Offer. We are subject to the provisions of
Section 302A.675 of the Minnesota Statutes.
Section 302A.675 generally prohibits an offeror from
acquiring shares of a publicly held Minnesota corporation within
two years following the offerors last purchase of the
corporations shares pursuant to a takeover offer with
respect to that class of shares, unless the corporations
shareholders are able to sell their shares to the offeror upon
substantially equivalent terms as those provided in the earlier
takeover offer. This statute will not apply if the acquisition
of shares is approved by a committee of all of the disinterested
members of our board of directors before the purchase of any
shares by the offeror pursuant to a takeover offer.
Power to Acquire Shares. We are subject to the provisions
of Section 302A.553, subdivision 3, of the Minnesota
Statutes. Section 302A.553, subdivision 3, prohibits a
corporation from purchasing any voting shares owned for less
than two years from a holder of more than 5% of its outstanding
voting stock for more than the market value of the shares.
Exceptions to this provision are provided if the share purchase
is approved by a majority of the corporations shareholders
or if the corporation makes a repurchase offer of equal or
greater value to all shareholders.
|
|
|
Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws |
Our amended and restated articles of incorporation, which will
be effective upon the completion of this offering, will provide
that the holders of our capital stock do not have cumulative
voting rights. Our amended and restated articles of
incorporation also will provide that any vacancy on the board of
directors, however occurring, including a vacancy resulting from
an enlargement of the board, may only be filled by vote of a
majority of the directors then in office. This limitation on the
filling of vacancies could make it difficult for a third party
to acquire, or discourage a third party from seeking to acquire,
control of us.
Our amended and restated articles of incorporation also will
provide that the board of directors has the power to issue any
or all of the shares of undesignated capital stock, including
the authority to establish one or more series and to fix the
powers, preferences, rights and limitations of such class or
series, without seeking shareholder approval. The board of
directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with
voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the
voting power or other rights of the holders of the common stock.
Issuing preferred stock provides flexibility in connection with
possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, but could
also, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring
or preventing a change in control of our company and may
adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the
voting and other rights of the holders of common stock.
Our amended and restated bylaws, which will be effective upon
the completion of this offering, will provide that:
|
|
|
|
|
any action required or permitted to be taken by the shareholders
at an annual meeting or special meeting of shareholders may only
be taken if it is properly brought before such meeting; |
|
|
|
special meetings of the shareholders may only be called by the
chief executive officer, chief financial officer, the board of
directors or holders of at least 10% of the voting power of all
shares then entitled to vote, provided that any special meeting
called by one or more shareholders to take action concerning a
proposed business combination may be called only by holders of
at least 25% of the voting power of all shares then entitled to
vote; and |
93
|
|
|
|
|
in order for any matter to be considered properly brought before
a meeting, a shareholder must comply with requirements to
provide advance notice to us. |
These provisions could delay until the next shareholders
meeting shareholder actions that are favored by the holders of a
significant amount of shares of our outstanding voting stock.
Limitations of Director Liability
Our amended and restated articles of incorporation will limit
personal liability for breach of the fiduciary duty of our
directors to the fullest extent provided by Minnesota law. Such
provisions eliminate the personal liability of directors for
damages occasioned by breach of fiduciary duty, except for
liability based on the directors duty of loyalty to us or
our shareholders, liability for acts or omissions not made in
good faith, liability for acts or omissions involving
intentional misconduct or knowing violation of law, liability
based on payments of improper dividends, liability based on a
transaction from which the director derives an improper personal
benefit, liability based on violation of state securities laws,
and liability for acts occurring prior to the date such
provision was added. Any amendment to or repeal of such
provisions will not adversely affect any right or protection of
a director for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such
director occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.
Indemnification of Directors, Officers and Employees
Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that we will, under
certain circumstances and subject to certain limitations,
indemnify any of our director, officer or employee made or
threatened to be made a party to a proceeding by reason of that
directors, officers or employees former or
present official capacity with us against judgments, penalties,
fines, settlements and reasonable expenses. Any such director,
officer or employee is also entitled, subject to certain
limitations, to payment or reimbursement of reasonable expenses
in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding.
The Nasdaq National Market
We intend to apply for quotation on The Nasdaq National Market
under the symbol CAPU.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Wells
Fargo Bank, National Association.
94
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Prior to this offering, there was no market for our common
stock. We can make no predictions as to the effect, if any, that
sales of shares or the availability of shares for sale will have
on the market price prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless,
sales of significant amounts of our common stock in the public
market, or the perception that those sales may occur, could
adversely affect prevailing market prices and impair our future
ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity at a
time and price we deem appropriate.
Upon the completion of this offering, based upon the number of
shares of our common stock outstanding as
of ,
2005, and assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of
our preferred stock
into shares
of our common stock upon the completion of this offering, we
will
have shares
(or in the event the underwriters over-allotment option is
exercised, shares)
of our common stock outstanding. Of these
shares, shares
(or in the event the underwriters over-allotment option is
exercised, shares)
of our common stock sold in this offering will be freely
tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except
for any shares of our common stock purchased by our
affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144
under the Securities Act of 1933, which would be subject to the
limitations and restrictions described below.
The
remaining shares
of our common stock outstanding upon completion of this offering
are deemed restricted shares, as that term is
defined under Rule 144 of the Securities Act.
Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if
registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration
under Rule 144, 144(k) or 701 under the Securities Act,
which rules are described below.
The restricted shares and the shares held by our affiliates will
be available for sale in the public market as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
shares
will be eligible for immediate sale on the date of this
prospectus because such shares may be sold pursuant to
Rule 144(k); |
|
|
|
shares
will be eligible for sale at various times beginning
90 days after the date of this prospectus pursuant to
Rules 144, 144(k) and 701; and |
|
|
|
shares
subject to the lock-up agreements will be eligible for sale at
various times beginning 180 days after the date of this
prospectus pursuant to Rules 144, 144(k) and 701. |
Rule 144
In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a
person, or persons whose shares must be aggregated, who has
beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at
least one year is entitled to sell within any three-month period
a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
one percent of the number of shares of common stock then
outstanding, which will equal
approximately shares
immediately after this offering, or |
|
|
|
the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on The
Nasdaq National Market during the four calendar weeks preceding
the date of filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to
the sale. |
Sales under Rule 144 are also generally subject to certain
manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the
availability of current public information about us.
Rule 144(k)
Under Rule 144(k), a person, or persons whose shares must
be aggregated, who is not deemed to have been one of our
affiliates at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale
and who has beneficially
95
owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years
would be entitled to sell the shares under Rule 144(k)
without complying with the manner of sale, public information,
volume limitations or notice or public information requirements
of Rule 144. Therefore, unless otherwise restricted, the
shares eligible for sale under Rule 144(k) may be sold
immediately upon the completion of this offering.
Rule 701
Certain of our current and former directors, employees and
consultants who acquired their shares in connection with awards
pursuant to our 1993 and 1999 stock option plans, each of which
is a written compensatory plan, are entitled to rely on the
resale provisions of Rule 701 under the Securities Act of
1933. Under Rule 701, these shareholders, whether or not
they are our affiliates, are permitted to sell the shares
subject to Rule 701 without having to comply with the
Rule 144 holding period restrictions, in each case
commencing 90 days after the date of this prospectus. In
addition, non-affiliates may sell their
Rule 701 shares without complying with the volume,
notice or public information requirements of Rule 144
describe above.
Registration of Form S-8
We intend to file registration statements on Form S-8 under
the Securities Act of 1933 to register shares of common stock
issuable under our 1993, 1999 and 2005 stock option plans, and
shares of our common stock to be issued for contributions to our
ESOP. These registration statements are expected to be filed
shortly after the date of this prospectus and will be effective
upon filing. As a result, after the effective date of these
Form S-8 registration statements, shares issued pursuant to
our 1993, 1999 and 2005 stock option plans, including upon the
exercise of stock options, and shares issued for contributions
to our ESOP will be eligible for resale in the public market
without restriction, subject to Rule 144 limitations
applicable to affiliates described above and the lock-up
agreements described below.
As of March 31, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
203,995 shares of common stock were reserved pursuant to
our 1993 Plan for future issuance in connection with the
exercise of outstanding options previously awarded under this
plan, and options with respect to 200,495 of shares had
vested; and |
|
|
|
1,412,516 shares of common stock were reserved pursuant to
our 1999 Plan for future issuance in connection with the
exercise of outstanding options previously awarded under this
plan, and options with respect to 563,755 of shares had vested. |
Lock-Up Agreements
For a description of the lock-up agreements with the
underwriters that restrict sales of shares by us, or directors
and executive officers and certain of our other employees and
shareholders, see the information under the heading
Underwriting.
Registration Rights
For a description of registration rights with respect to our
common stock, see the information under the heading titled
Description of Capital Stock Registration and
Other Rights.
96
U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSEQUENCES
TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK
The following is a general discussion of the material
U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences to
non-U.S. Holders with respect to the acquisition, ownership
and disposition of our common stock. In general, a
Non-U.S. Holder is any holder of our common
stock other than the following:
|
|
|
|
|
a citizen or resident of the United States, including an alien
individual who is a lawful permanent resident of the United
States or meets the substantial presence test under
section 7701(b)(3) of the Code; |
|
|
|
a corporation (or an entity treated as a corporation) created or
organized in the United States or under the laws of the United
States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia; |
|
|
|
an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal
income tax regardless of its source; or |
|
|
|
a trust, if a U.S. court can exercise primary supervision
over the administration of the trust and one or more
U.S. persons can control all substantial decisions of the
trust, or certain other trusts that have a valid election to be
treated as a U.S. person in effect. |
This discussion is based on current provisions of the Internal
Revenue Code, Treasury Regulations promulgated under the
Internal Revenue Code, judicial opinions, published positions of
the Internal Revenue Service, and all other applicable
authorities, all of which are subject to change, possibly with
retroactive effect. This discussion does not address all aspects
of U.S. federal income and estate taxation or any aspects
of state, local, or non-U.S. taxation, nor does it consider
any specific facts or circumstances that may apply to particular
Non-U.S. Holders that may be subject to special treatment
under the U.S. federal income tax laws, such as insurance
companies, tax-exempt organizations, financial institutions,
brokers, dealers in securities, and U.S. expatriates. If a
partnership is a beneficial owner of our common stock, the
treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend
upon the status of the partner and the activities of the
partnership. This discussion assumes that the
Non-U.S. Holder will hold our common stock as a capital
asset, generally property held for investment.
Prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisors
regarding the U.S. federal, state, local, and
non-U.S. income and other tax considerations of acquiring,
holding and disposing of shares of common stock.
Dividends
In general, dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder will be
subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate equal to 30% of
the gross amount of the dividend, or a lower rate prescribed by
an applicable income tax treaty, unless the dividends are
effectively connected with a trade or business carried on by the
Non-U.S. Holder within the United States. Under applicable
Treasury Regulations, a Non-U.S. Holder will be required to
satisfy certain certification requirements, generally on IRS
Form W-8BEN, directly or through an intermediary, in order
to claim a reduced rate of withholding under an applicable
income tax treaty. If tax is withheld in an amount in excess of
the amount applicable under an income tax treaty, a refund of
the excess amount may generally be obtained by filing an
appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.
Dividends that are effectively connected with such a
U.S. trade or business generally will not be subject to
U.S. withholding tax if the Non-U.S. Holder files the
required forms, including IRS Form W-8ECI, or any successor
form, with the payor of the dividend, but instead generally will
be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis
in the same manner as if the Non-U.S. Holder were a
resident of the United States. A corporate Non-U.S. Holder
that receives effectively connected dividends may be subject to
an additional branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, or a lower
rate prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty, on the
repatriation from the United States of its effectively
connected earnings and profits, subject to adjustments.
97
Gain on Sale or Other Disposition of Common Stock
In general, a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to
U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale
or other taxable disposition of the Non-U.S. Holders
shares of common stock unless:
|
|
|
|
|
the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business
carried on by the Non-U.S. Holder within the United States,
in which case the branch profits tax discussed above may also
apply if the Non-U.S. Holder is a corporation; |
|
|
|
the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who holds shares of
common stock as capital assets and is present in the United
States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of
disposition and various other conditions are met. |
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of
dividends paid, the name and address of the recipient, and the
amount, if any, of tax withheld. A similar report is sent to the
recipient. These information reporting requirements apply even
if withholding was not required because the dividends were
effectively connected dividends or withholding was reduced by an
applicable income tax treaty. Under tax treaties or other
agreements, the IRS may make its reports available to tax
authorities in the recipients country of residence.
Payments made to a Non-U.S. Holder that is not an exempt
recipient generally will be subject to backup withholding,
currently at a rate of 28%, unless a Non-U.S. Holder
certifies as to its foreign status, which certification may be
made on IRS Form W-8BEN.
Proceeds from the disposition of common stock by a
Non-U.S. Holder effected by or through a United States
office of a broker will be subject to information reporting and
backup withholding, currently at a rate of 28% of the gross
proceeds, unless the Non-U.S. Holder certifies to the payor
under penalties of perjury as to, among other things, its
address and status as a Non-U.S. Holder or otherwise
establishes an exemption. Generally, United States information
reporting and backup withholding will not apply to a payment of
disposition proceeds if the transaction is effected outside the
United States by or through a non-U.S. office of a broker.
However, if the broker is, for U.S. federal income tax
purposes, a U.S. person, a controlled foreign corporation,
a foreign person who derives 50% or more of its gross income for
specified periods from the conduct of a U.S. trade or
business, specified U.S. branches of foreign banks or
insurance companies, or, a foreign partnership with various
connections to the United States, information reporting but not
backup withholding will apply unless:
|
|
|
|
|
the broker has documentary evidence in its files that the holder
is a Non-U.S. Holder and other conditions are met; or |
|
|
|
the holder otherwise establishes an exemption. |
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the amount
of tax withheld is applied to the U.S. federal income tax
liability of persons subject to backup withholding. If backup
withholding results in an overpayment of U.S. federal
income taxes, a refund may be obtained, provided the required
documents are filed with the IRS.
Estate Tax
Our common stock owned or treated as owned by an individual who
is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as
specifically defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes)
at the time of death will be includible in the individuals
gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless
an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.
98
UNDERWRITING
Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an
underwriting agreement
dated ,
2005, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters named below,
for whom Credit Suisse First Boston LLC is acting as the
representative, the following respective numbers of shares of
common stock:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of | |
Underwriter |
|
Shares | |
|
|
| |
Credit Suisse First Boston LLC
|
|
|
|
|
Banc of America Securities LLC
|
|
|
|
|
Piper Jaffray & Co.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are
obligated to purchase all the shares of common stock in the
offering if any are purchased, other than those shares covered
by the over-allotment option described below. The underwriting
agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the
purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be
increased or the offering may be terminated.
We have granted to the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase
on a pro rata basis up
to additional
shares from us at the initial public offering price less the
underwriting discounts and commissions. The option may be
exercised only to cover any over-allotments of common stock.
The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock
initially at the public offering price on the cover page of this
prospectus and to selling group members at that price less a
selling concession of
$ per
share. The underwriters and selling group members may allow a
discount of
$ per
share on sales to other broker/ dealers. After the initial
public offering, the representative may change the public
offering price and concession and discount to broker/ dealers.
The following table summarizes the compensation and estimated
expenses we and the selling shareholders will pay:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share | |
|
Total | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
Without | |
|
With | |
|
Without | |
|
With | |
|
|
Over-allotment | |
|
Over-allotment | |
|
Over-allotment | |
|
Over-allotment | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Underwriting Discounts and Commissions paid by us
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Expenses payable by us
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Underwriting Discounts and Commissions paid by selling
shareholders
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Expenses payable by the selling shareholders
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
The representative has informed us that it does not expect sales
to accounts over which the underwriters have discretionary
authority to exceed 5% of the shares of common stock being
offered.
We have agreed that we will not offer, sell, contract to sell,
pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file
with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration
statement under the Securities Act of 1933 relating to, any
shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or
exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock,
or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale,
pledge, disposition or filing, without the prior written consent
of Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, for a period of 180 days
after the date of this prospectus. However, in the event that
either (1) during the last 17 days of the
lock-up period, we release earnings results or
material news or a material event relating to us occurs or
(2) prior to the expiration of the lock-up
period, we announce that we will release earnings results during
the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the
lock-up period, then in either case the expiration
of the lock-up will be extended until the expiration
of the
99
18-day period beginning on the date of the release of the
earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or
event, as applicable, unless Credit Suisse First Boston LLC
waives such extension in writing.
Our officers and directors, the selling shareholders and certain
of our other employees and shareholders have agreed that they
will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise
dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common
stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or
exercisable for any shares of our common stock, enter into a
transaction that would have the same effect, or enter into any
swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in
part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our
common stock, whether any of these transactions is to be settled
by delivery of our common stock or other securities, in cash or
otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer,
sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction,
swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the
prior written consent of Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, for a
period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus.
However, in the event that either (1) during the last
17 days of the lock-up period, we release
earnings results or material news or a material event relating
to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the
lock-up period, we announce that we will release
earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last
day of the lock-up period, then in either case the
expiration of the lock-up will be extended until the
expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of the
release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the
material news or event, as applicable, unless Credit Suisse
First Boston LLC waives such extension in writing. However, the
lock-up period will not be extended at any time at
which our common stock are actively traded
securities, as defined in Regulation M under the
Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 and research reports under
Rule 139 of the Securities Act may otherwise be issued with
respect to the company.
The underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public
offering price up
to shares
of the common stock for employees, directors and other persons
associated with us who have expressed an interest in purchasing
common stock in the offering. The number of shares available for
sale to the general public in the offering will be reduced to
the extent these persons purchase the reserved shares. Any
reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the
underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the
other shares.
We and the selling shareholders have agreed to indemnify the
underwriters against liabilities under the Securities Act of
1933, or contribute to payments that the underwriters may be
required to make in that respect.
We intend to apply to list the shares of common stock on The
Nasdaq National Market.
Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have
from time to time performed, and may in the future perform,
various financial advisory, commercial banking and investment
banking services for us and our affiliates in the ordinary
course of business, for which they received, or will receive,
customary fees and expenses.
Prior to the offering, there has been no market for our common
stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by
negotiation between us and the underwriters and will not
necessarily reflect the market price of the common stock
following the offering. The principal factors that will be
considered in determining the initial public offering price will
include:
|
|
|
|
|
the information presented in this prospectus and otherwise
available to the underwriters; |
|
|
|
the history of and the prospectus for the industry in which we
will compete; |
|
|
|
the ability of our management; |
|
|
|
the prospects for our future earning; |
|
|
|
the present state of our development and our current financial
condition; |
100
|
|
|
|
|
the recent market prices of, and the demand for, publicly traded
common stock of generally comparable companies; and |
|
|
|
the general condition of the securities markets at the time of
the offering. |
We offer no assurances that the initial public offering price
will correspond to the price at which the common stock will
trade in the public market subsequent to the offering or that an
active trading market for the common stock will develop and
continue after the offering.
In connection with the offering the underwriters may engage in
stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate
covering transactions and penalty bids in accordance with
Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
|
|
|
|
|
Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying
security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a
specified maximum. |
|
|
|
Over-allotment involves sales by the underwriters of shares in
excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to
purchase, which creates a syndicate short position. The short
position may be either a covered short position or a naked short
position. In a covered short position, the number of shares
over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number
of shares that they may purchase in the over-allotment option.
In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is
greater than the number of shares in the over-allotment option.
The underwriters may close out any covered short position by
either exercising their over-allotment option and/or purchasing
shares in the open market. |
|
|
|
Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the common
stock in the open market after the distribution has been
completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In
determining the source of shares to close out the short
position, the underwriters will consider, among other things,
the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as
compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through
the over-allotment option. If the underwriters sell more shares
than could be covered by the over- allotment option, a naked
short position, the position can only be closed out by buying
shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely
to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could
be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open
market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who
purchase in the offering. |
|
|
|
Penalty bids permit the representative to reclaim a selling
concession from a syndicate member when the common stock
originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a
stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate
short positions. |
These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions
and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining
the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding
a decline in the market price of the common stock. As a result
the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that
might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may
be effected on The Nasdaq National Market or otherwise and, if
commenced, may be discontinued at any time.
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the
websites maintained by one or more of the underwriters, or
selling group members, if any, participating in this offering
and one or more of the underwriters participating in this
offering may distribute prospectuses electronically. The
representative may agree to allocate a number of shares to
underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online
brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be
allocated by the underwriters and selling group members that
will make Internet distributions on the same basis as other
allocations.
101
NOTICE TO CANADIAN RESIDENTS
Resale Restrictions
The distribution of the common stock in Canada is being made
only on a private placement basis exempt from the requirement
that we and the selling shareholders prepare and file a
prospectus with the securities regulatory authorities in each
province where trades of common stock are made. Any resale of
the common stock in Canada must be made under applicable
securities laws which will vary depending on the relevant
jurisdiction, and which may require resales to be made under
available statutory exemptions or under a discretionary
exemption granted by the applicable Canadian securities
regulatory authority. Purchasers are advised to seek legal
advice prior to any resale of the common stock.
Representations of Purchasers
By purchasing common stock in Canada and accepting a purchase
confirmation a purchaser is representing to us, the selling
shareholders and the dealer from whom the purchase confirmation
is received that:
|
|
|
|
|
the purchaser is entitled under applicable provincial securities
laws to purchase the common stock without the benefit of a
prospectus qualified under those securities laws, |
|
|
|
where required by law, that the purchaser is purchasing as
principal and not as agent, and |
|
|
|
the purchaser has reviewed the text above under Resale
Restrictions. |
Rights of Action Ontario Purchasers Only
Under Ontario securities legislation, a purchaser who purchases
a security offered by this prospectus during the period of
distribution will have a statutory right of action for damages,
or while still the owner of the common stock, for rescission
against us and the selling shareholders in the event that this
prospectus contains a misrepresentation. A purchaser will be
deemed to have relied on the misrepresentation. The right of
action for damages is exercisable not later than the earlier of
180 days from the date the purchaser first had knowledge of
the facts giving rise to the cause of action and three years
from the date on which payment is made for the common stock. The
right of action for rescission is exercisable not later than
180 days from the date on which payment is made for the
common stock. If a purchaser elects to exercise the right of
action for rescission, the purchaser will have no right of
action for damages against us or the selling shareholders. In no
case will the amount recoverable in any action exceed the price
at which the common stock were offered to the purchaser and if
the purchaser is shown to have purchased the securities with
knowledge of the misrepresentation, we and the selling
shareholders will have no liability. In the case of an action
for damages, we and the selling shareholders will not be liable
for all or any portion of the damages that are proven to not
represent the depreciation in value of the common stock as a
result of the misrepresentation relied upon. These rights are in
addition to, and without derogation from, any other rights or
remedies available at law to an Ontario purchaser. The foregoing
is a summary of the rights available to an Ontario purchaser.
Ontario purchasers should refer to the complete text of the
relevant statutory provisions.
Enforcement of Legal Rights
All of our directors and officers as well as the experts named
herein and the selling shareholders may be located outside of
Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible for Canadian
purchasers to effect service of process within Canada upon us or
those persons. All or a substantial portion of our assets and
the assets of those persons may be located outside of Canada
and, as a result, it may not be possible to satisfy a judgment
against us or those persons in Canada or to enforce a judgment
obtained in Canadian courts against us or those persons outside
of Canada.
102
Taxation and Eligibility for Investment
Canadian purchasers of common stock should consult their own
legal and tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences of
an investment in the common stock in their particular
circumstances and about the eligibility of the common stock for
investment by the purchaser under relevant Canadian legislation.
103
LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of the shares of common stock offered by this
prospectus and other legal matters will be passed upon for us by
Faegre & Benson LLP, Minneapolis, Minnesota. The
underwriters have been represented by Cravath, Swaine &
Moore LLP, New York, New York.
EXPERTS
The consolidated financial statements of Capella Education
Company at December 31, 2004 and 2003, and for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 2004,
appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have
been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent
registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report
thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance
upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts
in accounting and auditing.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a
registration statement on Form S-1, which includes
amendments and exhibits, under the Securities Act and the rules
and regulations under the Securities Act of 1933 for the
registration of common stock being offered by this prospectus.
This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration
statement, does not contain all the information that is in the
registration statement and its exhibits and schedules. Certain
portions of the registration statement have been omitted as
allowed by the rules and regulations of the Securities and
Exchange Commission. Statements in this prospectus which
summarize documents are not necessarily complete, and in each
case you should refer to the copy of the document filed as an
exhibit to the registration statement. You may read and copy the
registration statement, including exhibits and schedules filed
with it, and reports or other information we may file with the
Securities and Exchange Commission at the public reference
facilities of the Securities and Exchange Commission at
450 Fifth Street, N.W., Room 1024,
Washington, D.C. 20549. You may call the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the
public reference rooms. In addition, the registration statement
and other public filings can be obtained from the Securities and
Exchange Commissions Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.
Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to
information and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange
Act of 1934, and we will file annual, quarterly and current
reports, proxy statements and other information with the
Securities and Exchange Commission. We intend to furnish our
shareholders written annual reports containing financial
statements audited by our independent auditors, and make
available to our shareholders quarterly reports for the first
three quarters of each year containing unaudited interim
financial statements.
104
CAPELLA EDUCATION COMPANY
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page | |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
F-2 |
|
|
|
|
F-3 |
|
|
|
|
F-4 |
|
|
|
|
F-5 |
|
|
|
|
F-6 |
|
|
|
|
F-7 |
|
F-1
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Capella Education Company
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of
Capella Education Company (the Company) as of December 31,
2003 and 2004, and the related consolidated statements of
operations, shareholders equity (deficit), and cash flows
for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2004. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Companys management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an
audit of the Companys internal control over financial
reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control
over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit
procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances but not for
the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the
Companys internal control over financial reporting.
Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable
basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated
financial position of Capella Education Company at
December 31, 2003 and 2004, and the consolidated results of
its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended December 31, 2004, in conformity with
U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
Minneapolis, Minnesota
February 4, 2005, except for the Stock-Based Compensation
section of Note 2, as to which the date is April 14,
2005
F-2
Capella Education Company
Consolidated Balance Sheets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of | |
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands, except | |
|
|
per share amounts) | |
ASSETS |
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$ |
1,340 |
|
|
$ |
5,480 |
|
|
Short-term investments
|
|
|
39,850 |
|
|
|
44,500 |
|
|
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $713 in 2003 and $1,065
in 2004
|
|
|
2,976 |
|
|
|
5,878 |
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
1,151 |
|
|
|
3,056 |
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,398 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
45,317 |
|
|
|
60,312 |
|
Restricted cash
|
|
|
471 |
|
|
|
391 |
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
9,614 |
|
|
|
12,126 |
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,197 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$ |
55,402 |
|
|
$ |
80,026 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK AND
SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY (DEFICIT) |
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$ |
2,522 |
|
|
$ |
3,144 |
|
|
Accrued liabilities
|
|
|
10,672 |
|
|
|
12,253 |
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
140 |
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
4,027 |
|
|
|
6,526 |
|
|
Current portion of capital lease obligations
|
|
|
580 |
|
|
|
314 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
17,801 |
|
|
|
22,377 |
|
Capital lease obligations
|
|
|
371 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
18,172 |
|
|
|
22,385 |
|
Redeemable preferred stock:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class E Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock,
$0.01 par value:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Authorized shares 2,596
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issued and outstanding shares 2,596
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Redemption value: $37,000
|
|
|
34,985 |
|
|
|
34,985 |
|
|
Class G Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock,
$0.01 par value:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Authorized shares 2,185
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issued and outstanding shares 2,185
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Redemption value: $24,292
|
|
|
22,661 |
|
|
|
22,661 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total redeemable preferred stock
|
|
|
57,646 |
|
|
|
57,646 |
|
Shareholders equity (deficit):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A Convertible Preferred Stock, $1.00 par value:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Authorized shares 3,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issued and outstanding shares 2,810
|
|
|
2,810 |
|
|
|
2,810 |
|
|
Class B Convertible Preferred Stock, $2.50 par value:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Authorized shares 1,180
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issued and outstanding shares 460
|
|
|
1,150 |
|
|
|
1,150 |
|
|
Class D Convertible Preferred Stock, $4.50 par value:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Authorized shares 1,022
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issued and outstanding shares 1,022
|
|
|
4,600 |
|
|
|
4,600 |
|
|
Common stock, $0.10 par value:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Authorized shares 10,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issued and outstanding shares 1,826 in 2003 and
2,074 in 2004
|
|
|
183 |
|
|
|
208 |
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
3,569 |
|
|
|
5,166 |
|
|
Deferred compensation
|
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(32,724 |
) |
|
|
(13,939 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders equity (deficit)
|
|
|
(20,416 |
) |
|
|
(5 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities, redeemable preferred stock and
shareholders equity (deficit)
|
|
$ |
55,402 |
|
|
$ |
80,026 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-3
Capella Education Company
Consolidated Statements of Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands, | |
|
|
except per share amounts) | |
Revenues
|
|
$ |
49,556 |
|
|
$ |
81,785 |
|
|
$ |
117,689 |
|
|
Costs and expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Instructional costs and services
|
|
|
27,247 |
|
|
|
42,402 |
|
|
|
57,512 |
|
Selling and promotional
|
|
|
15,559 |
|
|
|
21,161 |
|
|
|
33,989 |
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
12,744 |
|
|
|
14,152 |
|
|
|
16,323 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total costs and expenses
|
|
|
55,550 |
|
|
|
77,715 |
|
|
|
107,824 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
(5,994 |
) |
|
|
4,070 |
|
|
|
9,865 |
|
Other income, net
|
|
|
327 |
|
|
|
427 |
|
|
|
724 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
(5,667 |
) |
|
|
4,497 |
|
|
|
10,589 |
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
104 |
|
|
|
(8,196 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$ |
(5,667 |
) |
|
$ |
4,393 |
|
|
$ |
18,785 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$ |
(3.70 |
) |
|
$ |
2.63 |
|
|
$ |
9.34 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$ |
(3.70 |
) |
|
$ |
0.39 |
|
|
$ |
1.62 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
1,532 |
|
|
|
1,669 |
|
|
|
2,011 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
1,532 |
|
|
|
11,154 |
|
|
|
11,595 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-4
Capella Education Company
Consolidated Statement of Shareholders Equity
(Deficit)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A | |
|
Class B | |
|
Class D | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible | |
|
Convertible | |
|
Convertible | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred Stock | |
|
Preferred Stock | |
|
Preferred Stock | |
|
Common Stock | |
|
Additional | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
Paid-In | |
|
Deferred | |
|
Accumulated | |
|
|
|
|
Shares | |
|
Amount | |
|
Shares | |
|
Amount | |
|
Shares | |
|
Amount | |
|
Shares | |
|
Amount | |
|
Capital | |
|
Compensation | |
|
Deficit | |
|
Total | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands) | |
Balance at December 31, 2001
|
|
|
2,810 |
|
|
$ |
2,810 |
|
|
|
460 |
|
|
$ |
1,150 |
|
|
|
1,022 |
|
|
$ |
4,600 |
|
|
|
1,502 |
|
|
$ |
150 |
|
|
$ |
1,821 |
|
|
$ |
(80 |
) |
|
$ |
(31,450 |
) |
|
$ |
(20,999 |
) |
Exercise of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
44 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45 |
|
Issuance of common stock to the Employee Stock Ownership Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
334 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
338 |
|
Employee Stock Ownership Plan distribution
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6 |
) |
Amortization of deferred compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
39 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
39 |
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,667 |
) |
|
|
(5,667 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2002
|
|
|
2,810 |
|
|
|
2,810 |
|
|
|
460 |
|
|
|
1,150 |
|
|
|
1,022 |
|
|
|
4,600 |
|
|
|
1,548 |
|
|
|
155 |
|
|
|
2,193 |
|
|
|
(41 |
) |
|
|
(37,117 |
) |
|
|
(26,250 |
) |
Exercise of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
176 |
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
789 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
806 |
|
Exercise of stock warrants
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
56 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
120 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
126 |
|
Issuance of common stock to the Employee Stock Ownership Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
48 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
485 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
490 |
|
Amortization of deferred compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37 |
|
Employee Stock Ownership Plan distribution
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(18 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(18 |
) |
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,393 |
|
|
|
4,393 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2003
|
|
|
2,810 |
|
|
|
2,810 |
|
|
|
460 |
|
|
|
1,150 |
|
|
|
1,022 |
|
|
|
4,600 |
|
|
|
1,826 |
|
|
|
183 |
|
|
|
3,569 |
|
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
(32,724 |
) |
|
|
(20,416 |
) |
Exercise of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
205 |
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
837 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
858 |
|
Income tax benefits associated with stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
150 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
150 |
|
Issuance of common stock to the Employee Stock Ownership Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
47 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
637 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
641 |
|
Amortization of deferred compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4 |
|
Employee Stock Ownership Plan distribution
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(27 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(27 |
) |
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,785 |
|
|
|
18,785 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2004
|
|
|
2,810 |
|
|
$ |
2,810 |
|
|
|
460 |
|
|
$ |
1,150 |
|
|
|
1,022 |
|
|
$ |
4,600 |
|
|
|
2,074 |
|
|
$ |
208 |
|
|
$ |
5,166 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
(13,939 |
) |
|
$ |
(5 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-5
Capella Education Company
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands) | |
Operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$ |
(5,667 |
) |
|
$ |
4,393 |
|
|
$ |
18,785 |
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided
by operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for bad debts
|
|
|
3,001 |
|
|
|
616 |
|
|
|
1,376 |
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
3,108 |
|
|
|
4,177 |
|
|
|
5,454 |
|
|
Asset impairment
|
|
|
223 |
|
|
|
359 |
|
|
|
1,020 |
|
|
Noncash equity-related expense
|
|
|
506 |
|
|
|
578 |
|
|
|
1,135 |
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8,445 |
) |
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
(2,067 |
) |
|
|
(271 |
) |
|
|
(4,278 |
) |
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets
|
|
|
359 |
|
|
|
(348 |
) |
|
|
(1,905 |
) |
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
(455 |
) |
|
|
1,420 |
|
|
|
622 |
|
|
|
Accrued liabilities
|
|
|
(626 |
) |
|
|
4,682 |
|
|
|
1,091 |
|
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
140 |
|
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
1,795 |
|
|
|
422 |
|
|
|
2,499 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
177 |
|
|
|
16,028 |
|
|
|
17,494 |
|
|
Investing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
|
(3,859 |
) |
|
|
(4,348 |
) |
|
|
(8,986 |
) |
Purchases of short-term investments
|
|
|
(23,175 |
) |
|
|
(53,000 |
) |
|
|
(39,700 |
) |
Sales of short-term investments
|
|
|
11,225 |
|
|
|
30,600 |
|
|
|
35,050 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(15,809 |
) |
|
|
(26,748 |
) |
|
|
(13,636 |
) |
|
Financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments of capital lease obligations
|
|
|
(136 |
) |
|
|
(469 |
) |
|
|
(629 |
) |
Change in restricted cash
|
|
|
(231 |
) |
|
|
(241 |
) |
|
|
80 |
|
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
|
|
|
45 |
|
|
|
806 |
|
|
|
858 |
|
Proceeds from exercise of warrants
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
126 |
|
|
|
|
|
Employee Stock Ownership Plan distributions
|
|
|
(6 |
) |
|
|
(18 |
) |
|
|
(27 |
) |
Net proceeds from issuance of Class F Redeemable
Convertible Preferred Stock
|
|
|
15,416 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net proceeds from issuance of Class G Redeemable
Convertible Preferred Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,245 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by financing activities
|
|
|
15,088 |
|
|
|
7,449 |
|
|
|
282 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(544 |
) |
|
|
(3,271 |
) |
|
|
4,140 |
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
|
|
|
5,155 |
|
|
|
4,611 |
|
|
|
1,340 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
|
|
$ |
4,611 |
|
|
$ |
1,340 |
|
|
$ |
5,480 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest paid
|
|
$ |
16 |
|
|
$ |
78 |
|
|
$ |
56 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income taxes paid
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
104 |
|
|
$ |
109 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Noncash transactions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of equipment through capital lease obligations
|
|
$ |
626 |
|
|
$ |
837 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of common stock to the Employee Stock Ownership Plan
|
|
$ |
338 |
|
|
$ |
490 |
|
|
$ |
641 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-6
Capella Education Company
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands, except per share data)
Capella Education Company (the Company) was incorporated on
December 27, 1991. Through its wholly owned subsidiary,
Capella University (the University), the Company manages its
business on the basis of one reportable segment. The University
is an online post-secondary education services company that
offers a variety of bachelors, masters and doctoral
degree programs primarily targeted to working adults.
|
|
2. |
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies |
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
the Company and its wholly owned subsidiary, after elimination
of significant intercompany accounts and transactions.
The Companys revenues consist of tuition, application and
graduation fees and commissions we earn from bookstore and
publication sales. Tuition revenue is deferred and recognized as
revenue ratably over the period of instruction. Seminar tuition
revenue is recognized over the length of the seminar, which
ranges from two days to two weeks. Application fee revenue is
deferred and recognized ratably over the average expected term
of a learner at the University. Learners are billed a graduation
fee upon applying for graduation for services provided in
connection with evaluating compliance with graduation
requirements. Graduation fee revenue is deferred and recognized
ratably over the expected application assessment period for
learners not expected to attend commencement ceremonies or over
the period prior to the next commencement ceremony to account
for learners who attend the ceremony. Deferred revenue
represents the excess of tuition and fee payments received as
compared to tuition and fees earned and is reflected as a
current liability in the accompanying consolidated financial
statements. The Company also receives commissions from a
third-party bookstore based on sales of textbooks and related
school materials to the Companys learners. Commission
revenue is recognized as it is earned in conjunction with sales
of textbooks and related materials to its learners.
|
|
|
Cash and Cash Equivalents |
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with
maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase to be
cash equivalents. Cash equivalents are carried at cost, which
approximates market value.
The Company accounts for investments in accordance with the
provisions of the Financial Accounting Standards Boards
(FASB) Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
(SFAS) No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments
in Debt and Equity Securities. SFAS No. 115
addresses the accounting and reporting for investments in fixed
maturity securities and for equity securities with readily
determinable fair values. Currently, all of the Companys
investments are classified as available-for-sale.
Available-for-sale investments are carried at fair value as
determined by quoted market prices, with unrealized gains and
losses, net of tax, reported as a separate component of
shareholders equity (deficit). The Companys
investments consist primarily of auction rate securities that
have contractual maturities greater than three months at the
time of purchase. However, these securities contain interest
rate reset dates at regular intervals, allowing for the Company
to liquidate the investments within three months throughout the
term of the contract. Because of this feature, the investments
are carried at cost, which approximates fair value. Declines in
fair value that are determined to be other than temporary, if
any, are charged to earnings.
F-7
Capella Education Company
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Continued)
(In thousands, except per share data)
Realized gains and losses, if any, are included in earnings on a
specific identified cost basis. There were no gains or losses
realized during 2002, 2003 or 2004.
|
|
|
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts |
The Company records an allowance for doubtful accounts for
estimated losses resulting from the inability, failure or
refusal of its learners to make required payments. The Company
determines its allowance for doubtful accounts amount based on
an analysis of the aging of the accounts receivable and
historical write-off experience. Bad debt expense is recorded as
a general and administrative expense in the consolidated
statement of operations. The Company generally writes off
accounts receivable balances deemed uncollectible prior to
sending the accounts to collection agencies.
|
|
|
Concentration of Credit Risk |
Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to
credit risk, consist primarily of investments and accounts
receivable.
Management believes that the credit risk related to investments
is limited due to the adherence to an investment policy that
requires investments to have a minimum Standard &
Poors rating of A (or equivalent), and limits investments
in any one issuer to the greater of 10% of the short-term
portfolio at the time of purchase or $2,500. All of the
Companys investments as of December 31, 2003 and
2004, consist of cash, cash equivalents, and short-term
investments rated AA or higher, further limiting the
Companys credit and market risk related to investments.
Management believes that the credit risk related to accounts
receivable is limited due to the large number and diversity of
learners that principally comprise the Companys customer
base. The Companys credit risk with respect to these
accounts receivable is mitigated through the participation of a
majority of the learners in federally funded financial aid
programs.
Transfers of funds from the financial aid programs to the
Company are made in accordance with U.S. Department of
Education (DOE) requirements.
Approximately 51%, 61% and 69% of the Companys revenues
were collected from funds distributed under Title IV
Programs of the Higher Education Act (Title IV Programs)
for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004,
respectively. The financial aid and assistance programs are
subject to political and budgetary considerations. There is no
assurance that such funding will be maintained at current levels.
Extensive and complex regulations govern the financial
assistance programs in which the Companys learners
participate. The Companys administration of these programs
is periodically reviewed by various regulatory agencies. Any
regulatory violation could be the basis for the initiation of
potential adverse actions, including a suspension, limitation,
or termination proceeding, which could have a material adverse
effect to the Company.
As an exclusively online university, the 50% Rule,
enacted in 1992, would preclude the Companys learners from
participating in the Title IV Programs. However, in 1998,
Congress authorized the DOE to establish and administer the
Distance Education Demonstration Program (DEDP) for purposes of
assessing the viability of online educational offerings. The
Company was accepted as one of the first participants in the
DEDP, and it remains a participant today. Absent congressional
action to repeal the 50% Rule, the Companys participation
in the DEDP is a prerequisite to its ability to participate in
Title IV Programs.
F-8
Capella Education Company
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Continued)
(In thousands, except per share data)
If the University was to lose its eligibility to participate in
federal student financial aid programs, the learners at our
University would lose access to funds derived from those
programs and would have to seek alternative sources of funds to
pay their tuitions and fees. See Note 14 for further
information on the regulatory environment in which the Company
operates.
Property and equipment are stated at cost. Computer software is
included in property and equipment and consists of purchased
software, capitalized Web site development costs, and internally
developed software. Capitalized Web site development costs
consist mainly of salaries and outside development fees directly
related to Web sites and various databases. Web site content
development is expensed as incurred. Internally developed
software represents qualifying salary and consulting costs for
time spent on developing internal use software in accordance
with Statement of Position 98-1, Accounting for the
Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal
Use.
Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the
estimated useful lives of the assets, as follows:
|
|
|
Computer equipment
|
|
2-3 years |
Furniture and office equipment
|
|
5-7 years |
Computer software
|
|
3 years |
Leasehold improvements and assets recorded under capital leases
are amortized over the related lease term or estimated useful
life, whichever is shorter.
The Company accounts for income taxes as prescribed by
SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes.
SFAS No. 109 prescribes the use of the asset and
liability method to compute the differences between the tax
bases of assets and liabilities and the related financial
amounts using currently enacted tax laws. Valuation allowances
are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets
to the amount that more likely than not will be realized.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States
requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported amounts in the consolidated financial
statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ
from those estimates.
The Company has adopted the disclosure-only provisions of the
FASB Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
(SFAS) No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation, but applies Accounting Principles Board
(APB) Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued
to Employees, and related interpretations in accounting for
its plans. Under APB Opinion No. 25, when the exercise
price of employee stock options equals the market price of the
underlying stock on the date of grant, no compensation expense
is recognized.
Pro forma information regarding net income (loss) and net income
(loss) per share is required by SFAS No. 123, as
amended by SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation Transition
F-9
Capella Education Company
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Continued)
(In thousands, except per share data)
and Disclosure, and has been determined as if the Company
had accounted for its employee stock options under the fair
value method of SFAS No. 123.
The fair value of the Companys stock-based awards was
estimated as of the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option
pricing model with the following assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended | |
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Expected life (in years)
|
|
|
6.0 |
|
|
|
6.0 |
|
|
|
6.0 |
|
Expected volatility
|
|
|
58.7 |
% |
|
|
53.9 |
% |
|
|
44.1 |
% |
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
3.4 |
% |
|
|
3.8 |
% |
|
|
3.9 |
% |
Dividend yield
|
|
|
0.0 |
% |
|
|
0.0 |
% |
|
|
0.0 |
% |
As our stock has not been publicly traded, the pro forma
compensation expense determined under the fair-value-based
method is based on a stock price volatility assumption that
reflects the average volatility of our peer group of public
post-secondary education companies. Our calculation of pro forma
compensation expense also reflects estimates of forfeitures
which are adjusted in subsequent periods as actual forfeitures
differ from the original estimates.
The Black-Scholes option valuation model was developed for use
in estimating the fair value of traded options which have no
vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. In addition,
option valuation models require the input of highly subjective
assumptions, including the expected stock price volatility.
Because the Companys employee stock options have
characteristics significantly different than those of traded
options, and because changes in the subjective input assumptions
can materially affect the fair value estimate, in
managements opinion, the existing models do not
necessarily provide a single measure of the fair value of its
employee stock options.
For purposes of pro forma disclosures, the estimated fair value
of the option is amortized to expense over the options
vesting period. The compensation expense determined under the
fair-value-based method does not include assumed tax benefits
related to non-qualified stock options until the fourth quarter
of 2004, which is the first period we have not fully reserved
for our net deferred tax assets with a valuation allowance.
The Companys pro forma information is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Net income (loss) as reported
|
|
$ |
(5,667 |
) |
|
$ |
4,393 |
|
|
$ |
18,785 |
|
Deferred compensation expense included in net income (loss) as
reported
|
|
|
39 |
|
|
|
37 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
Compensation expense determined under fair-value-based method
|
|
|
(1,623 |
) |
|
|
(1,779 |
) |
|
|
(2,383 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net income (loss)
|
|
$ |
(7,251 |
) |
|
$ |
2,651 |
|
|
$ |
16,406 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic as reported
|
|
$ |
(3.70 |
) |
|
$ |
2.63 |
|
|
$ |
9.34 |
|
|
Basic pro forma
|
|
$ |
(4.76 |
) |
|
$ |
1.59 |
|
|
$ |
8.16 |
|
|
Diluted as reported
|
|
$ |
(3.70 |
) |
|
$ |
0.39 |
|
|
$ |
1.62 |
|
|
Diluted pro forma
|
|
$ |
(4.76 |
) |
|
$ |
0.24 |
|
|
$ |
1.43 |
|
F-10
Capella Education Company
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Continued)
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets |
The Company reviews its long-lived assets for impairment
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the
carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable.
Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a
comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to undiscounted
future net cash flows expected to be generated by the assets. If
such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be
recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying
amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. The
Company recorded impairment charges of $223, $359 and $1,020
during 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively.
The impairment charges primarily consist of the write-off of
previously capitalized internal software development costs for
software projects that were abandoned. These charges are
recorded in general and administrative expenses in the
consolidated statements of operations.
The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising
costs for 2002, 2003 and 2004 were $8,663, $12,248 and $17,825,
respectively.
|
|
|
Net Income (Loss) Per Common Share |
Basic net income (loss) per common share is based on the
weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding
during the periods presented. Diluted net income (loss) per
common share increases the shares used in the per-share
calculation by the dilutive effects of options, warrants, and
convertible securities.
The table below is a reconciliation of the numerator and
denominator in the basic and diluted net income (loss) per
common share calculation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Numerator:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$ |
(5,667 |
) |
|
$ |
4,393 |
|
|
$ |
18,785 |
|
Denominator:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Denominator for basic net income (loss) per common
share weighted average shares outstanding
|
|
|
1,532 |
|
|
|
1,669 |
|
|
|
2,011 |
|
|
Effect of preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,135 |
|
|
|
9,178 |
|
|
Effect of dilutive stock options and warrants
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
350 |
|
|
|
406 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Denominator for diluted net income (loss) per common share
|
|
|
1,532 |
|
|
|
11,154 |
|
|
|
11,595 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic net income (loss) per common share
|
|
$ |
(3.70 |
) |
|
$ |
2.63 |
|
|
$ |
9.34 |
|
|
Diluted net income (loss) per common share
|
|
$ |
(3.70 |
) |
|
$ |
0.39 |
|
|
$ |
1.62 |
|
As of December 31, 2003 and 2004, options to
purchase 1,304 and 1,318 common shares, respectively, were
outstanding but not included in the computation of diluted net
income per common share because their effect would be
antidilutive. For 2002, diluted net loss per common share is the
same as basic net loss per common share because the effect of
all options, warrants, and convertible securities was
antidilutive. The incremental shares included for the effect of
dilutive stock options do not include assumed tax benefits
related to non-qualified stock options until the fourth quarter
of 2004, which is the first period we have not fully reserved
for our net deferred tax assets with a valuation allowance.
F-11
Capella Education Company
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Continued)
(In thousands, except per share data)
Certain prior year items have been reclassified to conform to
the current year presentation.
Comprehensive income includes all changes in the Companys
equity during a period from nonowner sources. Net income equaled
comprehensive income for all periods presented.
In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150,
Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with
Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity.
SFAS No. 150 establishes standards for how a company
classifies and measures certain financial instruments and
specifies that some financing arrangements with characteristics
of both liabilities and equity must be classified as
liabilities. Among the requirements of SFAS No. 150 is
that all mandatorily redeemable securities be
classified as liabilities. SFAS No. 150 was effective
for the Company beginning in 2004. None of the Companys
current classes of redeemable preferred stock is considered
mandatorily redeemable as defined by
SFAS No. 150 because these securities are also
convertible into common stock and, therefore, are not required
to be classified as liabilities. The Companys adoption of
SFAS No. 150 did not have a material effect on its
financial condition or results of operations.
On December 16, 2004, the FASB issued an amendment to
SFAS No. 123, Share-Based Payment
(SFAS No. 123R). The Securities and Exchange
Commission amended the compliance date on April 14, 2005,
to require public companies to adopt the standard as of the
beginning of the first annual period that begins after
June 15, 2005. The Company is therefore required to
implement this standard on January 1, 2006. The cumulative
effect of adoption, if any, applied on a prospective basis,
would be measured and recognized in the period of adoption.
SFAS No. 123R addresses the accounting for
transactions in which an enterprise receives employee services
in exchange for equity instruments of the enterprise or
liabilities that are based on the fair value of the
enterprises equity instruments or that may be settled by
the issuance of such equity instruments. SFAS No. 123R
eliminates the ability to account for share-based compensation
transactions using APB Opinion No. 25 and generally
requires instead that such transactions be accounted for using a
fair-value-based method. Companies are required to recognize an
expense for compensation cost related to share-based payment
arrangements, including stock options and employee stock
purchase plans.
The Company currently accounts for share-based payments to
employees using APB Opinion No. 25s intrinsic value
method and, as such, generally recognizes no compensation cost
for employee stock options. Accordingly, the adoption of
SFAS No. 123Rs fair-value-based method will have
a significant impact on the Companys results of
operations, although it will have no impact on our overall cash
position. The Company is currently evaluating option valuation
methodologies and assumptions relative to the impact of
SFAS No. 123R. The impact of adoption of
Statement 123R cannot be predicted with more specificity at
this time because it will depend on the methodology adopted,
assumptions used and levels of share-based payments granted in
the future. However, had we adopted Statement 123R using
the Black-Scholes option valuation model in prior periods, the
impact of that standard would have approximated the impact of
Statement 123 as described in the disclosure of pro forma
net income (loss) and pro forma net income (loss) per common
share described earlier in this note.
F-12
Capella Education Company
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Continued)
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
3. |
Property and Equipment |
Property and equipment consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of | |
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Computer software
|
|
$ |
10,162 |
|
|
$ |
12,076 |
|
Computer equipment
|
|
|
3,943 |
|
|
|
5,077 |
|
Furniture and office equipment
|
|
|
3,587 |
|
|
|
5,445 |
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
|
1,303 |
|
|
|
1,318 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,995 |
|
|
|
23,916 |
|
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(9,381 |
) |
|
|
(11,790 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
$ |
9,614 |
|
|
$ |
12,126 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Refer to Note 2 for information on the impairment of
long-lived assets.
Accrued liabilities consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of | |
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Accrued instructional fees
|
|
$ |
2,786 |
|
|
$ |
2,626 |
|
Accrued compensation and benefits
|
|
|
3,546 |
|
|
|
3,952 |
|
Customer deposits
|
|
|
1,277 |
|
|
|
924 |
|
Accrued vacation
|
|
|
1,039 |
|
|
|
1,494 |
|
Other
|
|
|
2,024 |
|
|
|
3,257 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
10,672 |
|
|
$ |
12,253 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5. |
Financing Arrangements |
The Company entered into an unsecured $10,000 line of credit in
August 2004 with Wells Fargo Bank. The line of credit has an
expiration date of June 30, 2005. Any borrowings under the
line of credit would bear interest at a rate of either LIBOR
plus 2.5% or the Banks prime rate, at the Companys
discretion on the borrowing date. There have been no borrowings
to date under the line of credit. The $10,000 line of credit
replaces the $2,500 line of credit that was issued during
December 2001.
The Company has master lease agreements with the Companys
capital lessors. The lease agreements required security deposits
as collateral. As of December 31, 2003 and 2004, collateral
for the outstanding master lease agreements was $471 and $391,
respectively, consisting of certificates of deposit recorded as
restricted cash on the balance sheet.
|
|
6. |
Operating and Capital Lease Obligations |
The Company leases its office facilities and certain office
equipment under various noncancelable lease arrangements, which
have been accounted for as operating or capital leases, as
appropriate.
F-13
Capella Education Company
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Continued)
(In thousands, except per share data)
Future minimum lease commitments under the leases as of
December 31, 2004, are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital | |
|
Operating | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
2005
|
|
$ |
325 |
|
|
$ |
1,617 |
|
2006
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
2,100 |
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,147 |
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,143 |
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,194 |
|
2010 and thereafter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,864 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total minimum payments
|
|
|
333 |
|
|
$ |
12,065 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less amount representing interest
|
|
|
(11 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Present value of net minimum payments
|
|
|
322 |
|
|
|
|
|
Less current portion
|
|
|
(314 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term portion of capital lease obligations
|
|
$ |
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets under capital leases with a cost of $1,614 and $1,204 and
accumulated amortization of $687 and $880 at December 31,
2003 and 2004, respectively, are included in computer equipment,
furniture and office equipment, and computer software (see
Note 3). Amortization of the related lease assets is
included with depreciation expense.
The Company recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis
over the term of the lease, although the lease may include
escalation clauses that provide for lower rent payments at the
start of the lease term and higher lease payments at the end of
the lease term.
Total rent expense under operating leases for the years ended
December 2002, 2003 and 2004 was $1,858, $2,214 and $2,940,
respectively.
In the ordinary conduct of business, the Company is subject to
various lawsuits and claims covering a wide range of matters,
including, but not limited to, claims involving learners or
graduates and routine employment matters. The Company does not
believe that the outcome of any pending claims will have a
material adverse impact on the consolidated financial position
or results of operations.
As of December 31, 2004, including the redeemable preferred
stock in Note 9, the Company was authorized to issue
13,000 shares of preferred stock, of which
3,017 shares were available for issuance.
The Class A, Class B and Class D preferred stock
have certain voting and registration rights and have preference
over common stock upon liquidation. The Class B and
Class D shares rank equal to each other and to the
Class E and Class G shares, and all rank senior to the
Class A shares with respect to liquidation preference.
The preferred stock shares are convertible at any time into
shares of common stock at the option of the shareholder. The
conversion price is subject to adjustments related to any stock
splits, dividends, sales of common stock, or merger of the
Company. The convertible preferred stock may be converted into
common stock at the option of the Company upon the closing of an
initial public offering in which gross proceeds to the Company
exceed a specified amount.
F-14
Capella Education Company
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Continued)
(In thousands, except per share data)
The holders of convertible preferred stock are entitled to
receive dividends in an amount to be determined by the Board of
Directors, if declared by the Board of Directors. The Company
has not declared dividends related to convertible preferred
stock.
|
|
|
Class A Convertible Preferred Stock |
The Class A Convertible Preferred Stock is convertible at
any time into shares of common stock at $1.00 per share.
The Class A Convertible Preferred Stock may be converted
into common stock at the option of the Company upon the closing
of an initial public offering in which gross proceeds to the
Company exceed $10,000. At any time subsequent to
February 24, 2000, the Company has the right, but not the
obligation, to redeem all outstanding Class A Convertible
Preferred Stock at $1.00 per share. Upon notice of
redemption, Class A preferred stockholders have
90 days in which to exercise their conversion option.
|
|
|
Class B Convertible Preferred Stock |
The Class B Convertible Preferred Stock is convertible at
any time into shares of common stock at $2.50 per share.
The Class B Convertible Preferred Stock may be converted
into common stock at the option of the Company upon the closing
of an initial public offering in which gross proceeds to the
Company exceed $10,000. At any time subsequent to
February 24, 2000, the Company has the right, but not the
obligation, to redeem all outstanding Class B Convertible
Preferred Stock at $2.50 per share. Upon notice of
redemption, Class B preferred stockholders have
90 days in which to exercise their conversion option.
|
|
|
Class D Convertible Preferred Stock |
The Class D Convertible Preferred Stock is convertible at
any time into shares of common stock at $4.50 per share.
The Class D Convertible Preferred Stock may be converted
upon the closing of an initial public offering in which gross
proceeds to the Company and/or the selling shareholders exceed
$20,000.
|
|
9. |
Redeemable Preferred Stock |
The Class E and Class G redeemable convertible
preferred stock have certain voting and registration rights and
have preference over common stock upon liquidation. The
Class E and Class G shares rank equal to each other
and to the Class B and Class D shares, and all rank
senior to the Class A shares with respect to liquidation
preference.
The preferred stock shares are convertible at any time into
shares of common stock at the option of the shareholder. The
conversion price is subject to adjustments related to any stock
splits, dividends, sales of common stock, or merger of the
Company. The redeemable convertible preferred stock may be
converted into common stock at the option of the Company upon
the closing of an initial public offering in which gross
proceeds to the Company exceed a specified amount.
The holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock are
entitled to receive dividends in an amount to be determined by
the Board of Directors, if declared by the Board of Directors.
The Company has not declared dividends related to redeemable
convertible preferred stock.
|
|
|
Class E Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock |
On April 20, 2000, the Company entered into an agreement
with investors to issue and sell 2,596 shares of the
Companys Class E Redeemable Convertible Preferred
Stock at $14.25 per share, par value
F-15
Capella Education Company
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Continued)
(In thousands, except per share data)
$0.01 per share. The Company received proceeds, less
offering costs of $2,015, totaling $34,985 from the sale.
At any time, and from time to time after the seventh anniversary
of the original issue date, the holders of the Class E
Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock have the option,
exercisable by the holders of not less than 25% (in the
aggregate) of the then-outstanding shares of the Class E
Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, to require the Company
to redeem any or all of the shares of such Class E
Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock for a redemption price of
$14.25 per share, plus an amount equal to all declared but
unpaid dividends. The redemption price is subject to adjustment
to reflect any stock splits, dividends, recapitalizations,
combinations, or the like.
At December 31, 2004, the Class E Redeemable
Convertible Preferred Stock was convertible into shares of
common stock at $13.69 per share. The Class E
Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock will be converted into
common stock of the Company upon the closing of an initial
public offering in which gross proceeds to the Company exceed
$30,000, and the public offering price per share of common stock
is at least $28.50, or lower amounts as may be approved by the
holders of a majority of the shares of Class E Redeemable
Convertible Preferred Stock.
The Class E Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
continues to be recorded at its fair value at the date of
issuance, net of issuance costs, as it is probable that the
shares will be converted to common stock rather than be
redeemed. If redemption becomes probable, the carrying value
will be accreted to the redemption value.
|
|
|
Class F Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock |
On February 21, 2002, the Company entered into an agreement
with investors to issue and sell 1,425 shares of the
Companys Class F Redeemable Convertible Preferred
Stock at $11.71 per share, par value $.01 per share.
The Company received proceeds, less offering costs of $1,276,
totaling $15,416 from the sale.
At any time, and from time to time after the seventh anniversary
of the original issue date, the holders of the Class F
Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock had the option to require
the Corporation to redeem any or all of the shares of such
Class F Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock for a
redemption price of $11.71 per share, plus an amount equal
to all declared but unpaid dividends. The redemption price was
subject to adjustment to reflect any stock splits, dividends,
recapitalizations, combinations, or the like.
The Class F Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock was
convertible into shares of common stock at $11.71 per
share, at the option of the shareholder. The conversion price
was subject to adjustment to reflect any stock splits,
dividends, sales of common stock, or merger of the Company. The
Class F Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock would have
been converted into common stock of the Company upon the closing
of an initial public offering in which gross proceeds to the
Company exceed $30,000 and the public offering price per share
of common stock was at least $28.50, or upon the affirmative
vote or written consent of the holders of 60% of the outstanding
shares of Class F Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock.
On January 22, 2003, the Company entered into an agreement
with investors to exchange the Class F Redeemable
Convertible Preferred Stock in full for the issuance of the
Class G Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock. The Company
received no proceeds from the exchange.
|
|
|
Class G Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock |
On January 22, 2003, the Company entered into an agreement
with investors to issue and sell 2,185 shares of the
Companys Class G Redeemable Convertible Preferred
Stock at $11.12 per share, par
F-16
Capella Education Company
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Continued)
(In thousands, except per share data)
value of $0.01 per share. Of the total shares sold,
1,501 shares were for the full exchange of Class F
Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock to Class G
Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock. The Company received no
proceeds from the exchange. From the remaining 683 shares
sold, the Company received proceeds, less offering costs of
$350, totaling $7,245.
At any time after February 21, 2009, the holders of the
Class G Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock have the
option to require the Company to redeem any or all of the shares
of such Class G Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock for
a redemption price of $11.12 per share, plus an amount
equal to all declared but unpaid dividends. The redemption price
is subject to adjustment to reflect any stock splits, dividends,
recapitalizations, combinations, or the like.
The Class G Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock is
convertible at any time into shares of common stock at
$11.12 per share. The Class G Redeemable Convertible
Preferred Stock will be converted into common stock of the
Company upon the closing of an initial public offering in which
the gross proceeds to the Company are at least $30,000, and the
public offering price per share of common stock is at least
$28.50, or upon the affirmative vote or written consent of the
holders of
662/3%
of the outstanding shares of Class G Redeemable Convertible
Preferred Stock.
The Class G Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
continues to be recorded at its fair value at the date of
issuance, net of issuance costs, as it is probable that the
shares will be converted to common stock rather than be
redeemed. If redemption becomes probable, the carrying value
will be accreted to the redemption value.
The Company has a stock option plan that includes both incentive
stock options and non-qualified stock options to be granted to
employees, directors, officers, and others. At December 31,
2004, the maximum number of shares of common stock reserved
under the plan is 3,475 shares. The Board of Directors
establishes the terms and conditions of all stock option grants,
subject to the plan and applicable provisions of the Internal
Revenue Code (the Code). Under the plan, options must be granted
at an exercise price not less than the fair market value of the
Companys common stock on the grant date. The options
expire on the date determined by the Board of Directors but may
not extend more than ten years from the grant date. The options
generally become exercisable over a four-year period.
Unexercised options are canceled upon termination of employment
and become available under the plan.
F-17
Capella Education Company
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Continued)
(In thousands, except per share data)
Option activity is summarized as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares | |
|
Plan Options Outstanding | |
|
|
|
Weighted Average | |
|
|
Available | |
|
| |
|
|
|
Exercise Price | |
|
|
for Grant | |
|
Incentive | |
|
Non-Qualified | |
|
Price Per Share | |
|
Per Share | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Balance at December 31, 2001
|
|
|
706 |
|
|
|
901 |
|
|
|
283 |
|
|
$ |
2.50 - $15.68 |
|
|
$ |
9.42 |
|
Granted
|
|
|
(341 |
) |
|
|
286 |
|
|
|
55 |
|
|
|
11.71 - 12.88 |
|
|
|
11.77 |
|
Exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.50 - 14.25 |
|
|
|
3.90 |
|
Canceled
|
|
|
105 |
|
|
|
(88 |
) |
|
|
(17 |
) |
|
|
2.50 - 14.25 |
|
|
|
12.25 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2002
|
|
|
470 |
|
|
|
1,088 |
|
|
|
321 |
|
|
|
2.50 - 15.68 |
|
|
|
9.86 |
|
Granted
|
|
|
(481 |
) |
|
|
375 |
|
|
|
106 |
|
|
|
11.12 - 13.11 |
|
|
|
12.07 |
|
Exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(146 |
) |
|
|
(33 |
) |
|
|
2.50 - 14.25 |
|
|
|
4.71 |
|
Canceled
|
|
|
100 |
|
|
|
(100 |
) |
|
|
(28 |
) |
|
|
4.50 - 14.25 |
|
|
|
12.18 |
|
Additional shares reserved
|
|
|
500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993 plan expiration
|
|
|
(98 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2003
|
|
|
491 |
|
|
|
1,217 |
|
|
|
366 |
|
|
|
2.50 - 15.68 |
|
|
|
10.93 |
|
Granted
|
|
|
(415 |
) |
|
|
247 |
|
|
|
167 |
|
|
|
15.13 - 20.00 |
|
|
|
17.83 |
|
Exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(190 |
) |
|
|
(20 |
) |
|
|
2.50 - 14.25 |
|
|
|
4.42 |
|
Canceled
|
|
|
138 |
|
|
|
(140 |
) |
|
|
(11 |
) |
|
|
4.50 - 15.13 |
|
|
|
11.66 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2004
|
|
|
214 |
|
|
|
1,134 |
|
|
|
502 |
|
|
|
2.50 - 20.00 |
|
|
|
13.45 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table summarizes information about stock options
outstanding at December 31, 2004:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options Outstanding | |
|
Options Exercisable | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
Number | |
|
Weighted | |
|
|
|
Number | |
|
|
|
|
Outstanding | |
|
Average | |
|
Weighted | |
|
Exercisable | |
|
Weighted | |
|
|
as of | |
|
Remaining | |
|
Average | |
|
as of | |
|
Average | |
Range of |
|
December 31, | |
|
Contractual | |
|
Exercise | |
|
December 31, | |
|
Exercise | |
Exercise Prices |
|
2004 | |
|
Life (Years) | |
|
Price | |
|
2004 | |
|
Price | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
$2.01 - $4.00
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
2.50 |
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
$ |
2.50 |
|
4.01 - 6.00
|
|
|
118 |
|
|
|
3.8 |
|
|
|
4.50 |
|
|
|
118 |
|
|
|
4.50 |
|
6.01 - 8.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.01 - 10.00
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
5.2 |
|
|
|
10.00 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
10.00 |
|
10.01 - 12.00
|
|
|
458 |
|
|
|
8.1 |
|
|
|
11.74 |
|
|
|
198 |
|
|
|
11.70 |
|
12.01 - 14.00
|
|
|
192 |
|
|
|
7.6 |
|
|
|
12.78 |
|
|
|
61 |
|
|
|
12.75 |
|
14.01 - 16.00
|
|
|
520 |
|
|
|
6.7 |
|
|
|
14.47 |
|
|
|
364 |
|
|
|
14.37 |
|
16.01 - 18.00
|
|
|
193 |
|
|
|
9.6 |
|
|
|
17.72 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18.01 - 20.00
|
|
|
128 |
|
|
|
9.6 |
|
|
|
19.98 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
20.00 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,636 |
|
|
|
7.5 |
|
|
$ |
13.45 |
|
|
|
769 |
|
|
$ |
11.72 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-18
Capella Education Company
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Continued)
(In thousands, except per share data)
The following is a summary of stock options granted during each
of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
Fair | |
|
Exercise | |
|
Fair | |
|
Exercise | |
|
Fair | |
|
Exercise | |
|
|
Value | |
|
Price | |
|
Value | |
|
Price | |
|
Value | |
|
Price | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Weighted average:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock price greater than exercise price
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
Stock price equal to exercise price
|
|
|
6.73 |
|
|
|
11.71 |
|
|
|
6.57 |
|
|
|
11.99 |
|
|
|
8.56 |
|
|
|
17.80 |
|
|
Stock price less than exercise price
|
|
|
6.47 |
|
|
|
12.88 |
|
|
|
6.25 |
|
|
|
13.11 |
|
|
|
8.02 |
|
|
|
19.49 |
|
|
|
11. |
Deferred Compensation |
During 1999 and 2000, the Company recorded $102 and $113,
respectively, of deferred compensation for certain stock options
granted for the excess of the deemed value for accounting
purposes of the common stock issuable upon exercise of such
options over the aggregate exercise price of such options. These
options were fully vested during 2004. Deferred compensation
recorded was amortized ratably over the period that the options
vested and were adjusted for options which were canceled.
Deferred compensation expense was $39, $37 and $4 for the years
ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively.
In September 1997, the Company issued warrants to purchase
50 shares of common stock at $2.50 per share. These
warrants were exercised during 2003.
In June 1998, the Company issued warrants to purchase
5 shares of common stock at $4.50 per share of common
stock to an officer of the Company for personally guaranteeing a
note. The warrants expire in June 2005. The estimated fair value
assigned to these warrants was deemed to be immaterial.
In addition, in 1998, the Company issued warrants to purchase 10
and 131 shares of common stock at $4.50 and $5.40 per
share, respectively, in connection with the issuance of the
Class D Convertible Preferred Stock. The warrants expire in
June 2005.
During 2003, there was a purchase of 6 shares of common
stock resulting from a cashless exercise of the right to
purchase the 10 shares of common stock at $4.50 per
share.
In January 2000, the Company issued warrants to purchase
3 shares of common stock in exchange for various consulting
services to three nonemployees. The estimated fair value
assigned to these warrants of $4 was charged to expense in 2000.
In October 2001, the Company recognized an additional $19 in
compensation expense due to an amendment to these warrants,
which estimates the additional fair value assigned to these
warrants as a result of the amendment. The warrants expired in
2002.
In May 2000, the Company issued warrants to purchase
135 shares of common stock at $17.10 per share of
common stock in connection with the issuance of the Class E
Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock. The warrants expire the
earlier of May 2005 or on the second anniversary of the
Companys initial public offering.
The Company has deferred tax assets and liabilities that reflect
the net tax effects of temporary differences between the
carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial
reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes.
Deferred tax assets are subject to periodic recoverability
F-19
Capella Education Company
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Continued)
(In thousands, except per share data)
assessments. Realization of the deferred tax assets, net of
deferred tax liabilities is principally dependent upon
achievement of projected future taxable income. Given the
uncertainty of future taxable income, the Company had provided a
valuation allowance for all net deferred tax assets for all
periods prior to 2004. Because the Company achieved three years
of cumulative taxable income in 2004 and expects profitability
in future years, the Company has concluded that it is more
likely than not that all of its net deferred tax assets will be
realized. As a result, in accordance with
SFAS No. 109, the valuation allowance applied to such
net deferred tax assets of $12,863 at December 31, 2003,
has been reversed during the year ended December 31, 2004.
At December 31, 2004, the Company had a net operating loss
carryforward of approximately $22,109 for federal and state
income tax purposes that is available to offset future taxable
income. The net operating loss carryforwards expire at various
dates through 2022. During 2004, the Company experienced an
ownership change as defined under Section 382 of the Code.
As a result, the utilization of the net operating loss
carryforward will be subject to an annual limitation imposed by
Section 382. However, the limitation is not expected to
adversely impact the Companys ability to utilize the
carryforwards before they expire. The Companys current
federal tax provisions in 2003 and 2004 represent recognition of
alternative minimum tax due for the respective periods.
The components of income tax expense (benefit) are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2002 |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
| |
Current:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
104 |
|
|
$ |
187 |
|
|
State
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
62 |
|
Deferred
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8,445 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
104 |
|
|
$ |
(8,196 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A reconciliation of income tax computed at the
U.S. statutory rate to the effective income tax rate is as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Statutory rate
|
|
|
(34.0 |
)% |
|
|
34.0 |
% |
|
|
35.0 |
% |
State income taxes
|
|
|
(5.7 |
) |
|
|
7.0 |
|
|
|
3.5 |
|
Other
|
|
|
(0.5 |
) |
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
2.0 |
|
Change in rate applied to deferred tax assets and liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.6 |
|
Change in valuation allowance
|
|
|
40.2 |
|
|
|
(38.8 |
) |
|
|
(121.5 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% |
|
|
2.3 |
% |
|
|
(77.4 |
)% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-20
Capella Education Company
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Continued)
(In thousands, except per share data)
Significant components of the Companys deferred income tax
assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2003 and 2004,
are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of | |
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net operating loss carryforwards
|
|
$ |
12,450 |
|
|
$ |
8,613 |
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
285 |
|
|
|
415 |
|
|
Alternative minimum tax credit
|
|
|
104 |
|
|
|
327 |
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
122 |
|
|
|
105 |
|
|
Accrued liabilities
|
|
|
807 |
|
|
|
981 |
|
|
Other
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,773 |
|
|
|
10,477 |
|
Deferred tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment
|
|
|
(910 |
) |
|
|
(1,882 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(910 |
) |
|
|
(1,882 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax asset before valuation allowance
|
|
|
12,863 |
|
|
|
8,595 |
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
(12,863 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax asset
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
8,595 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company adjusted the federal and state income tax rates used
to record its net deferred tax assets in 2004 based upon an
updated evaluation of the income tax benefits that will likely
exist when the net deferred tax assets are realized on future
tax returns. During 2004, the Company also recorded tax benefits
of approximately $150 directly to additional paid-in capital
related to the exercise of non-qualified stock options.
The University is subject to extensive regulation by federal and
state governmental agencies and accrediting bodies. In
particular, the HEA and the regulations promulgated thereunder
by the DOE subject the University to significant regulatory
scrutiny on the basis of numerous standards that schools must
satisfy in order to participate in the various federal learner
financial assistance under the Title IV Programs.
To participate in the Title IV Programs, an institution
must be authorized to offer its programs of instruction by the
relevant agencies of the state in which it is located,
accredited by an accrediting agency recognized by the DOE and
certified as eligible by the DOE. The DOE will certify an
institution to participate in the Title IV Programs only
after the institution has demonstrated compliance with the HEA
and the DOEs extensive academic, administrative, and
financial regulations regarding institutional eligibility. An
institution must also demonstrate its compliance with these
requirements to the DOE on an ongoing basis.
The Company performs periodic reviews of its compliance with the
various applicable regulatory requirements. The Company has not
been notified by any of the various regulatory agencies of any
significant noncompliance matters.
F-21
Capella Education Company
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Continued)
(In thousands, except per share data)
Political and budgetary concerns significantly affect the
Title IV Programs. Congress reauthorizes the HEA and other
laws governing Title IV Programs, approximately every five
to eight years. The last reauthorization of the HEA was
completed in 1998. The next Congressional reauthorization of the
HEA is currently expected to be completed in 2005 or 2006.
Because reauthorization had not yet been completed in a timely
manner, in 2004 Congress extended the current provisions of the
HEA through September 30, 2005. If reauthorization is not
completed by September 30, 2005, Congress is expected to
enact legislation to again extend to Title IV Programs as
currently authorized under the HEA for up to one additional
year. Additionally, Congress determines the funding level for
each Title IV Program on an annual basis through budget and
appropriations process. As of December 31, 2004, programs
in which the Companys learners participate are operative
and sufficiently funded.
As a wholly online university, the so-called 50%
Rule, enacted in 1992, would preclude the Companys
learners from participating in the Title IV Programs.
However, in 1998, Congress authorized the DOE to establish and
administer the DEDP for purposes of assessing the viability of
online educational offerings. The Company was accepted as one of
the first participants in the DEDP, and it remains a participant
today. Absent congressional action to repeal the 50% Rule, the
Companys participation in the DEDP is a necessary
prerequisite to its ability to participate in the Title IV
Programs.
|
|
15. |
Employee Benefit Plan |
The Company sponsors an employee retirement savings plan, which
qualifies under Section 401(k) of the Code. The plan
provides eligible employees with an opportunity to make
tax-deferred contributions into a long-term investment and
savings program. All employees over the age of 18 are eligible
to participate in the plan. The plan allows eligible employees
to contribute up to 35% of their annual compensation.
Contributions are subject to certain limitations. The plan
allows the Company to consider making a discretionary
contribution; however, there is no requirement that it do so. No
employer contributions were made for the years ended
December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004.
|
|
16. |
Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP) |
In 1999, the Company adopted a qualified ESOP in which the
Company may contribute, at its discretion, common stock of the
Company to its employees. In general, the Company has chosen to
contribute 3% of employee compensation on an annual basis.
However, the contributions are at the Companys discretion.
During 2002, the Company contributed 35 shares to the plan,
related to 2001 compensation expense. During 2003, the Company
contributed 48 shares to the plan, related to 2002
compensation expense. During 2004, the Company contributed
47 shares to the plan, related to 2003 compensation
expense. Shares related to 2004 compensation expense will be
contributed in 2005. Contributions vest over three years, except
in the event of retirement, disability, or death, in which case
the participants shares become fully vested and
nonforfeitable. The Company has an obligation to repurchase, at
fair market value determined by annual independent valuation,
the allocated shares in the above events. The Company recognized
$468, $541 and $1,131 of compensation expense in 2002, 2003 and
2004, respectively, related to the ESOP contributions.
F-22
Capella Education Company
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Continued)
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
17. |
Quarterly Financial Summary (unaudited) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First | |
|
Second | |
|
Third | |
|
Fourth(a) | |
|
Total | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$ |
17,936 |
|
|
$ |
19,593 |
|
|
$ |
20,747 |
|
|
$ |
23,509 |
|
|
$ |
81,785 |
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
1,432 |
|
|
|
2,554 |
|
|
|
(375 |
) |
|
|
459 |
|
|
|
4,070 |
|
Net income
(loss)(b)
|
|
|
1,525 |
|
|
|
2,659 |
|
|
|
(273 |
) |
|
|
482 |
|
|
|
4,393 |
|
Net income (loss) per common share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$ |
0.99 |
|
|
$ |
1.68 |
|
|
$ |
(0.16 |
) |
|
$ |
0.27 |
|
|
$ |
2.63 |
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$ |
0.14 |
|
|
$ |
0.24 |
|
|
$ |
(0.16 |
) |
|
$ |
0.04 |
|
|
$ |
0.39 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First | |
|
Second | |
|
Third | |
|
Fourth(c) | |
|
Total | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$ |
26,488 |
|
|
$ |
28,321 |
|
|
$ |
28,040 |
|
|
$ |
34,840 |
|
|
$ |
117,689 |
|
Operating income
|
|
|
1,383 |
|
|
|
1,773 |
|
|
|
2,147 |
|
|
|
4,562 |
|
|
|
9,865 |
|
Net
income(b)
|
|
|
1,466 |
|
|
|
1,892 |
|
|
|
2,310 |
|
|
|
13,117 |
|
|
|
18,785 |
|
Net income per common share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$ |
0.77 |
|
|
$ |
0.95 |
|
|
$ |
1.12 |
|
|
$ |
6.31 |
|
|
$ |
9.34 |
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$ |
0.13 |
|
|
$ |
0.16 |
|
|
$ |
0.20 |
|
|
$ |
1.11 |
|
|
$ |
1.62 |
|
|
|
(a) |
During the fourth quarter of 2003, we recorded an impairment
charge of $359 related to previously capitalized software
development costs for software projects that were abandoned. |
|
(b) |
Because the Company achieved three years of cumulative taxable
income and expects profitability in future years, the Company
concluded that it is more likely than not that all of its net
deferred tax assets will be realized. As a result, in accordance
with SFAS No. 109, the remaining valuation allowance
applied to net deferred tax assets of $10,619 was reversed
during the fourth quarter of 2004. |
|
(c) |
During the fourth quarter of 2004, we also recorded an
impairment charge of $1,020 related to previously capitalized
software development costs for software projects that were
abandoned. |
F-23
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
|
|
Item 13. |
Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution |
The following are the estimated expenses to be incurred in
connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities
registered under this Registration Statement, other than
underwriting discounts and commissions. All amounts shown are
estimates except the Securities and Exchange Commission
registration fee and the National Association of Securities
Dealers, Inc. filing fee. The following expenses will be borne
solely by the Registrant.
|
|
|
|
|
|
SEC registration fee
|
|
$ |
10,152 |
|
NASD filing
|
|
|
9,125 |
|
Nasdaq listing fee
|
|
|
* |
|
Legal fees and expenses
|
|
|
* |
|
Accounting fees and expenses
|
|
|
* |
|
Blue sky fees and expenses
|
|
|
* |
|
Printing expenses
|
|
|
* |
|
Transfer agent fees and expenses
|
|
|
* |
|
Miscellaneous expenses
|
|
|
* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$ |
* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
To be completed by Amendment. |
|
|
Item 14. |
Indemnification of Directors and Officers |
Section 302A.521, subd. 2, of the Minnesota Statutes
requires that we indemnify a person made or threatened to be
made a party to a proceeding by reason of the former or present
official capacity of the person with respect to the company,
against judgments, penalties, fines, including, without
limitation, excise taxes assessed against the person with
respect to an employee benefit plan, settlements, and reasonable
expenses, including attorneys fees and disbursements,
incurred by the person in connection with the proceeding with
respect to the same acts or omissions if such person
(i) has not been indemnified by another organization or
employee benefit plan for the same judgments, penalties or
fines, (ii) acted in good faith, (iii) received no
improper personal benefit, and statutory procedure has been
followed in the case of any conflict of interest by a director,
(iv) in the case of a criminal proceeding, had no
reasonable cause to believe the conduct was unlawful, and
(v) in the case of acts or omissions occurring in the
persons performance in the official capacity of director
or, for a person not a director, in the official capacity of
officer, board committee member or employee, reasonably believed
that the conduct was in the best interests of the company, or,
in the case of performance by a director, officer or employee of
the company involving service as a director, officer, partner,
trustee, employee or agent of another organization or employee
benefit plan, reasonably believed that the conduct was not
opposed to the best interests of the company. In addition,
Section 302A.521, subd. 3, requires payment by us,
upon written request, of reasonable expenses in advance of final
disposition of the proceeding in certain instances. A decision
as to required indemnification is made by a disinterested
majority of our board of directors present at a meeting at which
a disinterested quorum is present, or by a designated committee
of the board, by special legal counsel, by the shareholders, or
by a court.
Our by-laws provide that we shall indemnify each of our
directors, officers and employees to the fullest extent
permissible by Minnesota Statute, as detailed above. We also
maintain a director and officer liability insurance policy.
In addition, the registration rights agreement and the investor
rights agreement that we entered into with certain of our
preferred shareholders, and the warrants that we issued to Legg
Mason Wood Walker,
II-1
Incorporated, obligate us to indemnify such shareholders
requesting or joining in a registration (and, in some instances,
indemnify each underwriter of the securities so registered, as
well as the officers, directors and partners of such
shareholders) against any and all loss, damage, liability, cost
and expense, including claims arising out of or based on any
untrue statement, or alleged untrue statement, of any material
fact contained in any registration statement, prospectus or
other related document or any omission, or alleged omission, to
state any material fact required to be stated or necessary to
make the statements not misleading.
The Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this
Registration Statement provides for indemnification by the
underwriters of us and our officers and directors for certain
liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, or
otherwise.
|
|
Item 15. |
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities |
Preferred Stock
|
|
|
|
|
In January 2002, we issued 1,425,457 shares of our
Class F preferred stock to accredited investors at a
purchase price of $11.71 per share for an aggregate amount
of $16,692,101.47. The sales were made in reliance on
Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated under the
Securities Act of 1933. |
|
|
|
In January 2003, we issued 2,184,540.49 shares of our
Class G preferred stock to accredited investors. Of the
total shares issued, 683,452.20 shares were sold at a
purchase price of $11.12 per share for an aggregate amount
of $7,599,988.46. The sales were made in reliance on
Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated under the
Securities Act of 1933. The remaining 1,501,088.29 shares
were issued in full exchange of 1,425,457 shares of our
Class F preferred stock. We received no proceeds from this
exchange. The exchange was made in reliance on Rule 506 of
Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933. |
Stock Option Grants and Option Exercises
Since January 1, 2002, we have granted options to purchase
1,236,419 shares of our common stock to officers, directors and
employees under our 1999 Plan at exercise prices ranging from
$11.12 to $20.00 per share. During the same period, we issued
and
sold shares
of our common stock pursuant to option exercises at prices
ranging
from to per
share. These sales were made in reliance on Rule 506 and
Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933.
|
|
Item 16. |
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules |
(a) Exhibits
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit |
|
|
Number |
|
Description |
|
|
|
|
1 |
.1* |
|
Form of Underwriting Agreement. |
|
3 |
.1 |
|
Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant, as amended to date
and as currently in effect, including all Certificates of
Designation. |
|
3 |
.2* |
|
Form of Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the
Registrant to be effective upon completion of this offering. |
|
3 |
.3 |
|
Restated Bylaws of the Registrant. |
|
3 |
.4* |
|
Form of Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Registrant to be
effective upon completion of this offering. |
|
4 |
.1* |
|
Specimen of common stock certificate. |
|
4 |
.2 |
|
Third Amended and Restated Co-Sale and Board Representation
Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2003, by and among the
Registrant and the shareholders named therein. |
|
4 |
.3 |
|
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of June 16, 1998,
by and between the Registrant and National Computer Systems, Inc. |
II-2
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit | |
|
|
Number | |
|
Description |
| |
|
|
|
4 |
.4 |
|
Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Rights Agreement, dated
as of April 20, 2000, by and between the Registrant and
National Computer Systems, Inc. |
|
4 |
.5 |
|
Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Rights Agreement, dated
as of February 21, 2002, by and between the Registrant and
NCS Pearson, Inc. (successor in interest to National Computer
Systems, Inc.). |
|
4 |
.6 |
|
Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Rights Agreement, dated
as of January 22, 2003, by and between the Registrant and
NCS Pearson, Inc. |
|
4 |
.7 |
|
Second Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated as
of January 22, 2003, by and among the Registrant and the
shareholders named therein. |
|
4 |
.8 |
|
Warrant, dated as of June 16, 1998, issued by the
Registrant to Legg Mason Wood Walker, Incorporated. |
|
4 |
.9 |
|
Amendment No. 1 to Warrant, dated as of April 20,
2000, by and between the Registrant and Legg Mason Wood Walker,
Incorporated. |
|
4 |
.10 |
|
Amendment No. 2 to Warrant, dated as of February 21,
2002, by and between the Registrant and Legg Mason Wood Walker,
Incorporated. |
|
4 |
.11 |
|
Amendment No. 3 to Warrant, dated as of January 22,
2003, by and between the Registrant and Legg Mason Wood Walker,
Incorporated. |
|
4 |
.12 |
|
Warrant, dated as of May 11, 2000, issued by the Registrant
to Legg Mason Wood Walker, Incorporated. |
|
4 |
.13 |
|
Amendment No. 1 to Warrant, dated as of February 21,
2002, by and between the Registrant and Legg Mason Wood Walker,
Incorporated. |
|
4 |
.14 |
|
Amendment No. 2 to Warrant, dated as of January 22,
2003, by and between the Registrant and Legg Mason Wood Walker,
Incorporated. |
|
4 |
.15 |
|
Exchange Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2003, by and
among the Registrant and the shareholders named therein. |
|
4 |
.16 |
|
Class G Convertible Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement,
dated as of January 15, 2003, by and among the Registrant
and the shareholders named therein. |
|
4 |
.17 |
|
Class F Convertible Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement,
dated as of January 31, 2002, by and among the Registrant
and the shareholders named therein. |
|
4 |
.18 |
|
Class E Convertible Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement,
dated as of April 20, 2000, by and among the Registrant and
the shareholders named therein. |
|
5 |
.1* |
|
Opinion of Faegre & Benson LLP. |
|
10 |
.1* |
|
Capella Education Company 2005 Stock Incentive Plan. |
|
10 |
.2* |
|
Form of Option Agreement for the Capella Education Company 2005
Stock Incentive Plan. |
|
10 |
.3 |
|
Capella Education Company 1999 Stock Option Plan, as amended. |
|
10 |
.4 |
|
Form of Non-Statutory Stock Option Agreement (Director) for the
Capella Education Company 1999 Stock Option Plan. |
|
10 |
.5 |
|
Form of Non-Statutory Stock Option Agreement (Employee) for the
Capella Education Company 1999 Stock Option Plan. |
|
10 |
.6 |
|
Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement for the Capella
Education Company 1999 Stock Option Plan. |
|
10 |
.7 |
|
Learning Ventures International, Inc. 1993 Stock Option Plan, as
amended. |
|
10 |
.8 |
|
Form of Option Agreement for the Learning Ventures
International, Inc. 1993 Stock Option Plan. |
|
10 |
.9* |
|
Capella Education Company Employee Stock Ownership Plan. |
|
10 |
.10* |
|
Capella Education Company Retirement Plan with Adoption
Agreement and EGTRRA Amendment. |
|
10 |
.11* |
|
Capella Education Company Form of Executive Severance Plan. |
II-3
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit | |
|
|
Number | |
|
Description |
| |
|
|
|
10 |
.12* |
|
Form of Severance Plan Release Agreement (for employee subject
to valid non-competition agreement). |
|
10 |
.13* |
|
Form of Severance Plan Release Agreement (for employee not
subject to valid non-competition agreement). |
|
10 |
.14 |
|
Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Inventions Agreement, dated
as of April 16, 2001, by and between the Registrant and
Michael J. Offerman. |
|
10 |
.15 |
|
Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Inventions Agreement, dated
as of May 9, 2001, by and between the Registrant and Paul
A. Schroeder. |
|
10 |
.16 |
|
Form of Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Inventions
Agreement (executed by Scott M. Henkel). |
|
10 |
.17 |
|
Offer Letter, dated as of March 9, 2001, by and between the
Registrant and Paul A. Schroeder. |
|
10 |
.18 |
|
Offer Letter, dated as of November 10, 2003, by and between
the Registrant and Michael J. Offerman. |
|
10 |
.19 |
|
Offer Letter, dated as of December 22, 2003, by and between
the Registrant and Scott M. Henkel. |
|
10 |
.20 |
|
Offer Letter, dated June 3, 2003, by and between the
Registrant and Heidi K. Thom. |
|
10 |
.21 |
|
Form of Nondisclosure Agreement (executed by Scott M. Henkel,
Paul A. Schroeder, Stephen G. Shank, Heidi K. Thom, and Michael
J. Offerman). |
|
10 |
.22 |
|
Office Lease, dated as of February 23, 2004, by and between
the Registrant and 601 Second Avenue Limited Partnership. |
|
10 |
.23 |
|
Short Term Office Space Lease, dated as of February 23,
2004, by and between the Registrant and 601 Second Avenue
Limited Partnership. |
|
10 |
.24 |
|
Memorandum of Lease, dated as of March 10, 2004, by and
between the Registrant and 601 Second Avenue Limited Partnership. |
|
10 |
.25 |
|
Office Lease, dated as of June 28, 2000, as amended, by and
between the Registrant and 222 South Ninth Street Limited
Partnership and ND Properties, Inc. as successor in interest to
222 South Ninth Street Limited Partnership. |
|
10 |
.26* |
|
Library and Information Services Agreement, dated as of
September 1, 2004, by and between Capella University and
Milton S. Eisenhower Library of the Johns Hopkins University |
|
10 |
.27* |
|
Software License Agreement, dated as of November 10, 2003,
by and between Capella University and WebCT, Inc. |
|
10 |
.28* |
|
Master Service Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2005, by and
between the Registrant and Avenue A LLC. |
|
21 |
.1 |
|
Subsidiaries of the Registrant. |
|
23 |
.1 |
|
Consent of Ernst & Young. |
|
23 |
.2* |
|
Consent of Faegre & Benson LLP (to be included in
Exhibit No. 5.1 to Registration Statement). |
|
24 |
.1 |
|
Powers of Attorney. |
|
|
* |
To be filed by Amendment |
|
|
|
|
(b) |
Financial Statement Schedule |
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on
Schedule
|
|
|
Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts. |
|
Other schedules are omitted because they are not required. |
II-4
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Capella Education Company
We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Capella
Education Company as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and for
each of the three years in the period ended December 31,
2004, and have issued our report thereon dated February 4,
2005, except for the Stock-Based Compensation section in
Note 2, as to which the date is April 14, 2005
(included elsewhere in this Registration Statement). Our audits
also included the financial statement schedule listed in
Item 16(b) of this Registration Statement. This schedule is
the responsibility of the Companys management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion based on our audits.
In our opinion, the financial statement schedule referred to
above, when considered in relation to the basic financial
statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material
respects the information set forth therein.
Minneapolis, Minnesota
February 4, 2005
II-5
CAPELLA EDUCATION COMPANY
Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying
Accounts
Fiscal Years 2002, 2003 and 2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additions | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning | |
|
Charged to | |
|
|
|
Ending | |
|
|
Balance | |
|
Expense | |
|
Deductions | |
|
Balance | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(In thousands) | |
Allowance accounts for the years ended:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2002
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
$ |
1,368 |
|
|
$ |
3,001 |
|
|
$ |
(3,147 |
) (a) |
|
$ |
1,222 |
|
Deferred tax asset valuation allowance
|
|
|
12,328 |
|
|
|
2,137 |
(b) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,465 |
|
|
December 31, 2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
|
1,222 |
|
|
|
616 |
|
|
|
(1,125 |
) (a) |
|
|
713 |
|
Deferred tax asset valuation allowance
|
|
|
14,465 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,602 |
) (c) |
|
|
12,863 |
|
|
December 31, 2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
|
713 |
|
|
|
1,376 |
|
|
|
(1,024 |
) (a) |
|
|
1,065 |
|
Deferred tax asset valuation allowance
|
|
|
12,863 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12,863 |
) (d) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Write-off of accounts receivables. |
|
(b) |
|
Increase in valuation allowance necessary to fully reserve for
the related increase in net deferred tax assets. |
|
(c) |
|
Reversal of valuation allowance in an amount equal to the
reduction in net deferred tax assets due primarily to
utilization of net operating loss carryforwards. |
|
(d) |
|
Reversal of deferred tax valuation allowance as a result of
achieving three years of cumulative taxable income in 2004 along
with expectations of future profitability. |
II-6
(a) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide
to the underwriters at the closing certificates in such
denominations and registered in such names as required by the
underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising
under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors,
officers, and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to
the provisions described in Item 14
Indemnification of Directors and Officers above, or
otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion
of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification
is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and
is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for
indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment
by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director,
officer, or controlling person of the Registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit, or proceeding) is
asserted by such director, officer, or controlling person in
connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant
will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been
settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of
appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such
indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in
the Securities Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.
(c) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
|
|
|
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the
Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of
prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in
reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to
Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities
Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as
of the time it was declared effective. |
|
|
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that
contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new
registration statement relating to the securities offered
therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall
be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. |
II-7
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in the City of Minneapolis, State of Minnesota, on
the 18th day of April, 2005.
|
|
|
Capella Education Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stephen G. Shank |
|
Chairman of the Board of Directors |
|
and Chief Executive Officer |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons
in the capacities indicated on April 18, 2005.
|
|
|
|
|
Signature |
|
Title |
|
|
|
|
/s/ Stephen G. Shank
Stephen
G. Shank |
|
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer) |
|
/s/ Lois M. Martin
Lois
M. Martin* |
|
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal
Financial Officer) |
|
/s/ Joseph C. Gaylord
Joseph
C. Gaylord* |
|
Vice President and Corporate Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer) |
|
/s/ S. Joshua Lewis
S.
Joshua Lewis* |
|
Director |
|
/s/ James A. Mitchell
James
A. Mitchell* |
|
Director |
|
/s/ David W. Smith
David
W. Smith* |
|
Director |
|
/s/ Tony J.
Christianson
Tony
J. Christianson* |
|
Director |
|
/s/ Gordon A. Holmes
Gordon
A. Holmes* |
|
Director |
|
/s/ Jody G. Miller
Jody
G. Miller* |
|
Director |
|
/s/ Jeffrey W. Taylor
Jeffrey
W. Taylor* |
|
Director |
|
/s/ Darrell R. Tukua
Darrell
R. Tukua* |
|
Director |
|
/s/ Jon Q.
Reynolds, Jr.
Jon
Q. Reynolds, Jr.* |
|
Director |
|
|
* |
Stephen G. Shank, by signing his name hereto, does hereby sign
this document on behalf of each of the above-named officers
and/or directors of the Registrant pursuant to powers of
attorney duly executed by such persons. |
|
|
|
|
|
Stephen G. Shank |
|
Attorney-in-Fact |
II-8
INDEX TO EXHIBITS
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit |
|
|
Number |
|
Description |
|
|
|
|
1 |
.1* |
|
Form of Underwriting Agreement. |
|
3 |
.1 |
|
Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant, as amended to date
and as currently in effect, including all Certificates of
Designation. |
|
3 |
.2* |
|
Form of Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the
Registrant to be effective upon completion of this offering. |
|
3 |
.3 |
|
Restated Bylaws of the Registrant. |
|
3 |
.4* |
|
Form of Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Registrant to be
effective upon completion of this offering. |
|
4 |
.1* |
|
Specimen of common stock certificate. |
|
4 |
.2 |
|
Third Amended and Restated Co-Sale and Board Representation
Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2003, by and among the
Registrant and the shareholders named therein. |
|
4 |
.3 |
|
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of June 16, 1998,
by and between the Registrant and National Computer Systems, Inc. |
|
4 |
.4 |
|
Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Rights Agreement, dated
as of April 20, 2000, by and between the Registrant and
National Computer Systems, Inc. |
|
4 |
.5 |
|
Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Rights Agreement, dated
as of February 21, 2002, by and between the Registrant and
NCS Pearson, Inc. (successor in interest to National Computer
Systems, Inc.). |
|
4 |
.6 |
|
Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Rights Agreement, dated
as of January 22, 2003, by and between the Registrant and
NCS Pearson, Inc. |
|
4 |
.7 |
|
Second Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated as
of January 22, 2003, by and among the Registrant and the
shareholders named therein. |
|
4 |
.8 |
|
Warrant, dated as of June 16, 1998, issued by the
Registrant to Legg Mason Wood Walker, Incorporated. |
|
4 |
.9 |
|
Amendment No. 1 to Warrant, dated as of April 20,
2000, by and between the Registrant and Legg Mason Wood Walker,
Incorporated. |
|
4 |
.10 |
|
Amendment No. 2 to Warrant, dated as of February 21,
2002, by and between the Registrant and Legg Mason Wood Walker,
Incorporated. |
|
4 |
.11 |
|
Amendment No. 3 to Warrant, dated as of January 22,
2003, by and between the Registrant and Legg Mason Wood Walker,
Incorporated. |
|
4 |
.12 |
|
Warrant, dated as of May 11, 2000, issued by the Registrant
to Legg Mason Wood Walker, Incorporated. |
|
4 |
.13 |
|
Amendment No. 1 to Warrant, dated as of February 21,
2002, by and between the Registrant and Legg Mason Wood Walker,
Incorporated. |
|
4 |
.14 |
|
Amendment No. 2 to Warrant, dated as of January 22,
2003, by and between the Registrant and Legg Mason Wood Walker,
Incorporated. |
|
4 |
.15 |
|
Exchange Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2003, by and
among the Registrant and the shareholders named therein. |
|
4 |
.16 |
|
Class G Convertible Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement,
dated as of January 15, 2003, by and among the Registrant
and the shareholders named therein. |
|
4 |
.17 |
|
Class F Convertible Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement,
dated as of January 31, 2002, by and among the Registrant
and the shareholders named therein. |
|
4 |
.18 |
|
Class E Convertible Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement,
dated as of April 20, 2000, by and among the Registrant and
the shareholders named therein. |
|
5 |
.1* |
|
Opinion of Faegre & Benson LLP. |
|
10 |
.1* |
|
Capella Education Company 2005 Stock Incentive Plan. |
|
10 |
.2* |
|
Form of Option Agreement for the Capella Education Company 2005
Stock Incentive Plan. |
|
10 |
.3 |
|
Capella Education Company 1999 Stock Option Plan, as amended. |
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit | |
|
|
Number | |
|
Description |
| |
|
|
|
10 |
.4 |
|
Form of Non-Statutory Stock Option Agreement (Director) for the
Capella Education Company 1999 Stock Option Plan. |
|
10 |
.5 |
|
Form of Non-Statutory Stock Option Agreement (Employee) for the
Capella Education Company 1999 Stock Option Plan. |
|
10 |
.6 |
|
Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement for the Capella
Education Company 1999 Stock Option Plan. |
|
10 |
.7 |
|
Learning Ventures International, Inc. 1993 Stock Option Plan, as
amended. |
|
10 |
.8 |
|
Form of Option Agreement for the Learning Ventures
International, Inc. 1993 Stock Option Plan. |
|
10 |
.9* |
|
Capella Education Company Employee Stock Ownership Plan. |
|
10 |
.10* |
|
Capella Education Company Retirement Plan with Adoption
Agreement and EGTRRA Amendment. |
|
10 |
.11* |
|
Capella Education Company Form of Executive Severance Plan. |
|
10 |
.12* |
|
Form of Severance Plan Release Agreement (for employee subject
to valid non-competition agreement). |
|
10 |
.13* |
|
Form of Severance Plan Release Agreement (for employee not
subject to valid non-competition agreement). |
|
10 |
.14 |
|
Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Inventions Agreement, dated
as of April 16, 2001, by and between the Registrant and
Michael J. Offerman. |
|
10 |
.15 |
|
Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Inventions Agreement, dated
as of May 9, 2001, by and between the Registrant and Paul
A. Schroeder. |
|
10 |
.16 |
|
Form of Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Inventions
Agreement (executed by Scott M. Henkel). |
|
10 |
.17 |
|
Offer Letter, dated as of March 9, 2001, by and between the
Registrant and Paul A. Schroeder. |
|
10 |
.18 |
|
Offer Letter, dated as of November 10, 2003, by and between
the Registrant and Michael J. Offerman. |
|
10 |
.19 |
|
Offer Letter, dated as of December 22, 2003, by and between
the Registrant and Scott M. Henkel. |
|
10 |
.20 |
|
Offer Letter, dated June 3, 2003, by and between the
Registrant and Heidi K. Thom. |
|
10 |
.21 |
|
Form of Nondisclosure Agreement (executed by Scott M. Henkel,
Paul A. Schroeder, Stephen G. Shank, Heidi K. Thom, and Michael
J. Offerman). |
|
10 |
.22 |
|
Office Lease, dated as of February 23, 2004, by and between
the Registrant and 601 Second Avenue Limited Partnership. |
|
10 |
.23 |
|
Short Term Office Space Lease, dated as of February 23,
2004, by and between the Registrant and 601 Second Avenue
Limited Partnership. |
|
10 |
.24 |
|
Memorandum of Lease, dated as of March 10, 2004, by and
between the Registrant and 601 Second Avenue Limited Partnership. |
|
10 |
.25 |
|
Office Lease, dated as of June 28, 2000, as amended, by and
between the Registrant and 222 South Ninth Street Limited
Partnership and ND Properties, Inc. as successor in interest to
222 South Ninth Street Limited Partnership. |
|
10 |
.26* |
|
Library and Information Services Agreement, dated as of
September 1, 2004, by and between Capella University and
Milton S. Eisenhower Library of the Johns Hopkins University |
|
10 |
.27* |
|
Software License Agreement, dated as of November 10, 2003,
by and between Capella University and WebCT, Inc. |
|
10 |
.28* |
|
Master Service Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2005, by and
between the Registrant and Avenue A LLC. |
|
21 |
.1 |
|
Subsidiaries of the Registrant. |
|
23 |
.1 |
|
Consent of Ernst & Young. |
|
23 |
.2* |
|
Consent of Faegre & Benson LLP (to be included in
Exhibit No. 5.1 to Registration Statement). |
|
24 |
.1 |
|
Powers of Attorney. |
|
|
* |
To be filed by Amendment |